GE CT Troubleshoot Manual 56686042 PDF

GE Exclusive Use Only
Welcome to CTCookBook
Hi Voltage Assistant
Hi Voltage YMS Error

Assistant Assistant DASMS
Slip Rings T/S 3M LaserCam O thers

T/S
Home Previous Next

Hi Voltage Assistant
CT Scanners H iVoltage Assistants
9800/HLA Prospeed
Systems Pace/Sytec CTi/HSA
Home Previous Next

YMS Errors Assistant
Prospeed PACE
Sytec Synergy
Technical Publications Copyright 1999 By General Electric Company
Home Previous Next

3M Lasercam
3MFilmFeed
Home Previous Next

OTHER CT INFO
HEALTH
FSST EZLOG SWEEPS
PAGE
CTI TUBE HSA IMAGE QXI SCAN

FE-ASSIST
CHANGE ANALYSIS SLICE
9800/HLA
FETCH
FAULTS
Technical Publications Copyright 1999 By General Electric Company
Home Previous
Hello and Welcome to the New and improved HiVoltage Assistant.

Any comments and suggestions please forward to Fadi Choujaa or
Dawten Kuhn.
Fadi.Choujaa@med.ge.com or Dawten.Kuhn@med.ge.com
HV Errors HV
Assistant T/S
Tube
Change
HSA and CTi HV Assistant
Application Diag Mode Error Circuit of Interest Error Printout Theory
Error
214249 Click here Click here Click here
214250
183101 214321 Click here Click here Click here
214345
214345

183296
183296

214197
MA Tolerance or Imbalance Errors

Frequency Sweep - Tanks
Anode / Cathode Overcurrent Theory
Normal kV Loop Results screen at 120kV
KV Overvoltage Anode/Cathode
Result Screen Explanation
Results Screen Values for: kV Control Bd. (2143147)
Anode or Cathode Shoot-Thru Errors
Normal result screens for KV MA Xray Exposures GE Exclusive Use Only
Normal result screens for KV LOOP Exposures
140KV/340ma/2Sec due to disconnecting R155 R156 on the DCRGS Control Board (green board).
Wed Apr 1 18:02:54 1998

Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Diag Exec Error: 214249
File: isr1_handler.c 1.33 Method: obc_isr1_handler Line: 237
Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : KV Loop
Test Name: XRay - Manual Unique ID: 27341 Iteration: 1
Exc. Level: Hard Time: 162086 Error Type: Hardware
KV fault detected: Anode overvoltage.
KV address: FFCFF3H Bit: D0
Wed Apr 1 18:02:54 1998

KV fault detected: Cathode overvoltage.
Diag at 140/340/2Sec
High voltage status

Average Selected Last
No. Device Value Value Sample
1. Total KV: 140.8KV 140.0KV 129.3KV

2. Cathode KV: 70.5KV 70.0KV 65.3KV
3. Anode KV: 71.3KV 70.0KV 66.1KV
4. Cathode MA: 336.0mA 340.0mA 332.5mA
5. Anode MA: 336.6mA 340.0mA 334.2mA
6. Cathode inverter current: 53.125A -- 51.900A
7. Anode inverter current: 53.675A -- 52.750A
8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 0.04V) 19.5KHz
9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 100% -- 100%
10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 89% -- 95%
11. Filament current: 6.147A 5.955A 6.288A
12. HVDC Bus voltage: 534V 550V 465V
13. Exposure duration: -- 2000mS 962mS
14. Exposure number: -- 1 1
Test has aborted due to an error. See error log for more information.""
Diagnostics have completed with 1 error reported."
If you scoped the TP1 at the measurement board on the Anode and the cathode side you will see a lot of
spikes. Also if you scoped the 550 on the DCRGS you will see that it is not solid it will bounce up and
down.
Lower Techniques worked well. GE Exclusive Use Only
MA CONTROL BOARD STUFF. MA Minus Circuit
This error was caused by breaking the connection on the MA- feedback line that comes from the Anode measurement
board to the OBC assembly onto the ma control board.
Reference schematic (Filament Select and MA LOOP).
To Rule out if the tank is bad connect your DVM at test point TP17 on the measurement board. with a DVM you should
have -0.462 volts for a selection of 100KV/50ma/5 second test exposure if you have a bad tank you will probably not get
anything out, However if it is a bad connection between the measurement board and the OBC/ma Control board or a bad
circuit on the ma control board you will get a reading of greater than -0.5 volts until the test aborts with an error. And the
diagnostic screen will show that the Anode ma is too low and the Cathode ma almost double what it should be. (This is
because we regulate from the Anode ma-).
Wed Apr 1 20:55:09 1998

File: technic_monitor.c 1.39 Method: technic_monitor Line: 1210
Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : MA Loop
The maximum mA limit has been exceeded.
Expected mA: 50mA
Actual mA: Anode=0mA Cathode=97mA
Maximum mA allowed: 55mA
MA out of WARNING tolerance.
Selection: 100KV 50mA MA loop=1 (0=Open 1=Closed)
Tolerance: Upper=52.5mA Lower=47.5mA
Total samples: 2
. Samples Aver mA Samples Aver mA
. Aver mA Above Tol Above Tol below Tol Below Tol
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Anode 0.2mA 0 0.0mA 2 0.2mA
Cath 85.9mA 2 85.9mA 0 0.0mA
Wed Apr 1 20:55:09 1998

Exc. Level: Soft Time: 35436 Error Type: Hardware
The imbalance between anode and cathode mA has exceeded
the operating limits.
Selected: 100KV 50mA
Values read: Anode = 0.2mA Cathode = 85.9mA
Maximum allowable imbalance: 5.0mA
More GE Exclusive Use Only
MA CONTROL BOARD STUFF MA Minus Circuit Cont..
High voltage status

Average Selected Last"#s"
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 99.8KV 100.0KV 99.8KV
3. Anode KV: 49.8KV 50.0KV 49.8KV
5. Anode MA: 0.2mA 50.0mA 0.2mA
14. Exposure number: -- 1 1 ""
Braking rotor
Diagnostics have completed with 3 errors reported."
This is an application level error of the same problem.

Wed Apr 1 21:56:39 1998
Suite: HSA1 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error: 183101
File: gen_tech.c 1.32 Method: No Method Line: 569
Function: XRAY GENERATION : MA Loop
Scan: 50006/1/1 Type: Static
Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 21:56:38:300 Log Series: 31
Two consecutive mA samples out 10.0 % tolerance.
Selected technic: 100 kV, 50 mA
Sample1 = 0.1 mA.
Sample2 = 0.2 mA.
TOP GE Exclusive Use Only
MA CONTROL BOARD STUFF MA Plus Circuit.
This error was caused by breaking the connection on the MA+ feedback line that comes from the CATHODE measurement board
to the OBC assembly onto the ma control board.
Reference schematic (Filament Select and MA LOOP).
To Rule out if the tank is bad connect your DVM at test point TP17 on the measurement board. with a DVM you should have -
0.462 volts for a selection of 100KV/50ma/5 second test exposure if you have a bad tank you will probably not get anything out,
However if it is a bad connection between the measurement board and the OBC/ma Control board or a bad circuit on the ma
control board you will get a reading of greater than -0.5 volts until the test aborts with an error. And the diagnostic screen will
show that the Cathode ma is too low and the Anode ma looks good Here we will not see the Anode ma skyrocket because we
regulate off of the Anode ma- signal and since the anode ma- is good the regulation is satisfied. Unlike the previous example
where we saw the cathode ma+ almost double because the anode ma- was bad..
Wed Apr 1 22:08:26 1998

MA out of WARNING tolerance.
Selection: 100KV 50mA MA loop=1 (0=Open 1=Closed)
Tolerance: Upper=52.5mA Lower=47.5mA
Total samples: 27
. Samples Aver mA Samples Aver mA
. Aver mA Above Tol Above Tol below Tol Below Tol
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Anode 49.7mA 0 0.0mA 0 0.0mA
Cath 0.2mA 0 0.0mA 27 0.2mA
Wed Apr 1 22:08:26 1998

The imbalance between anode and cathode mA has exceeded
the operating limits.
Selected: 100KV 50mA
Values read: Anode = 49.7mA Cathode = 0.2mA
Maximum allowable imbalance: 5.0mA
More
MA CONTROL BOARD STUFF MA Plus Circuit Cont...
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 99.7KV 100.0KV 99.7KV
3. Anode KV: 49.8KV 50.0KV 50.0KV
5. Anode MA: 49.7mA 50.0mA 49.5mA
Braking rotor
Testing has completed

Wed Apr 1 22:00:56 1998
Exception Level: Pri/Soft Time: 22:00:55:785 Log Series: 39
mA imbalance over 10 % tolerance.
Imbalance threshold = 5.0 mA.
Average anode mA = 49.7 mA.
Average cathode mA = 0.2 mA.
Wed Apr 1 22:00:56 1998

Function: No System Function Reported
Selected Technic: 100 kV, 50 mA, 0 % Mod, Backup Timer 1080.
VarmA: (Index: Start 0, Skip 0, Last 0) Last Cmd 50 mA.
Monitoring: (Measured 49.7 mA vs Ref 50 mA).
19 Total Samples, Tube Spit Ctr 0.
(Rotor 0x0000ae04, Gen 0x8c1815ff, Mon 0x00000000)
Bad wiring between inverter and the KV board (Ref schematic KV LOOP A4J3. bad connections on
J1 of the Anode or Cathode inverter pins 5,4,2,3 or bad connection on the OBC backplane A4 J3 pins
A18, C18, A17, C17 the signals involved are ANSHTTHRU+, ANSHTTHRU-, CASHTTHRU+,
CASHTTHRU-).
Wed Apr 1 21:32:50 1998

Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : Rotating HVON Control
The HV status indicator has reported a premature termination of X-Rays.
Technic: 120KV 200mA
Exposure duration: 85mS Expected: 1000mS
KV address: FFCFF9H
HV indicator: Bit D0 Value 0
Exposure Command: Bit D2 Value 1
High voltage status

------------------------- --------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 3.8KV 120.0KV 3.8KV
3. Anode KV: 2.1KV 60.0KV 2.1KV
Braking rotor

More
Wed Apr 1 21:46:52 1998
Suite: HSA1 Host: STC Proc: Scan Control Error: 184154
File: scTrigSeqActions.c 1.65 Method: No Method Line: 1127
Function: XRAY GENERATION : Final Exposure Command
Timeout on Exposure Command to X-ray On.
HW Error: Possible hardware problem.
Timeout is: 300 mS.
Pulled the inverter wire interlock (ref schematic KV LOOP A4J3 Pins A14 or C14 or A19, C19 or at
the Anode or Cathode inverter J1 pins 1 or 6, The associated signal name is ANINTLK-, ANINTLK+,
CAINTLK-, CAINTLK+).
Wed Apr 1 21:37:20 1998

File: OBCdiagHwChecks.c 1.35 Method: gen_control Line: 635
KV interlock fault detected.
Check connections between KV Inverter and KV board.
KV status register address: FFCFF7H
Anode Interlock Bit: D4 Expected: 0 Actual: 1
Cathode Interlock Bit: D5 Expected: 0 Actual: 0-

Wed Apr 1 21:41:03 1998
File: gen_control.c 1.38 Method: No Method Line: 511
Function: XRAY GENERATION : KV Loop
KV Anode interlock fault detected.
J1 of the Anode or Cathode Measurement pins 6 or bad connection on the OBC backplane A4 J3 pins
C03 or A01, the signals are ANODEKV+, or CATHODEKV-).
Wed Apr 1 21:32:50 1998

Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : Rotating HVON Control
The HV status indicator has reported a premature termination of X-Rays.
Technic: 120KV 200mA
Exposure duration: 85mS Expected: 1000mS
KV address: FFCFF9H
HV indicator: Bit D0 Value 0
Exposure Command: Bit D2 Value 1

Thu Apr 2 14:50:17 1998
File: gen_xray.c 1.31 Method: No Method Line: 513
Function: XRAY GENERATION : Rotating HVON Control
Unexpected Loss Of High Voltage.
TOP
J1 of the Anode or Cathode inverter pins 3,2 or bad connection on the OBC backplane A4 J3 pins
A16,C16, the signals involved are ANINDOC+, ANINDOC- ).
Thu Apr 2 12:02:56 1998

KV fault detected: Anode overcurrent.
Thu Apr 2 14:47:59 1998
File: gen_abort.c 1.30 Method: No Method Line: 245
Fault latch address = ffcff3 hex, Bit = D4
Thu Apr 2 14:47:59 1998

Exception Level: Sec/Soft Time: 14:47:59:555 Log Series: 33
(Rotor 0x0000ae04, Gen 0x9c1995ff, Mon 0x00000000)
J1 of the Anode or Cathode inverter pins 3,2 or bad connection on the OBC backplane A4 J3 pins A15,
C15 the signals involved are CAINDOC+, CAINDOC-).
Thu Apr 2 13:07:13 1998

KV fault detected: Cathode overcurrent.

Thu Apr 2 14:59:44 1998
Thu Apr 2 14:59:44 1998

Monitoring: (Measured -1.-1 mA vs Ref 40 mA).
(Rotor 0x0000a604, Gen 0x9c1995ff, Mon 0x00000000)
TOP
Disconnecting Optical fiber cable U102 at the OBC.This is the Anode left Lower the attached error is
captured running X-ray Functional Test (KV & ma Xray).
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 89.6KV 120.0KV 90.1KV
3. Anode KV: 43.3KV 60.0KV 43.6KV
5. Anode MA: 39.7mA 40.0mA 39.7mA
Braking rotor
Thu Apr 2 13:58:05 1998

KV out of WARNING tolerance.
Selection: 120KV 40mA
Tolerance: +/- 3.6KV
Total samples: 27
. Samples Aver KV Samples Aver KV
. Aver KV Above Tol Above Tol below Tol Below Tol
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Total 89.8KV 0 0.0KV 27 89.8KV
Anode 43.3KV 0 0.0KV 27 43.3KV
Cath 46.5KV 0 0.0KV 27 46.5KV
More
Thu Apr 2 14:37:34 1998
Two consecutive kV samples out 10.0 % tolerance.
Sample1 = 89.866 kV.
Sample2 = 88.400 kV.
Thu Apr 2 14:37:34 1998
(Rotor 0x0000ae04, Gen 0x8c19b5ff, Mon 0x00000000)
Thu Apr 2 14:37:34 1998

kV out of 3 % tol
Tot. samples = 2
Tot. kV samples above tol. = 0, below tol. = 2
Avg. of kV samples above tol. = 0.000 kV, below tol. = 89.133 kV
Avg. of tot. kV = 89.133 kV
TOP
Running KV LOOP 120 KV 1 Sec Both Inverters selected.
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 99.5KV 120.0KV 101.4KV
3. Anode KV: 39.0KV 60.0KV 38.8KV
14. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): -- 89H
Notice above that Anode KV is Low.
Following is running KV LOOP only the Anode selected and it does not seem to be bad even though
U102 of the fiber optic is disconnected.
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 59.3KV 60.0KV 59.7KV
3. Anode KV: 58.7KV 60.0KV 59.1KV
Diagnostics have completed with 0 errors reported." GE Exclusive Use Only
TOP
Disconnecting Optical fiber cable U92 at the OBC.This is the Cathode Right UPPER the attached error
is captured running X-ray Functional Test (KV & ma Xray).
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 89.9KV 120.0KV 90.2KV
3. Anode KV: 46.6KV 60.0KV 46.7KV
5. Anode MA: 39.7mA 40.0mA 39.9mA
Braking rotor
Thu Apr 2 14:22:56 1998

KV out of WARNING tolerance.
Selection: 120KV 40mA
Tolerance: +/- 3.6KV
Total samples: 27
. Samples Aver KV Samples Aver KV
. Aver KV Above Tol Above Tol below Tol Below Tol
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Total 89.9KV 0 0.0KV 27 89.9KV
Anode 46.6KV 0 0.0KV 27 46.6KV
Cath 43.4KV 0 0.0KV 27 43.4KV
TOP
Rotor Controller CTVRC STUFF.
Disconnected J10 in the CTVRC on the Gate Driver filter Board. This will stop the Q1 inverter from
firing, Q1 drives T1 xfmr which in turn drives the Black Stator Lead.
Thu Apr 2 16:52:30 1998

Function: Diagnostics XRAY GENERATION : Tube Rotor Control
Test Name: Manual Rotor Unique ID: 2901 Iteration: 1
CTVRC stator error.
A short has been detected in the black (left) stator.
Register address: FFB82BH Bit: D3 Expected: 0 Actual: 1

Thu Apr 2 16:59:33 1998
Function: XRAY GENERATION : Tube Rotor Control
CTVRC fault detected: Left (main) inverter short.
Fault latch address = ffb82b hex, Bit = D3
Rotor State = Accelerate/Transition
Disconnected J11 in the CTVRC on the Gate Driver filter Board. This will stop the Q2 inverter from
firing, Q2 drives T2 xfmr which in turn drives the Aux (Green) Stator Lead.
Thu Apr 2 19:47:07 1998

CTVRC stator error.
A short has been detected in the green (right) stator.
Register address: FFB82BH Bit: D2 Expected: 0 Actual: 1

Thu Apr 2 17:03:13 1998
Exception Level: Secondary Time: 17:03:12:585 Log Series: 35
CTVRC fault detected: Right (aux) inverter short.
Rotor State = Accelerate/Transition
With J1 in the CTVRC Gate Driver Board completely disconnected we get the following error.
Thu Apr 2 19:49:41 1998

File: technic_monitor.c 1.39 Method: gen_rotor Line: 773
Rotor stator current error.
The average current is outside the maximum allowable operating range.
Operating mode: 0 (0=Accel 1=Run 2=Brake)
Expected current: 12000mA
Max tolerance: 6600mA
Stator current: Black = 0mA Green = 12100mA
Thu Apr 2 19:49:41 1998

File: OBCdiagHwChecks.c 1.35 Method: gen_control Line: 727
An open stator wire has been detected. Fault is generated when stator
current in 1 of the 3 leads is below the minimum level of 1300mA.
Register address: FFB829H Bit: D1
Stator current: White = 12228mA Black = 0mA Green = 11715mA

Thu Apr 2 17:18:19 1998
File: ctvrc_manager.c 1.6 Method: No Method Line: 133
Broken stator wires detected.
Green stator = 11.233 A
Black stator = 0.012 A
White stator = 11.007 A
TOP
With J2 in the CTVRC Gate Driver Board completely disconnected we get the following error.
Thu Apr 2 19:54:01 1998

Rotor stator current error.
The average current is outside the maximum allowable operating range.
Operating mode: 1 (0=Accel 1=Run 2=Brake)
Expected current: 4000mA
Max tolerance: 2197mA
Stator current: Black = 4035mA Green = 25mA
Thu Apr 2 19:54:00 1998

File: OBCdiagHwChecks.c 1.35 Method: gen_rotor Line: 727
An open stator wire has been detected. Fault is generated when stator
current in 1 of the 3 leads is below the minimum level of 1300mA.
Register address: FFB829H Bit: D1
Stator current: White = 4145mA Black = 3963mA Green = 30mA

Thu Apr 2 17:23:22 1998
File: ctvrc_manager.c 1.6 Method: No Method Line: 133
Broken stator wires detected.
Green stator = 0.049 A
Black stator = 11.868 A
White stator = 12.076 A
Removing DCBU- or DCBUM-, or DCBU+ or DCBUM+ from the Rotor Control board in the OBC at
the OBC backplane pins A24 or C24 or C25 or A25 we get the following errors.
Thu Apr 2 20:18:22 1998

Rotor control board fault detected: Capacitor overvoltage.
Note: The jumper on the rotor control board is configured for a DCRGS.
Verify configuration is correct.
Register address: FFB82BH Bit: D6

Thu Apr 2 20:28:12 1998
Rotor controller fault detected: Capacitor overvoltage.
HVDC Bus capacitor voltage > 375.
TOP
MA Tolerance or Imbalance Errors
1 ERRORS
Application Errors: #183101, #183296, #183186
Diagnostic Errors: #214321, #214343, #214343
Wed Apr 1 22:00:56 1998

mA imbalance over 10 % tolerance.
Imbalance threshold = 5.0 mA.
Average anode mA = 49.7 mA.
Average cathode mA = 0.2 mA.
Wed Apr 1 22:00:56 1998
Total Samples, Tube Spit Ctr 0.
2 Theory
2.1 The HSA system monitors the Anode mA and adjusts both anode and cathode in a closed loop
mode. If the one or both sides drift between 5% to 10%, an “mA out of tolerance” error will be
reported to the error log. If only one side drifts 5% to 10% above or below the other side, then
the “mA imbalance” error will be reported. Error conditions make it possible for both errors to
be reported for a failure. Examine the Error Log and Result Screen to determine which side is at
fault. If the Anode side is low, the Cathode will be driven to maximum while the system tries to
raise the Anode mA. If the Cathode mA side is low, the Anode mA will usually be within
specifications.
2.2 Reference Information:
2.2.1 Proprietary Diagnostics
2.2.1.1 [X-ray Generation] [KV & MA] [Manual]
MA Tolerance or Imbalance Errors Cont..
2.2.2 Schematics
2.2.2.1 Direction 46-018318 (yellow spiral book). KV Loop Functional Interconnect
diagram for your system type.
2.2.2.2 Direction 46-018303 Schematics
2.3 FRU’s involved: X–Ray Tube, mA Board, wiring from tank to OBC backplane.
2.3.1 Tube.
2.3.2 Hang or replace tube.
2.4 If one side is low, rerun the diagnostics using failing technique while metering tank
measurement board TP17(+) to TP 18(-). For example, this value should read +/- .46vDC when
50mA was selected.
2.4.1 If this value is present but the Result Screen reads low, verify connections from
measurement board to OBC backplane and mA board or replace the mA board.
2.4.2 If this value is not present, verify Tank operation by using Frequency Sweep Job Card.
Swap measurement board between tanks and retest. If error does not follow board,
replace offending tank.
Frequency Sweep - Tanks
1 ERRORS
Artifacts, CT Number Drifts, Shoot-Thru, Overcurrents, mA problems.
2 Theory
This test is used to check the tuned portion of the high voltage tank. The high voltage tanks are tuned
devices where the impedance of the primary changes as the input signal frequency changes. By
supplying a sine wave to the primary of the tank and varying the frequency, the impedance of the
primary can be observed by measuring the RMS voltage dropped across the primary. The RMS value
for a good tank should peak around.
Note: This test only checks the tuned portion of the tanks. If this test reveals a bad tank, it is most likely
the problem. However, if this test doesn't reveal a bad tank it doesn't absolve the tank, it only reduces
the probability of the tank being the problem. A good tank should show a linear rise with frequency
with a peak between 40K to 100K HZ.
A tank with shorted HV rectifiers or capacitors will show a peak between 2K to 20K HZ.
A tank with a resistive failure such as carbonized insulation will show very low voltage with no well
defined peak.
2.1 Reference Information
2.1.1 Tools
2.1.1.1 BK 3001 Audio Generator, or equivalent.
2.1.1.2 Meter to measure RMS voltage to 150 kHz
2.2 FRU’s involved: Anode and Cathode Tank
3 Summary
3.1 Set up testing devices.
3.2 Remove P1 and P2 wires from tank.
3.3 Connect testing devices to tank.
3.4 Sweep the frequency of the Audio Generator.
3.5 Determine disposition of tank.
4 Testing Details
4.1 Setup meter and Audio Generator
4.1.1 Set volt meter to AC Volts.
4.1.2 Set up Audio Generator (BK3001): Leads in output jack, Range to X100, waveform to
sinewave, attenuation to 0
4.1.3 Connect leads of Audio Generator to meter and adjust amplitude knob to achieve
voltage between 1 to 5 volts.
4.2 Remove P1 and P2 leads from the High Voltage Tank.
4.3 Connect both the BK 3001 and the RMS Meter from P1 to P2 studs.
More
4.4 Sweep the frequency from 2KHz to 150KHz, while monitoring the RMS voltage. Write down
each value for reference.
4.5 For a good High Voltage Tank, a peak measurement should occur between 40KHz to 100KHz.
(see chart below)
The absence of a peak, or the occurrence of a peak at a frequency other than 40KHz to 100KHz
indicates a High Voltage Supply failure. (see chart below)
If the RMS measurements fluctuate at the higher frequencies (i.e. 2-10 volt drift), this tank is
also bad. This should be noticeable on the High Voltage waveform at high techniques or it will
show as artifacts on patient scans. (see chart below)
4.5.1 Replace Tank if it fails to peak within 40kHz to 100kHz or if the voltage across the
RMS meter fluctuates while frequency is stable.
4.6 End of procedure.
Frequency Settings Tank (mV) Tank (mV) Tank (mV)

on Audio Sample Values Sample Values Sample Values
Generator (kHz)
for BAD Tank for BAD Tank for GOOD Tank
2.0 100 55 55
2.8 150 66 66
3.2 175 70 70
4.2 250 81 81
5.0 350 89 89
6.4 750 101 101
7.5 1000 110 110
8 1000 113 113
10 600 129 129
12 340 138 138
15 220 154 154
18 160 159 159
20 130 201 201
28 80 174 174
32 60 167 167
42 30 225 225
50 20 324 324
64 30 578 578
75 50 517 517
80 60 Unstable Voltage 476

Anode or Cathode Overcurrent Error Examples
Error: 183109
Error: 183110
Error: 214253
KV address: %XH Bit: D%1d
Error: 214254
Mon Mar 30 19:54:43 1998
Anode / Cathode Overcurrent Theory

The OBC reports overcurrent error when the kV board detects more than 80 amps at the inverter
output going into the tank primary.
kV Control Board 46–321198G1 or 2143147 LED’s
DS5 ANOC: Indicates an anode overcurrent has occurred.
DS6 CAOC: Indicates a cathode overcurrent has occurred.
Refer to Direction 46-018318
KV Loop Functional Interconnect drawing for your system type.
FRU’s INVOLVED:
Xray tube, HV Tank, HV Cable, Inverter, OBC Quad Power Supply, kV Board or OBC Backplane
wiring, Improper Fiber Optic Sequencing, mA board, Low Rotor Speed

More
Anode or Cathode Overcurrent Error Examples
Normal kV Loop Results screen at 120kV
High voltage status Average Selected Last
1. Total KV: 111.3KV 120.0KV 112.1KV
3. Anode KV: 51.1KV** 60.0KV 51.7KV**
14. Status register (Address = -- 89H
FFCFF9H):
** Note: With BOTH Inverters enabled Anode kV will be about 8kV LOW !!
TOP
KV Overvoltage Anode/Cathode
1 Error log example Anode / Cathode Overvoltage
• Function: XRAY GENERATOR: KV LOOP Error 183106
Scan: 0/0/0 Type: None/Unknown
Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe
KV fault detected: Anode Overvoltage. anode KV> 82kv
Fault latch address =ffcff3 hex, Bit =D0
• Function: XRAY GENERATOR: KV LOOP

Scan: 0/0/0 Type: None/Unknown
Exception Level: Secondary
KV fault detected: Cathode overvoltage. Cathode KV> 82kv
Fault latch address =ffcff3 hex, Bit =D1
2 KV Overvoltage theory
• This fault causes a generator shutdown or xray termination and is produced when the KV
board senses that the Anode or Cathode voltage is 10% above user selected value.
• On the newer style KV Control Bd. 46–321198, the anode or cathode tries to make up for a
low KV on the “other” side. For example if a cathode inverter IGBT was not firing, then at
higher techniques the anode would command a higher inverter current, resulting in a higher
anode KV. The total kv would the be whatever commanded KV was. Commanded Kv was
120Kv 300 mA and cathode was only 40kv, then the anode would try to command 80kv. In
other words the good side is trying to compensate for the low side and there by causing over kv
on the good side.
2.1 Reference Documents / Software tools available:
• Direction 2145708 HV best practices
• Direction 152922–100 REV 4 Advanced service documentation CD Rom pg.465
• Direction 46-018318 CT Functional interconnect
• Schematics Dir. 46-018303
• Service note T 1351
• Proprietary diagnostics X-ray generation functional test
• OBC Board Level Test
2.2 FRU’s involved:

KV Control board, HV Tanks, Inverters, X-ray tube, DCRGS. GE Exclusive Use Only
HIGH VOLTAGE RESULTS SCREEN for kV/mA CR PDU and NEWEST STYLE KV CONTROL CARD (2143147)

High voltage status
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 119.4KV 120.0KV 119.4KV
3. Anode KV: 60.1KV 60.0KV 60.1KV
4. Cathode MA: 193.7mA 200mA 193.7mA
5. Anode MA: 193.7mA 200mA 193.7mA
8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): ( 1.6V) xx.xKHz
11. Rail voltage: 540V 550V 540V
12. Exposure duration: -- 10000mS 10001mA
1 PROCEDURE SUMMARY
• The objective is to use results screen values to determine the FRU at fault. The results screen is a data gathering
tool, not a pass / fails test. This tool will abort with a fatal type fault such as a shoot-thru or overcurrent, resulting in
either no data gathered or data gathered with too few data points to get a good average reading. The “Exposure
Duration” should always be more than 1000ms.
• If overcurrents or shoot-thrus are present, troubleshoot these errors before proceding.
• This result screen is different from “KV LOOP” tests in that there is mA through the tube. “KV LOOP” is a zero ma
procedure, basically a hi-pot.
1.1 Compare Anode/Cathode/Total KV average values with expected values

1.2 Compare incorrect average values with composite error signal (VCNT).
1.3 Compare maxed out VCNT with inverter current.
1.4 Compare greater than 50amp inverter current with average kv values.
• A “FAIL” here is an invalid state. Step 1.1 indicate that values did not match.
1.5 What next ?????
2 TROUBLESHOOTING DETAILS
2.1 Compare Anode/Cathode/Total KV average values with expected values. Do this at techniques higher
than 120kv, 200ma.
• “EXPECTED VALUES” are commanded values and should match what operator requested.
2.1.1 PASS: If average values match expected values,. You either don’t have a problem, or are shooting a technique
lower than 120kv, 200ma. Try again.
2.1.2 FAIL : Average values DO NOT match expected values.
• Proceed to next step 2.X
2.2 Compare incorrect average values with composite error signal (VCNT).
• VCNT should compensate for a low average value by going to max current command (which will be less than
0.6vdc (reference HEADER EXPLINATION “VCNT”))
2.2.1 FAIL: VCNT is greater than 1.0 vdc.
• Replace KV Control Bd.
• Verify System Operation.
• YOU ARE DONE.
2.2.2 PASS: VCNT is less than 0.6vdc assume KV Control bd is ok. Proceed to next step 2.X
2.3 Compare maxed out VCNT with inverter current.
• Average inverter current should match maxed out VCNT. Max inverter current is 60 amps, anything above 50 amp
would be considered a proper response to a maxed out VCNT.
• NOTE: Both inverters may have low current in response to VCNT. The suspect inverter will be at 100% duty cycle
with a 120kv, 200ma technique request. The good inverter will be much lower.
2.3.1 FAIL: Inverter current is less than 50 amps.
• Reference “INVERTER NOT RESPONDING TO VCNT” Procedure Job Card.
• Inverter operation is suspect.
• Repair / Replace per job card
• YOU ARE DONE.
2.3.2 PASS: Inverter current is greater than 50 amps. Proceed to next step 2.X
2.4 Compare greater than 50amp inverter current with average kv values.
• Average kv values should be max in response to max inverter current. Max kv value is 80kv, anything above 70kv
would be considered a proper response to maxed inverter current.
2.4.1 FAIL: Average kv less than 70kv in response to maxed out inverter current.
• Reference “TANK NOT RESPONDING TO MAX INVERTER CURRENT” Procedure Job Card.
• Tank operation is suspect.
• Repair / Replace per job card
• YOU ARE DONE.
2.4.2 PASS: Average kv greater than 70kv in response to maxed out inverter current.
• This is not a valid state. Step 2.1 determined that your kv vlaues were wrong. Proceed to next step 2.X
2.5 What next ?????
Header Explanation GE Exclusive Use Only
AVERAGE VALUE: is the average taken over the duration of the scan (see EXPOSURE DURATION).
SELECTED VALUE: is the value prescribed by the user, or the value required to perform the scan.
LAST SAMPLE: is the last value read during an ACTIVE exposure.
Total KV Explanation: 119.4KV 120.0KV 119.4KV

On the 2143147 board this signal comes from TP11. It is an op-amp sum of Anode KV (TP9) and Cathode KV (TP10).
Because of KV closed loop regulation, this test point (on a normally operating scanner) should never be different from
“SELECTED VALUE” (+/- 2.999%). DO NOT TROUBLESHOOT “Total KV” low (or high). Instead troubleshoot either
the anode or the cathode being low (or high), they are the inputs to this value.
“Total KV” gets reported to the software through the Gentry I/O and OBC Backplane.
On the 2143147 the voltage value of HVDC (un-regulated 770vdc) is fed into the composite error signal (VCNT) to
compensate for the unregulated 770vdc.
Cathode KV Explanation: 59.7KV 60.0KV 59.7KV

On the 2143147 board this signal comes from TP10. Because of KV closed loop regulation, this test point (on a
normally operating scanner) should never be different from “SELECTED VALUE” (+/- 2.999%). This is the node that the
loop uses to regulate. Because the gain of the electronic monitoring devices between the x-ray tube and this test point
may not be 1, the KV reported here IS NOT THE ACTUAL KV SEEN ACROSS THE X-RAY TUBE! It is what the
system THINKS is the actual tube voltage. The purpose of kv gain adjustment is to get a gain of one between x-ray
tube and TP10 (NOTE: It is uncommon, but possible to get the kv gain pots out of adjustment as much as +/- 15kv).
Inverter current is commanded by (VCNT). Compare these three readings (cathode KV, Cathode inverter current and
(VCNT)) and troubleshoot. Nominal values are attached.
Anode KV Explanation 60.1KV 60.0KV 60.1KV

On the 2143147 board this signal comes from TP9. Because of KV closed loop regulation, this test point (on a normally
operating scanner) should never be different from “SELECTED VALUE” (+/- 2.999%). This is the node that the loop
uses to regulate. Because the gain of the electronic monitoring devices between the x-ray tube and this test point may
not be 1, the KV reported here IS NOT THE ACTUAL KV SEEN ACROSS THE X-RAY TUBE! It is what the system
THINKS is the actual tube voltage. The purpose of kv gain adjustment is to get a gain of one between x-ray tube and
TP9 (NOTE: It is uncommon, but possible to get the kv gain pots out of adjustment as much as +/- 15kv).
Inverter current is commanded by (VCNT). Compare these three readings (Anode KV, Anode inverter current and
(VCNT)) and troubleshoot. Nominal values are attached.
Cathode MA Explanation: 193.7mA 200.0mA 193.7mA

This value comes from the mA Control Bd. 46-288886 TP4, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd. Since the cathode is
in series with the anode, TP4 should be the same value as the anode mA. The scale is 1v/100mA.
In closed loop mode TP4 should be commanded mA. In open loop mode the value should be less (whatever is in
GenCalSeed). TP4 is actually the cathode high voltage tank secondary amperage, the x-ray tube is the load for the
secondary. MA Meter Verification verifies that the measurement electronics have a gain of one and that reported mA is
actual ma.
Cathode high voltage tank secondary amperage (and x-ray tube mA) is the direct result of filament heating, for improper
mA include filament function while troubleshooting. If mA is out of tolerance (3%), check KV values for large errors,
verify mA metering, and run the Filament Functional test. BLD’s can help also.
If cathode and anode mA are different, suspect mA measurement electronics (use mA Meter Test), or suspect a
shattered x-ray tube insert shorting out the filament (cathode) or the anode.
More
Anode MA Explanation 193.7mA 200.0mA 193.7mA
This value comes from the mA Control Bd. 46-288886 TP10, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd. Since the anode is
in series with the cathode, TP10 should be the same value as the cathode mA. The scale is 1v/100mA.
In closed loop mode TP10 should be commanded mA. In open loop mode the value should be less (whatever is in
GenCalSeed). TP10 is actually the anode high voltage tank secondary amperage, the x-ray tube is the load for the
secondary. MA Meter Verification verifies that the measurement electronics have a gain of one and that reported mA is
actual ma.
Anode high voltage tank secondary amperage (and x-ray tube mA) is the direct result of filament heating, for improper
mA include filament function while troubleshooting. If mA is out of tolerance (3%), check KV values for large errors,
verify mA metering, and run the Filament Functional test. BLD’s can help also.
Cathode Inverter Current Explanation: 30.7A -- 30.7A

This value comes from the KV Control Bd. 2143147 TP21, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd. The scaling is
25A/volt. Values over 80 amps (on the inverter) will result in an overcurrent error. Refer to direction 46-018318 Function
Interconnect Drawings (little yellow/orange spiral bound notebook, rev 4) page 32, KV LOOP FUNCTIONAL
INTERCONNECT. Locate the “OVERCURRENT” toroid/transformer. This toroid monitors the current leaving the
inverter and going to the tank primary.
Anode Inverter Current Explanation: 30.7A -- 30.7A

This value comes from the KV Control Bd. 2143147 TP20, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd. The scaling is
25A/volt. Values over 880 amps (on the inverter) amps will result in an overcurrent error. Refer to direction 46-018318
Function Interconnect Drawings (little yellow/orange spiral bound notebook, rev 4) page 32, KV LOOP FUNCTIONAL
INTERCONNECT. Locate the “OVERCURRENT” toroid/transformer. This toroid monitors the current leaving the
inverter and going to the tank primary.
Approx. KV Inverter Frequency (VCNT) Explanation: ( 1.60V) xx.xKHz

This value comes from the KV Control Bd. 2143147 TP24, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd. This is the input
voltage to the voltage controlled oscillator. the operating range is from 0-5v which will give a frequency range of 19.5khz
to 31.5khz.
A (VCNT) of 0.2v is a command for a lower frequency, a lower frequency will request more current through the primary
resulting in more KV output. To summarize, a (VCNT) 0f 0.2v is max current command, should have max inverter
current, should have max KV.
A (VCNT) of 5v (or more) is a command for a higher frequency, a higher frequency will allow less current through the
primary resulting in less KV output. To summarize, a (VCNT) 0f 4.99v is min current command, should have min
inverter current, should have min KV.
(VCNT) is an composite signal generated from the difference between kv command and kv feedback. This error signal
is also an input into (VCNT).
Compare these three readings (cathode KV, Cathode inverter current and (VCNT)) and troubleshoot. Nominal values
are attached.
Cathode inverter duty cycle Explanation: 100% -- 100%
This value comes from the KV Control Bd. 2143147 TP23, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd. The system uses duty
cycle to regulate a the lower mA’s more than it uses frequency. At the higher mA’s the system uses frequency to
regulate more than it uses duty cycle. Compare the cathode duty cycle to the anode duty cycle.
On systems with EMC Style Inverters and either 46-321198 or 2143147 KV Control Bd, the duty cycles are independent
from each other and under certain operating conditions anode duty cycle can be higher than cathode duty cycle and
visa versa. HOWEVER, with system problems AND anode duty cycle exceeding cathode by a large amount or
consistently MAY indicate problems with either the tank or inverter.
Anode Inverter Duty Cycle Explanation: 83% -- 83%

This value comes from the KV Control Bd. 2143147 TP22, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd. The system uses duty
cycle to regulate a the lower mA’s more than it uses frequency. At the higher mA’s the system uses frequency to
regulate more than it uses duty cycle. Compare the cathode duty cycle to the anode duty cycle.
NOTE: The anode duty cycle rarely gets to 100%. At 100% and a max (VCNT) command, the system is out of energy,
therefore you should only see these readings at 140kv, 340ma. When the system is out of energy, the kv will start
caving in. IF THIS SCENARIO HAPPENS the system is running out of energy. Most likely due to an IGBT not firing.
On systems with EMC Style Inverters and either 46-321198 or 2143147 KV Control Bd, the duty cycles are independent
from each other and under certain operating conditions anode duty cycle can be higher than cathode duty cycle and
visa versa. HOWEVER, with system problems AND anode duty cycle exceeding cathode by a large amount or
consistently MAY indicate problems with either the tank or inverter.
Rail Voltage Explanation: 540V 550V 540V

This value comes from the CTVRC Control Bd. 46-288858 TP12, thru the backplane and Gentry I/O bd.
On the cost reduced PDU, the HVDC can range from 770vdc unloaded to less than 500vdc, depending on line
regulation.
Exposure Duration, Number, and Status Register Explanation

Exposure duration: -- 10000mS 10001mS
Exposure number: -- 1 1
Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): -- 8FH
with a Compact PDU (unregulated HVDC)
GE Exclusive Use Only with an HSA tube at Nominal Line Voltage
80KV
mA Total kV Cathode Anode kV Anode Cathode Anode Vcnt V Cathode Anode % HVDC
kV mA Inv I Inv I % Duty Duty
10 79.6 39.9 39.8 9.7 2.45 2.50 4.17 22 18 674
20 79.6 39.9 39.8 19.8 4.15 4.02 3.87 32 27 671
40 79.6 39.9 39.8 39.9 7.27 7.07 3.60 42 37 666
100 79.6 39.9 39.8 100.0 16.35 16.30 3.35 51 46 652
200 79.6 39.9 39.8 200.0 32.05 32.00 2.73 72 67 646
300 79.6 39.7 39.8 299.5 47.3 47.6 1.94 100 90 639
350 79.5 39.4 40.2 349.5 55.0 55.5 1.61 100 90 635
400 79.5 39.4 40.2 398.4 62.7 63.2 1.38 100 91 635
100kV
mA Total kV Cathode Anode Anode Cathode Anode Vcnt V Cathode Anode % HVDC
kV kV mA Inv I Inv I % Duty Duty
10 99.4 49.8 49.7 9.7 2.5 2.5 4.09 25 20 676
20 99.4 49.8 49.7 19.8 4.3 4.2 3.70 39 33 670
40 99.4 49.8 49.7 39.8 7.4 7.2 3.45 47 42 663
100 99.4 49.8 49.7 100.0 16.35 16.30 3.14 58 53 651
200 99.5 49.8 49.7 200.0 32.0 32.0 2.58 78 72 646
300 99.4 49.5 49.9 299.5 47.5 47.6 1.78 100 89 637
350 99.4 49.4 50.2 349.4 55.3 55.6 1.46 100 90 632
400 99.4 49.3 50.2 398.4 63.0 63.3 1.23 100 90 627
120kV
10 119.3 59.7 59.7 9.7 2.6 2.6 4.00 29 23 675
20 119.3 59.8 59.7 19.8 4.52 4.32 3.52 45 39 672
40 119.3 59.8 59.7 39.9 7.5 7.4 3.30 53 47 661
100 119.3 59.7 59.7 100.0 16.4 16.3 2.91 66 60 653
200 119.3 59.7 59.7 200.5 32.2 32.1 2.37 86 78 645
300 119.3 59.3 60.2 300.2 47.8 47.9 1.52 100 88 634
350 119.3 59.3 60.2 349.7 55.5 55.6 1.26 100 88 628
400 119.3 59.1 60.1 398.8 63.3 63.5 1.07 100 89 625
140kV
10 139.2 69.7 69.6 9.7 2.8 2.7 3.89 33 26 677
20 139.2 69.7 69.6 19.8 4.6 4.4 3.32 52 46 672
40 139.2 69.7 69.6 39.9 7.7 7.5 3.09 60 53 662
100 139.2 69.7 69.7 100.1 16.4 16.4 2.68 74 68 650
200 139.2 69.6 69.7 200.3 32.3 32.1 2.06 100 85 643
300 139.1 69.2 70.1 300.6 48.0 48.0 1.24 100 88 629
340 139.2 69.2 70.2 340.1 54.2 54.2 1.06 100 87 626
More
with a Compact PDU (unregulated HVDC) GE Exclusive Use Only
with an HSA tube
at Low Line Voltage (approx 441vac line innput)
80KV
mA Total kV Cathode Anode kV Anode Cathode Anode Vcnt V Cathode Anode % HVDC
kV mA Inv I Inv I % Duty Duty
10 79.6 39.9 39.8 9.7 2.5 2.5 4.08 25 21 589
20 79.6 39.9 39.8 19.8 4.1 4.1 3.75 37 31 585
40 79.6 39.9 39.8 40.0 7.2 7.1 3.45 47 42 584
100 79.6 39.9 39.8 100.1 16.4 16.3 3.20 56 51 576
200 79.6 39.8 39.8 200.1 32.1 32.0 2.42 83 78 562
300 79.6 39.5 40.2 300.6 47.8 47.8 1.55 100 90 552
350 79.7 39.4 40.3 350.4 55.6 55.7 1.26 100 91 543
400 79.6 39.3 40.3 399.0 63.7 63.4 1.05 100 90 536
100kV
10 99.5 49.8 49.7 9.7 2.6 2.6 3.98 29 24 590
20 99.5 49.8 49.8 19.8 4.3 4.2 3.55 44 38 587
40 99.5 49.8 49.7 39.9 7.5 7.3 3.2 55 50 582
100 99.5 49.8 49.7 100.0 16.4 16.3 2.96 64 59 574
200 99.5 49.7 49.8 200.0 32.1 32.1 2.19 93 84 560
300 99.5 49.4 50.3 300.2 47.8 47.8 1.30 100 90 544
350 99.5 49.3 50.2 350.4 55.7 55.8 1.05 100 89 534
400 99.3 49.2 50.0 398.4 63.2 63.5 0.89 100 89 529
120kV
10 119.4 59.8 59.7 9.7 2.8 2.7 3.87 33 27 589
20 119.3 59.8 59.7 19.8 4.5 4.3 3.32 52 46 584
40 119.4 59.8 59.7 40.0 7.7 7.5 2.95 65 59 585
100 119.4 59.8 59.7 100.2 16.4 16.4 2.68 74 69 573
200 119.4 59.4 60.1 200.2 32.3 32.2 1.78 100 86 555
300 119.4 59.2 60.2 300.2 48.0 47.9 1.03 100 83 537
350 119.3 59.2 60.3 350.3 55.9 55.8 0.81 100 88 528
400 119.3 59.2 60.2 399.4 63.8 63.5 0.63 100 88 515
140kV
10 139.2 69.7 69.7 9.7 2.9 2.8 3.70 39 32 587
20 139.3 69.7 69.7 19.8 4.5 4.4 3.08 61 54 581
40 139.2 69.7 69.7 39.9 7.6 7.5 2.54 79 72 580
100 139.2 69.7 69.7 100.2 16.5 16.4 2.34 86 79 568
200 139.2 69.2 70.2 200.3 32.4 32.2 1.18 100 87 548
300 139.2 69.2 70.2 300.7 48.1 47.9 0.56 100 88 526
340 139.2 69.2 70.0 340.0 54.4 54.1 0.42 100 89 516
Anode or Cathode Shoot-Thru Errors
1 Errors
Applications: Anode Error #183107, Cathode #183108.
Diagnostics: Anode Error #214251, Cathode #214252
1.1 Error 214252 - Shoot-Thru
Mon Mar 30 19:54:43 1998
KV fault detected: Cathode shoot-thru.
Mon Mar 30 19:54:43 1998

2 Theory
2.1 Shoot-Thrus are sensed in the inverters and are triggered when current through the IGBT’s
exceed 250 amps. This current is reported back through the OBC backplane to the KV Board
(A4-J3). Overcurrents may also be reported since they are in series with the Shoot-Thrus and
are triggered when inverter current to the tanks exceed 80 amps. If Shoot-Thrus are the
dominant failure, troubleshoot this error.
The troubleshooting objective is to identify the short in the subsystem by starting at the tube and
working back through the tank, the inverters, OBC backplane, to the KV Board.
2.2 Reference Information:
2.2.1 Proprietary Diagnostics
2.2.1.1 [X-ray Generation] [KV Loop] [Fiber Optics]
2.2.1.2 [X-ray Generation] [KV Loop] [HV Manual]
2.2.1.3 [X-ray Generation] [KV & MA] [Manual]
2.2.2 Schematics
2.2.2.1 Direction 46-018318 (yellow spiral book). KV Loop Functional Interconnect
diagram for your system type.
2.2.2.2 Direction 46-018303 Schematics
2.3 FRU’s involved: X–Ray Tube, Inverters, KV Control BD, Fiber Optic Sequencing, OBC
backplane wiring. GE Exclusive Use Only
Normal result screens for KV MA Xray Exposures
[100KV/50mA] [120Kv/200mA] [140Kv/340mA]
[X-ray Generation][kV & mA (Xray)]

X-Ray Test Type: [Manual]
kV Selection: 100
mA Selection: 50
Minimum ISD (sec): 1
Number of Exposures: 1
Exposure Duration (sec): 2
Rotor Speed: [Default]
mA Loop: [Closed]
Filter Type: [Closed]
Focal Spot: [Small]
Aperture: [Closed]
X-RAY Functional
Diagnostics have started on the OBC.
Accelerating rotor...
Press the start scan button when ready.
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 99.6KV 100.0KV 99.6KV
3. Anode KV: 49.7KV 50.0KV 49.7KV
5. Anode MA: 49.7mA 50.0mA 49.7mA
MORE GE Exclusive Use Only

High voltage status
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 99.7KV 100.0KV 99.7KV
3. Anode KV: 49.9KV 50.0KV 49.9KV
5. Anode MA: 49.7mA 50.0mA 49.7mA
Braking rotor...
Testing has completed.
Diagnostics have completed with 0 errors reported.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

kV Selection: 120
mA Selection: 200
mA Loop: [Closed]
Focal Spot: [Small]
Aperture: [Closed]
X-RAY Functional
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 119.7KV 120.0KV 119.7KV
3. Anode KV: 60.5KV 60.0KV 60.5KV
5. Anode MA: 198.1mA 200.0mA 198.1mA

High voltage status
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 119.6KV 120.0KV 119.9KV
3. Anode KV: 60.4KV 60.0KV 60.4KV
5. Anode MA: 198.1mA 200.0mA 198.0mA
Braking rotor...
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

kV Selection: 140
mA Selection: 340
mA Loop: [Closed]
Focal Spot: [Large]
Aperture: [Closed]
X-RAY Functional
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 140.4KV 140.0KV 140.4KV
3. Anode KV: 71.2KV 70.0KV 71.1KV
5. Anode MA: 335.6mA 340.0mA 335.8mA
High voltage status
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 139.7KV 140.0KV 139.8KV
3. Anode KV: 70.4KV 70.0KV 70.4KV
5. Anode MA: 335.9mA 340.0mA 336.2mA
Braking rotor...
Normal result screens for KV LOOP Exposures
[ 120KV Both Inverters ] [ 80KV Anode ] [ 80KV Cathode ] [ 120KV Anode ] [ 120KV Cathode ]
[ 140KV Anode ] [ 140KV Cathode ] [ 100KV Anode ] [ 100KV Cathode ]
[X-ray Generation][kV Loop]
HV Test: [HV Manual]
kV Selection: 120
Number of Iterations: 1
Test Duration (sec): 2
HV Inverter Enable: [Both]
Rail Differential Voltage: [550 V]
HV Manual
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 114.3KV 120.0KV 114.3KV
3. Anode KV: 53.3KV 60.0KV 53.3KV
14. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): -- 8DH
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 111.3KV 120.0KV 112.1KV
3. Anode KV: 51.1KV 60.0KV 51.7KV
Testing has completed. GE Exclusive Use Only
kV Selection: 80
HV Inverter Enable: [Anode]
HV Manual
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 38.7KV 40.0KV 38.7KV
3. Anode KV: 39.4KV 40.0KV 40.2KV
14. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): -- 8DH
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 39.7KV 40.0KV 39.8KV
3. Anode KV: 39.1KV 40.0KV 39.3KV
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
kV Selection: 80 GE Exclusive Use Only
HV Inverter Enable: [Cathode]
HV Manual
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 40.6KV 40.0KV 40.6KV
14. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): -- 8FH
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 39.8KV 40.0KV 39.7KV
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
kV Selection: 120
Number of Iterations: 1 GE Exclusive Use Only
HV Manual
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 60.1KV 60.0KV 60.1KV
3. Anode KV: 58.9KV 60.0KV 58.9KV
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 59.4KV 60.0KV 61.0KV
3. Anode KV: 58.5KV 60.0KV 60.1KV
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
HV Manual
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 58.1KV 60.0KV 58.1KV
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 59.6KV 60.0KV 58.1KV
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
HV Manual
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 70.5KV 70.0KV 70.5KV
3. Anode KV: 70.2KV 70.0KV 70.2KV
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 69.2KV 70.0KV 67.0KV
3. Anode KV: 68.0KV 70.0KV 65.9KV
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
kV Selection: 140
HV Manual
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 69.2KV 70.0KV 69.2KV
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 69.5KV 70.0KV 67.0KV
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
kV Selection: 100
HV Manual
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 48.1KV 50.0KV 48.1KV
3. Anode KV: 47.9KV 50.0KV 47.9KV
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 49.5KV 50.0KV 47.9KV
3. Anode KV: 48.8KV 50.0KV 47.3KV
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
kV Selection: 100
HV Manual
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 50.7KV 50.0KV 50.7KV
High voltage status

---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total KV: 49.8KV 50.0KV 51.7KV
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
214277 214052
183282 184154 KV Loop 2126211 #1
No error
214253
183109
214273
183108 214052
183289
214277
183282 214052
184154
214254 No error
183110
214052
183289
214273
183100 GE Exclusive Use Only
214277
183282 KV Loop 2126211
214253
183109
214052
184154
214273
214052 183100
183289
214273
183100
214052
183289
No error
214277
183282
214254
183110
214052
184154
214321 ma out of warning tolerence Filament select & MA
loop
214345 imbalance 2126212
183101 out of tolerence
0.46 volts for 100 kv @50 ma

0.92 volts for 100 kv @ 100 ma
TP 17
214343
214345
183186
183296
0.48 volts for 100 kv @50 ma

0.96 volts for 100 kv @ 100 ma
TP 17
TP 32
TP 27
TP 29
TP 18 is GND
MA Waveforms at TP 32, 27, 29

Rotor control & DC Bus
Monitor 2126214
214209
183139
550 VDC
Monitor
214187
214197
183151
Load current xfmr sense Left
1 Shoot thru detector left
214187
214197
183151
214187
214197
183151
Shoot thru detector right
Load current xfmr Sense right

Rotor Control & DC Bus
Monitor 2126214
With this connector completely off you get error 183151 in

Applications (214187,214197 diag mode), stating that the black
stator had “0” amps. However if you had a bad connection on J1
you will not get an error but you can bet your rotor is not
spinning at the right rpm.
214196
183142 Good values = 6.8 amps ACC mode
2.4 amps Run mode
Bad values = 6.5 amps ACC mode with J1
pin 1 disconnected and 2.3
amps Run mode
ACC RUN STOP

530 507 530
VAC VAC VAC
ACC RUN STOP

530 507 530
VAC VAC VAC
Good values = 6.95 amps in ACC mode

With this connector off
2.66 amps in Run mode
214195 you get the following
Bad values = 6.6 amps with J2 pin 1
183143 214197
disconnected
214187
2.58 amps Run mode with J2 pin 1
183151
disconnected
Test by using the following: Diag mode / Rotor Control / Rotor Manual / Hispeed + 550 VDC + 10 seconds

CT/i Tube Change

Rev. 1 Date: 4/28/99
START
Refer the page numbers to:
Advanced Systems Service Manual
Direction 2152922-100 Rev. 7 Enter Tube Failure Code
Pg 565 Sec. 22.1
Remove Old Tube

NOTE: Pg 566 Sec. 22.2
This procedure requires a service key.
If you revise this chart please change Install New Tube

the RevDate and initial. Pg 567 Sec. 22.3
Please e-mail all comments and updates
to: Morten Lindstad
Enter New Tube Fail Code &
Serial Numbers
- Service Desktop
Created by: Ken Larsen - Replacement Procedures
Edited by: Kevin Carpenter - Tube Changes
- New Tube Config
Pg 569 Sec. 22.5
Prompted to Restart the

System
KV Meter Verification
Optional: Recommended if there Pg 547 Sec. 7.0
have been high voltage problems.
Also, some may have been done
during regular PM procedure. mA Meter Verification
Pg 549 Sec. 8.0
Set CalSeed Values

Pg 551 Sec. 9.0
Go To
SHEET B
CT/i Tube Change
SHEET B
To see date of Last Z-
Algin, view the
History Log.
Was Z-align
Baseline done on NO Plane of Rotation
previous tube, and is Pg 114 Sec. 7.0
the only one since?
Beam on Window
Pg 117 Sec. 8.0
YES
Wait 15 Minutes for Tube
Cooling
Z-Alignment
Pg 113 Sec. 6.0
Create Z-Align Baseline
Pg 119 Sec.10.0
ISO
Pg 120 Sec. 11.0
CBF Internal Scan Timer

Pg 122 Sec. 12.0 Pg 561 Sec. 18.0
Signal / Noise Auto mA Calibration

Pg 126 Sec.14.0 Pg 558 Sec. 14.0
Go To
KV Rise & Fall Times SHEET C
Pg 559 Sec. 15.0
CT/I Tube Change

SHEET D
Did Image
Check:
NO Ring NO CT# Shift
Quality Pass
Artifact? Center Smudge
?
Uniformity
YES Cupping
YES 90 Minute Cool Time
Heat Soak - Seasoning Check

Pg 570 Sec. 22.8 Chk POR - Pg 114
Chk BOW - Pg 117
Was Z-Align Used?
Save System State

Pg 85 Sec. 13.0 Qcal
Pg 100 Sec. 19.0
Phantom Cal
Reset Smart Trend Baseline Pg 66 Sec. 2.4
Pg 69 Sec. 4.0
N# Adjust
Pg 69 Sec. 4.0
Image Quality
Pg 74 Sec. 11.0
CT/I Tube Change

SHEET C
Was KV Test
Baseline done on NO Adj KV Gain Pots
previous tube? Pg 553 Sec. 10.0
Create KV Test Baseline

YES Pg 557 Sec. 12.0
Run KV TEST
Pg 557 Sec. 12.0
Did KV
Test
NO
Pass?
YES
Qcal Over Qcal

YES
6 Months Pg 100 Sec. 19.0
Old?
NO Phantom Cal
Pg 66 Sec. 2.4
Air Cal
Pg 65 Sec. 2.3
Image Quality Go To
Pg 74 Sec. 11.0 SHEET D
g GE Medical Systems
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE 1. Introduction
2,3. High Voltage Troubleshooting Flow Diagrams
4. Procedure 1, Examine Error Logs, Install New Tube
5. Service Note T-1281
6. Procedure 2, Hi-Pot Test (KV Loop)
7. Hi-Pot Test Results
8. Procedure 3, KV Functional Test
9. KV Functional Test Results
10. Procedure 4, Disconnecting P1 & P2 on the HV Tanks
Procedure 5, HV Fiber Optics
11,12. Procedure 6, Sweep Tank
APPENDIX A. MA Board / Filament
B. Rotor Tests
C. DCRGS Troubleshooting, SN T-1333
D. Waveforms, HV Tank TP1
E. KV Feedback Pot
G. Tube Chart
REV A GE Exclusive Use Only
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
CENTRAL ATLANTIC REGION
INTRODUCTION
This guide was assembled in order to assist the GE Field Service Engineer troubleshoot
high voltage problems in the Hi-Speed CT Scanner . It is not intended to be a “fix-all”
guide. Refer to the CD Rom documentation and service manuals for additional
troubleshooting information. The flow chart on pages 2-4 has references in corner blocks
to the numbered procedures in this guide.
Any comments or suggestions should be addressed to one of the CT Support Engineers

in the Central Atlantic Region.
Fadi Choujaa
Dawten Kuhn
Ken Ross
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 1
CT HSA HIGH VOLTAGE TROUBLESHOOTING.
NOTE: THIS PROCEDURE ASSUMES THAT NORMAL 550VDC EXISTS. IF THE RAIL VOLTAGE IS
SUSPECT, REFER TO THE DCRGS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE.
Start
Hard /
Shoot-Thrus, intermittent
overcurrents, View error log,
spits, out ot perform Install
tolerance New tube
1
errors?
Perform
scans
Run KV Loop
and KV
Functional Yes No
HV Turn
Tests. Record
errors still machine
Anode and
exist? back to
Cathode HV
customer
and duty cycle
values.
2,3
Hi-Pot (KV Loop)

NO
system. Monitor HV Suspect
TP1 on Tank errors still tube ,HV
measurment exist? cables
boards.
2
YES
Disconnect
PI&P2 off of
tanks.
Run KV loop
test.
4

A
CT HSA HIGH VOLTAGE TROUBLESHOOTING (cont.) GE Exclusive Use Only
A
Suspect YES NO Suspect

HV HV tank.
inverter.
errors still Perform
Reconnect
exist? sweep
P1 & P2
tank
procedure.
6
Run KV Functional Does anode YES Suspect

test. Compare duty cycle anode
Anode and Cathode exceed inverter
duty cycle. cathode?
3
NO
Run KV board
test & light
pipe
verification.
5
NO
Do KV board Suspect
tests pass? KV board
YES
Swap
Do duty cycle YES
inverters. Replace
values swap
Run KV appropriate
anode to
functional inverter
cathode?
test.
3
NO
CALL
SUPPORT
GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE 1
1. Review the “MESSAGES” log at the Applications Level. Look for and note any of the following errors:
“MA or KV out of tolerance errors”

“Anode / Cathode overcurrents”
“Anode / Cathode shoot thrus”
“Tube Spits”
“Max. Spit Count Exceeded”
2. Review “Tube spits” . Utilities /CT Tools / Run Time Stats. Look for tube spits per 10 scans ratio. A ratio
higher than 10 spits per 10 scans indicates a spitting tube.
3. Verify that the Tube Rotor is spinning. Usually you can hear the Rotor, but you cannot verify the correct
speed. To do this you will have to obtain a Reed Tachometer from your test equipment pool (P/N 46-
194427P408). High speed RPM’s should be approximately 10,000.
4. Inspect the oil and candle sticks at the Tube and Tanks. Look for any discoloration in the oil and the
correct amount in the wells. Inspect the candlesticks for cracks.
5. If steps 3 and 4 are OK, run “Install New Tube” . Utilities / CT tools / Gen Cal / Install New Tube.
NOTE: If “Install New Tube” will not run you may have to run Manual MA Cal. See SN 1281 (next
page).
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 4
October 30, 1993 SERVICE NOTE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HSA GENCAL SLOPE PROBLEMS SN T-1281
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROBLEM:
Cannot run Install New Tube or Auto MA after a tube change or when attempting to update the gencal slope.
SYMPTOM AND ERROR LOG EXAMPLE:

Fri. Aug. 27 13:42:48 1993
Suite:PROV Host: OC0 Proc:tls Error: 80027
File GenCalData.m 1.10 Method genCalSlope() line: 1292
Invalid Argument slope
Fri. Aug. 27 13:42:48 1993

Suite PROV Host: OC0 Proc:tls Error: 8004
File: GenCalData.m 1.10 Method: genCalSlope() Line: 1296
KV - 80 Ma - 105.0 FilamentCur 5.791
KV - 80 Ma - 104.8 FilamentCur 5.809 Slope - -0.045
Fri Aug. 27 14:03:02 1993

Suite:PROV Host:OBC Proc: Generator Error:183130
File: Method:no Method Line:411
Function:X-RAY GENERATION: Rotating Backup Timer Interlock
Scan: 0/0/6 Type:Static
Exception Level:Pri/Most Severe Time: 14:03:02:525 Log Series:46
I/O Fault Detected: Backup timer expired.
Scanning hardware reset successful.
scan failed with scanCompleteStat 0
SOLUTION:
Run Manual MA Cal to create cal seed values that do not run the slope into negative numbers.
1. Enter Manual MA.

2. Select 80KV / 30MA small filament.
3. Input a value between 3 and 7 and shoot the scan, adjusting the number on every scan until the MA is within 5 percent
tolerance.
4. Update the table when within 5 percent tolerance and repeat procedure for the 80KV / 100MA small filament and the 80KV /
300MA large filament.
5. Once these values are within 5 percent and updated you can return to Auto MA and cal seed and Auto MA should update all
stations successfully.
Alan J. Cuellar-Amrod, NSC
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 5 GE Exclusive Use Only
GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE 2
HV SUBSYSTEM HI POT
The KV LOOP test is a (zero) ma test which is used to “high pot” the high voltage secondary. All tests
should be at least 2 seconds in duration for proper sampling of data. High voltage waveforms may be
sampled on the measurement boards ( TP1) on both cathode and anode HV tanks.
Verify the following from the results screen:
* KVs are correct - all KVs 80, 120, 140
* Inverter currents are less than .500A
* Verify HV waveform at TP1 is not distorted. Both anode and cathode
* Rail voltage
* Check message log for errors
NOTE: See Attachment for “Normal” KV Loop results screen.
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 6
KVLOOP INFO
Click here for KVLOOP screen results
Click here for a blank KVLOOP screen

to document your results on.
This screen may be printed.
PAGE 7
GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE 3
KV FUNCTIONAL TEST
KV functional test can be used to prove the HV subsystem can provide enough energy for both low and
high technics. All exposures should be at least 2 seconds in duration to obtain good data for the firmware to
sample. TP1 may also me monitored on the measurement board during this test.
Use the following technics:
80/10
120/200
140/340
Verify the following:
* KVs are correct 80, 120, 140

Don’t troubleshoot total KV - verify both Cathode and Anode KV
* Cathode and Anode MA
* Cathode and Anode inverter current
* Cathode and Anode duty cycle (new style KV bd. only)

Anode duty cycle rarely exceeds 90% and should never reach 100%
Anode duty cycle should never exceed cathode duty cycle
* VCNT - Lower freq. = more current

Higher freq. = less current
* Rail voltage
* Message log for errors
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
CENTRAL ATLANTIC REGION GE Exclusive Use Only
PAGE 8
KV FUNCTIONAL
Click here for KV functional test screen results
Click here for a blank KV functional

screen to document your results on.
This screen may be printed
PAGE 9
GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE 4
1. Disconnect the P1 and P2 leads from the Anode and Cathode HV tanks. Use electrical
tape and tape off the leads to avoid any short circuits.
2. Run KV Loop Test. Observe any errors.
* PROCEDURE 5
The following procedure will test the HV Fiber Optic circuit ( valid only on the new KV
boards, 46-321198G1).
1. From plasma select Utilities / Xray generation / KV loop / HV Fiber Optics.

Increase the test duration to 4 seconds and watch the LED’s toggling at the Cathode
and Anode inverters. (KV inverter covers will have to be removed to see the LED’s)
Be sure that 550VDC is removed before removing covers.
2. Follow the procedure on the CD ROM.
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 10
GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE 6

GE Medical Systems
This section provides some observations related to the MA board signals and filament problems.
Attached are sample signals and scenarios.
• With software all the way down to the > prompt the Ma board in OBC should have no LED’s turned on.
• With software up and at application level and OBC controller is up the following is observed.
• DS2 INVEN is ON
• DS14 INVON is ON
• if DS13 (SMSP) is off that means the system defaulted to Large spot Filament.
• No RED LED’s should be on otherwise it indicates a fault.
The following readings were obtained with the tube disconnected from the xfmr.
Tube Filament OHMS as follows.
L - C 0.7 to 0.3 ohms

S - C 0.7 to 0.3 ohms
L - S 0.7 to 0.3 ohms
Xfmr Pri OHMS as follows
XL1 - XLC 0.3 ohms

XLC - XL2 0.3 ohms
XS1 - XSC 0.3 ohms
XS2 - XSC 0.3 ohms
Xfmr SEC OHMS as follows
L - C 0.3 ohms
C - S 0.3 ohms
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
APPENDIX A-PAGE 1 OF 4
GE Medical Systems
MA Selection Relay K78 on OBC Backplane .
Be sure to check that the relay is working properly. To test it use this approach.Use
Utilities/XrayGeneration/Diags/Ma Loop/ to toggle between Large spot and small spot filament observe
that DS13 (SMSP) is turning on when small spot is selected and extinguishes when Large spot is selected
YOU DO NOT NEED THE TUBE HOOKED UP TO BE ABLE TO TOGGLE THE FILAMENT
SELECTION. ( Hi voltage Cables from the tube can be disconnected while doing this test).
Note: With the tube unhooked no red LED’s on the MA board should be on at the diags level.
Gotcha’s: If the inverter circuit on the MA board fails it may give an indication of an open filament
problem DS9 (open filament) and DS7 (inv fault) may be on, if you try to toggle between Large and
small spot it will fail because of an already pre-existing condition do not be fooled into thinking that it
is a filament selection or an open filament problem most likely it is the MA board that is bad.
Use page 33 of Direction 46-018318 for continuity checks on the Filament connections.
Attached are sample waveforms of the Filament drive signals.
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
APPENDIX A- PAGE 2 OF 4
TP22 MA BOARD (FILAMENT COMMAND)
TP27 MA BOARD (FILAMENT CENTER TAP)

APPENDIX A-PAGE 3 OF 4 GE Exclusive Use Only
TP 29 MA BOARD (FILAMENT 2)
TP32 MA BOARD (FILAMENT 1)

GE Medical Systems
* APPENDIX B GE Exclusive Use Only
ROTOR TESTS
* TOOLS AVAILABLE FOR ROTOR TESTS
A. Rotor Manual Tests (Proprietary Diags)
B. Frequency Sweep Test (Proprietary Diags)
C. Manual Mode from the OBC CTVRC Control Board.
________________________________________________________________________
A. Rotor Manual Tests
This diagnostic is accessed from the plasma: Utilities / Diags / Download Diags /
Gantry / Rotor / Rotor Manual.
This test allows the user to operate the rotor in a similar manner as the applications
or in a special test configuration for troubleshooting. Test configurations include
open loop, closed loop , rail voltage off, 50VDC (diagnostic Mode), and 550VDC.
USER SELECTIONS.
Rotor Speed: This allows a chose of one of three rotor speeds. Some tubes are
limited to two rotor speeds even though the selection allows three. An invalid
choice is automatically changed to the next valid selection.
Rail Voltage: This selection allows the rotor to be operated normally ( 550VDC )
or decrease the voltage ( 50VDC) when severe faults are present such as capacitor
overvoltage, shorts, or shoot-thrus.
Test Duration: This selection controls the duration of the run cycle. Range is 10
to 1800 seconds.
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
APPENDIX B-PAGE 1 OF 4
GE Medical Systems
* APPENDIX B (cont.)
Rotor Loop:This selection opens or closes the rotor control loop. Closing the loop
enables the CTVRC to regulate the stator current to the expected value, however,
problems can be concealed in this mode. Open loop allows subtle problems in
performance to be detected. During 0 or 50V operation, the open loop mode
should be selected to prevent the CTVRC from saturating the output control
signals.
RESULTS SCREEN.
The following is an example of a good Rotor Manual Test results screen.
No. Device Expected Present

__________________________________________________________________________________________________
1. CTVRC operating mode: IDLE
2. Green stator current:
Present current ----- 2.595A
Average accel current 10.27A 9.963A
Average run current 4.000A 3.883A
Average brake current 8.780A 8.920A
3. Black stator current:
Present current ------ 1.668A
4. White stator current:
5. Stator temperature rise (190C limit): 40C
6. Rail voltage: 550V 553V
7. High capacitor side voltage: 275V 279V
8. Low side capacitor voltage: 275V 273V
9. Current command voltage: 4.390V 4.371V
10. Pulse width command voltage: 1.745V 1.736V
11. CTVRC reference voltage: 10.000V 10.002V
12. CTVRC operating frequency: ---- 110HZ
13. Status register: ---- 00H
14. Fault register: 00H 00H
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
GE Medical Systems
B. Frequency Sweep Test
This diagnostic is accessed from plasma: Utilities / Diags / Download Diags l

Gantry / Rotor /Freq Sweep.
Testing consists of sweeping the rotor operating frequency while reading the
black and green stator currents. The rail voltage of 50VDC and a maximum
pulse width setting is used for collecting data. The stator currents measured versus
the operating frequency are displayed. Normal operating ranges are: Black and
Green stator currents should peak between 130HZ and 170HZ, Green stator
currents peak 10HZ higher than Black stator currents.
RESULTS SCREEN
The following is an example of a good results screen.
CTVRC Frequency Test Status
No. Frequency Black Stator Green Stator

__________________________________________________________________________
1. 80HZ 647MA 610MA

2. 90HZ 707MA 690MA
3. 100HZ 830MA 770MA
4. 110HZ 940MA 927MA
5. 120HZ 1037MA 1020MA
6. 130HZ 1177MA 1080MA
7. 140HZ 1210MA 1165MA
8. 150HZ 1257MA 1262MA
9. 160HZ 1270MA* 1262MA
10. 170HZ 1202MA 1287MA* *CURRENTS PEAK
11. 180HZ 1142MA 1215MA
12. 190HZ 1117MA 1160MA
13. 200HZ 1037HZ 1135HZ
14. 210HZ 952MA 1092MA
15. 220HZ 897MA 1032HZ
RAIL VOLTAGE: 51V
____________________________________________________________________________
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
GE Medical Systems
C. Manual Mode from the CTVRC Control Board
The rotor can be run manually using the CTVRC control board. On the CTVRC
control board, place S3 in the MAN position. Place S2 in the FOR position. Hold
S1 (BOOST) for about 13 sec. to accel the rotor. To brake, place S2 in the REV
position, and hold S1.
OTHER CHECKS:
Ohm the stator windings: Green to Black = 24 ohms

Green to White = 24 ohms
Black to White = 48 ohms
ALL to Gnd = infinity GE Exclusive Use Only
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
CENTRAL ATLANTIS REGION
APPENDIX B- PAGE 4 OF 4
SERVICE NOTE
HSA/RP 550VDC DCRGS TROUBLE-SHOOTING
SN T-1333
1.0 SAFETY / TAG and LOCKOUT 2
2.0 SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE TOOLS 3

AVAILABLE FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
3.0 ERROR 183182 (I/O relays closed, pilot relays NOT closed 4
no 550vdc.) Use toolbook, system Power Control, 550VDC
control, T/S Flowchart .
4.0 ERROR 183158 (I/O relays closed, pilot relays closed, no 5

550vdc.) Check CTVRC fuses, check interlocks, check
x-ray/drives on. Use manual switch to verify 550vdc operation
SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 184186 (SRU
Mains Low) suspect 480vac feed fuses.
PROBLEM DETERMINATION
4.1.1 SCENARIO 1) DCRGS 480VAC Backup Contactor not 6
receiving the command to close, or being commanded
to open when 550vdc is needed .
4.1.2 SCENARIO 2) 550vdc not up at all, or not enough 7
4.1.3 SCENARIO 3) 550vdc monitoring circuit not working 7
5.0 ERROR 184186 (SRU indicates mains low.) 8

SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 1841158
(no 550vdc) suspect 480vac feed fuses
6.0 RESISTANCE CHART (as measured from the DCRGS "point of view" 9
TS1 - TS2 227 ohm / 180 ohm (load connected) 9
TS1 - GND 173K / 166K (load connected) 9
TS1 - TS2 199 ohm (load disconnected) 10
TS1 - GND 500K / 173K (load disconnected) 10
7.0 RESISTANCE CHART (as measured from the LOAD's "point of view" 11
Gantry cable disconnected from DCRGS TS-1 and TS-2
Red to Black 18K ohm 11
Red or Black to ground 255K ohm 11
8.0 CONTACTOR RESISTANCE 12

Coil resistance
9.0 RING RESISTANCE 13
9.1 Ring 1 to Ring 2 RESISTANCE 14
10.0 WAVEFORMS 15
10.1 TP-2 (output voltage) to TP-4 (reference) 15
10.2 TP-3 (output current) to TP-4 (reference) 15
10.3 TP-8 (delay angle) to TP-4 (reference) 16
11.0 TEST POINTS and LIGHTS 17

SERVICE NOTE
SN T-1333
1.0 SAFETY / TAG and LOCKOUT

The 550vdc that the DCRGS generates is actually +275vdc and (-)
275vdc. It is not referenced directly to ground. However the
building conduit that contains the 480vac feed will act as an AC
capacitor allowing the AC component of the 550vdc to seek an
asymmetrical ground. This is a return path for current in the
event you come into contact with the 50vdc and ground. 550vdc is
not forgiving when physical contact is made.
A large majority of electrical accidents could of been prevented

with the proper use of Tag and Lockout. Tag and Lockout
Procedures are company policy. It is also common sense. Use it.

SERVICE NOTE
SN T-1333
2.0 SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE TOOLS AVAILABLE FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
PROPRIETY DIAGNOSTICS
X-Ray Generation / X-Ray interlock / I-O status
X-Ray Generation / Back-up Contactor or X-ray Generation 550VDC
NOTE: Backup Contactor will always display "ENERGIZED" this is a bug.
TOOLBOOK
Troubleshooting / X-ray Generation / 550V Backup Contactor Itlk / Backup Contactor
Functional Test / T/S Flowchart
Troubleshooting / System Monitoring / Mains Undervoltage
CAUTION WHEN USING
Troubleshooting / System Monitoring / 550 VDC Control
CAUTION WHEN USING
Troubleshooting / System Power Control / 550 VDC Control
NOTE: Good flowchart
SCHEMATICS
Direction 46-018318 (skinny yellow spiral bound notebook)
550VDC Backup Contactor Interlocks - pages 16 & 17 for rev 4.
Pages 16 &17 are the 24vdc side of Backup Contactor Control.
550VDC Control, pages 61 and 62 (rev. 4) Pages 61 & 62 are the 120vac side of the
Backup Contactor control
Mains Undervoltage, page 56 (rev. 4)
550V Monitor, page 57 (rev 4)
Direction 46-018303 Revision 7

Zeus_PDU_Interconnect page 2-22 thru 2-25 and page 2-28 for
DCRGS_PDU_PANEL relay control bd. interconnects.
PDU_Transformer_Fuse_panel page 2-25 480VAC fuses that feed the DCRGS
550VDC Backup Contactor Interlocks pag es 4-13/4-14 Duplicate of what is in
Direction 46-018318
Rotor Control and 550V Monitor Functional Interconnect, pages 4-23 and 4-24
Duplicate of what is in Direction 46-018318
Mains Undervoltage and 550V Monitor, pages 4-59 and 4-61
High Voltage Test Mode page 4-65
550VDC Control, page 4-67
Gantry I/O schematics, page 5-129 Use for the 24vdc control side
of 550vdc command
CTVRC Bd. schematics page 5-146
Use for 550vdc monitoring
Relay Control Bd. schematics page 5-194
Use for the 24vdc pilot relay and 120vdc side of 550vdc command.
SERVICE NOTE
SN T-1333
SECTION 3.0 ERROR 183182

Thu Feb. 24 06:54:24 1994
Suite: CCT2 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error:183182
File: Method: No Method Line:615
Function: SYSTEM POWER CONTROL:550VDC Control
Scan: 65001/1/0 Type: Axial
Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 06:54:22:395 Log Series:212
I/O board fault detected
I/O board pilot relays are closed. PDU pilot not energized.
BCSTAT=0,550 VDC not active.
EXPLANATION OF ERROR 183182: Refer to the Gantry I/O schematics (sheet 7, BCSTAT is an indicator of
current flow ing through the input of U287(opto-isolator). Reference Direction 46-018318 550VDC Backup
Contactor Interlocks to determine current flow path. Reference Direction 46-018318 550vdc Backup Contactor
Interlocks and follow "550 man" and "550vdc overdrive enable" to trouble-shoot if Contactor will not come up
in manual mode.
A LITTLE MORE EXPLANATION: U287 opto-isolator checks the current in the pilot relay loop ONLY.
The current in the actual DCRGS Contactor is not monitored. +24vdc comes from the Relay Control
Board to the Gantry I/O , then back out to the Relay Control
Board to pull in the Back-up Contactor Pilot relays.
OBJECTIVE WHILE TROUBLE-SHOOTING: Find out why U287 opto-isolator IS NOT detecting current
in the pilot relay loop when the firmware has enabled K251 and K245 (Gantry I/O bd.)
TROUBLE-SHOOTING; Revision 6 of toolbook has a good flowchart for this error. Major function is
:SYSTEM POWER CONTROL", minor function is "550VDC control". (Per the error log message
function). the path to the flow chart is : Troubleshoot (book), System Power Control, 550VDC control, T/S
flowchart.
The theory section has a very good schematic and an explanation

to follow along with. The path for the schematic is: Theory Main
Menu, PDU, PDU Control Diag, 550V Service Controls. The 550V
Service Control Function is best for the 120vac side of the control functions.
********* DIAGNOSTIC NOTE: Functional Test Results Screen for Backup

Contactor will always indicate energized regardless of state, CQA has been written to correct this.
********* TROUBLESHOOTING HINT: Referencing the theory diagrams in

toolbook, use jumpers to jump out the suspected faulty sections.
This will bypass the fault and bring power directly to the
respective coil, this proving the fault.
********* TROUBLESHOOT THIS ERROR ANY TIME THE DIAGNOSTIC 550V DOESN'T WORK.
SERVICE NOTE
SN T-1333
764841050 Mon Mar 28 07:50::50 1994 183158 2
GECT OBC Generator
No Method 642
Function:SYSTEM MONITORING: 550V Monitor
Scan:4055/2/1 Type: Static
Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 07:50:48:810 Log Series;32
DC Rail not sensed in 2 seconds.
Pilot relays on I/O board closed, pilot relay in PDU energized.
Voltage sensed by CTVRC board=1V .0VDC SOMETIMES
EXPLANATION OF ERROR 183158: The 550vdc generated by the DCRGS was

not detected as being greate r than SPEC within 2 seconds.
SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 184186 (no 550vdc suspect 480vac feed fuses.
OBJECTIVE WHILE TROUBLESHOOTING: These are three scenarios why the

550VDC wasn't detected as being greater than SPEC within 2 seconds.
Scenario 1) DCRGS 480vac Backup Contactor not commanded to
close, or being commanded to open when 550vdc is needed.
Scenario 2) 550vdc not up at all, or not enough.
Scenario 3) 550vdc monitoring circuit not working.
TROUBLESHOOTING: Error 183158 indicates that U287 opto-isolator (on

the Gantry I/O Bd.) has detected current going to the DCRGS
Back-up Contactor pilot relays (on the Relay Control Bd. in the
PDU), but no 550vdc has resulted within 2 seconds.
Error 183158 can be divided into three areas, control problem,
DCRGS/Load problem, or a 550vdc monitor circuitry problem.
The Back Up Contactor command control circuitry can be broken

down into two circuit. The primary side which involves the Gentry I/O
and the Back-up Contactor pilot relays on the PDU Relay
Control Bd. The primary side is a 24vdc control signal. Because the
Gentry I/O has detected current in this part of the circuitry,
the problem most likely is not with this part of the control
circuitry. The so called secondary side would be the 120vac to the DCRGS
Backup Contactor coil. Refer to direction 46-018318, 550vdc control.
The monitor circuit for the 550vdc is on the CTVRC Power Amp, and OBC CTVRC Control bd.
SERVICE NOTE
SN T-1333
SECTION 4.1.0 PROBLEM DETERMINATION

For ERROR 183158
SECTION 4.1.1 Scenario 1) DCRGS 480vac Backup Contactor not

receiving the command to close, or being commanded to open
when 550vdc is needed.
CONTACTOR COMES IN AND DROPS OUT WITH AN APPLICATIONS PLASMA

COMMAND .
Bring up the 550vdc through the plasma screen. (Diagnostics, or tube warm-up, etc). If the 550vdc Contactor come in an
drops out right away, the problem is most likely with the DCRGS not delivering 550vdc or the monitoring circuit not
detecting 550vdc. THE 550vdc Contactor will be commanded to drop out after 2 seconds if the firmware doesn't detect
voltage. If the Contactor does drop out after a few seconds if the firmware doesn't detect voltage. If the Contactor does
drop out after a few seconds, the first thing to check are the fuses on the CTVRC Power Amp (550vdc input to the
monitoring circuitry). If these are blown, the monitoring circuit on the CTVRC will not detect voltage, therefore produci
this error message.
Try bringing up the 550vdc using diagnostics (Diags/X-Ray Generation/550vdc/Back-up Contactor) and command a lon
enough time to measure the 550vdc. (Diags will allow the 550vdc to stay up if not detected by the CTVRC).
If the Contactor doesn't come in, proceed to "CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMA
COMMAND".
If 550vdc can be produced proceed to "CONTACTOR COMES IN AND 550VDC IS PRESENT".
If 550vdc is not produced with the Contactor in, proceed to "CONTACTOR COMES IN AND NO 550VDC".
CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMA COMMAND . If the DCRGS

550vdc Contactor doesn't come in at all. Since U287 has detected current in the "primary" (24vdc control), the problem
most likely is with the "secondary" (120vac) side of the control circuitry. This scenario can be verified by using the test
switch on the PDU Relay Control Bd. If the "secondary" is the problem, then using the test switch will not bring in the
Contactor. Items to check are:
120vac to the Relay Control BD.
All interlocks: Key switch
X-Ray/Drives are on
550vdc enable on Gantry
Safety Switch
Gantry cover interlocks
Relay Control Bd.
CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMA COMMAND AND WILL

COME IN WITH THE RELAY CONTROL BD. TEST SWITCH .
This is an unlikely scenario because it indicates that the 24vdc primary command circuitry is not working. If this circuitr
is not working, U287 would detect no current and flag error 183182 "PDU pilot relay not energized". If this condition is
verified to be true refer to direction 46-018318 550VDC BACKUP CONTACTOR INTERLOCKS for the schematics, a
good luck.
SERVICE NOTE
SN T-1333
CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMA COMMAND AND WILL NOT
COME IN WITH THE RELAY CONTROL BD TEST SWITCH.
Use the Manual 550vdc switch on the Relay Control Bd. to bring up 550vdc manually. If the DCRGS 480vac Backup
Contactor does not come in the problem is most likely the 120vac "secondary". Items to check are:
120vac to the Relay Control Bd.
X-Ray/drives are on
550vdc enable on Gantry safety SW
Relay Control Bd.
SECTION 4.1.2
SCENARIO 2) 550vdc not up at all, or not enough.
CONTACTOR COMES IN AND NO 550VDC (Must be done using diags or with the test switch on the Relay Control b
otherwise firmware will command to turn Contactor off if 550vdc is not detected.)
Use the 550vdc test switch on the Relay Control bd. if the 550vdc Contactor comes in and stays in but no 550vdc is
produced at the output of the DCRGS, then the problem is most likely no power into the DCRGS or a DCRGS failure, o
the load (gantry components) is loading down the DCRGS. Items to check are:
480vac power into the DCRGS.
Fuses that feed the DCRGS
Disconnect the load at TS1, TS2 and retry
SECTION 4.1.3
SCENARIO 3) 550vdc monitoring circuit not working.
CONTACTOR COMES IN AND 550VDC IS PRESENT (Using test switch on Relay Control Bd.) This scenario indicat
that the monitoring circuitry is not working. The first thing to check are the 550vdc fuses on the CTVRC power amp. Th
second thing is to check the test points on the OBC CTVRC control board. these are the test points that firmware monito
for 550vdc within two seconds.
SERVICE NOTE
HSA/RP 550VDC DCRGS TROUBLE-SHOOTING SN T-1333
SECTION 5.0
ERROR 184186 (SRU Indicates Mains Low)
764841201 Mon. Mar 28 07:53:21 1994 184186 2
GECT STC Scan Control
scMainsMonitor.c 1.8 No Method 210
Function: SYSTEM MONITORING: Mains Undervoltage
Scan: 4055/2/0 type: None/Unknown
Exception Level: Pri/soft Time: 07:53:19:370 Log Series: 24
SRU indicates mains low
HW ERROR:Power input problem
EN 34
EXPLANATION OF ERROR 184186: Refer to direction 46-018318 Mains

Undervoltage for the monitor part. Also refer to direction
46-018303 PDU_TRANSFORMER_FUSE_PANEL (page 2-25 in rev 7). The
Mains Undervoltage monitor the voltage at PDU fuses
A5F10,F11,F12. If this voltage is low, or if a phase is missing
(i.e. blown fuse), the system will report this error.
SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 183158 (no 550vdc) suspect 480vac feed fus
OBJECTIVE WHILE TROUBLESHOOTING: Find out why the STC Axial board
detected a "Mains Undervoltage" from the DCRGS.
TROUBLESHOOTING; Refer to schematics 46-018303 (page 2-28 for rev 7), this is the schematic for the
small 1/10 amp fuses that feed the monitoring circuit. Schematic 46-018303 (page 2-24 for rev 7
this is the schematic of the 80amp fuses that feed the DCRGS.
Mains Undervoltage in direction 46-018318 will give the schematic for the interconnects to the Axial bd.
SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 6.0 RESISTANCE CHART
DCRGS SIDE OF TS1 AND TS2
(WITH SLIP RING LOAD CONNECTED)
1a) Forward bias (red meter lead on TS1) Reverse bias (black meter lead on TS1
TS1 to TS2 227 ohm TS2 to TS1 180 ohm
Red wire connected TS1

Red meter lead
To the Slip Ring 227 180
ohms
TS2 _ +
Connected
Lower Left DCRGS Panel
Fig 1a LOAD CONNECTED

SERVICE NOTE
1b) Forward bias (red lead on TS2) Reverse bias (black lead on TS2)
TS1 to gnd 173 kohm TS1 to gnd 166 kohm
Red wire connected

TS1
Red meter lead
To the Slip Ring 173k

166k
ohms
TS2 _
Connected
+
Fig 1b LOAD CONNECTED
Move red meter lead

to TS2 to check TS2 to gnd.
SERVICE NOTE

(WITH SLIP RING LOAD DISCONNECTED)
1c) Forward bias (red meter lead on TS1) Reverse bias (black meter lead on TS1)
Red wire disconnected

TS1
Red meter lead
To the Slip Ring

199 ohm
ohms
Ground connected
TS2 _
+
Black wire disconnected Lower Left DCRGS Panel
Fig 1c LOAD DISCONNECTED

SERVICE NOTE
1d) Forward bias (red meter lead on TS1/TS2) Reverse bias (black meter lead on TS1/TS2)
TS1 to gnd 500k TS1 to gnd 170.4k
Red wire disconnected TS1

Red meter lead

170k
ohms
TS2 _ +
Black wire disconnected
Fig 1d LOAD DISCONNECTED

SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 7.0
LOAD RESISTANCE FROM THE PDU (LOAD DISCONNECTED)
(i.e. with the big black and red wire disconnected and measuring the resistance of the big red and black wire.)
Forward bias (with the smaller chassis ground connected) Reverse bias
red 550vdc to blk 550vdc = 18k (approx. 20 sec to stabilize) 18k (4.7k after
4 minutes)
Red meter lead

TS1
18k
4.7 -18k
ohms To the Slip Ring
_
+
TS2
Fig 2a (LOAD DISCONNECTED)

SERVICE NOTE
2b) Forward Bias (with the smaller chassis ground connected) Reverse bias
red 550vdc to ground = 255k 255k
blk 550vdc to ground = 255k 255k
Red meter lead

TS1
255k ohm
_ +
TS2
Fig 2b (LOAD DISCONNECTED)

Move meter lead to check
the black wire
NOTE: With the ground wire (shield) disconnected, GROUND TO GROUND = 0.5 OHM
SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 8.0 480VAC INPUT CONTACTOR RESISTANCE READINGS
Output of Contactor (DCRGS side)
3a Forward Bias (red lead on T1) Reverse bias (black lead on T1)
(2) T1 to (4) T2 = 2.4 meg 2.4 meg
(2) T1 to (6) T3 = 2.4 meg 2.4 meg
3b) Forward Bias (red lead on T2) Reverse Bias (black lead on T2)
(4) T2 to (6) T3 = 2.4 meg 2.4 meg
3c) Forward Bias (red lead on T1,2,3) Reverse Bias (blk lead on T1,2,3)
(2) T1 to chassis ground = 1.1 meg 1.1 meg
Input to Contactor (Wall power side)

3d) Forward Bias (red lead on L1) Reverse Bias (blk lead on L1)
(1) L1 to (3)L2 = 0.5 ohm 0.5 ohm (meter lead resistance)
3e) Forward Bias (red lead on L2) Reverse Bias (blk lead on L2)
3f) Forward Bias (red lead on L1,2,3) Reverse Bias (blk lead on L1,2,3)
(1) L1 to chassis ground = 1.7 meg 1.7 meg
SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 9.0 ON THE RING ITSELF
(LOAD DISCONNECTED FROM THE DCRGS AT THE DCRGS)

(Measure on the inside of the slip ring)
4a) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 7) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 7)
ring 7 to 9 = 27.8 meg ring 7 to 9 = 4.38 meg
ring 7 to gantry ground = 71 ohm ring 7 to gantry ground = 71 ohm
4b) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 7) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 7)
ring 7 to 10 = 71 ohm ring 7 to 10 = 71 ohm
4c) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 7) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 7)
ring 7 to 13 = 254 kohm ring 7 to 13 = 254 kohm
4d) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 8) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 8)
ring 8 to gantry ground = open ring 8 to gantry ground = open
ring 8 is open to all other rings (11,12,13,14) ring 8 is open to all other rings
4e) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 9) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 9)
ring 9 to gantry ground = 4.38 meg ohm ring 9 to gantry ground = 27 meg
4f) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 10) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 10)
ring 10 to gantry ground = 0.5 ohm ring 10 to gantry ground = 0.5 ohm
4g) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 11) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 11)
ring 11 to 10 = 0.5 ohm ring 11 to 10 = 0.5 ohm
4h) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 9) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 9)
ring 9 to 11,12,13,14 = 4 meg ohm ring 9 to 11,12,13,14 = 28 meg ohm
SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 9.1
A SPECIAL NOTE ON RING 1 AND 2
THIS MESSAGE IS IN REGARDS TO DASIOP PARITY ERRORS ON THE HSA SCANNER. QUITE
OFTEN THESE ERRORS ARE THE RESULT OF RESISTIVE BUILD UP ON THE SLIP RINGS
(RINGS 1-6). TO DETERMINE IF THE RINGS/BRUSHES ARE AT FAULT, A RESISTANCE
READING MUST BE TAKEN ACROSS THE RING, THIS CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED BY
1. REMOVE POWER VIA A1 DISCONNECT
2. GAIN ACCESS TO THE SLIP RINGS
3. WITH AN OHM METER. ATTACH ONE LEAD TO THE STATIONARY

BUFFER BOARD, RING 1. USE THE ALLEN SCREW HEAD,
ATTACH THE OTHER LEAD TO THE ROTATING BOARD ON THE INSIDE OF
THE GANTRY.
4. ROTATE THE GANTRY BOARD 30-90 DEGREES WHILE OBSERVING

THE METER. YOU SHOULD OBSERVE LESS THAN 1 OHM
WHILE ROTATING SLOWLY.
5. REPEAT WITH RINGS 2 - 6.
WHEN THE RINGS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR GENERATING THESE ERRORS, YOU WILL
NORMALLY SEE READING OF 3 OHMS OR GREATER. DO NOT RELY ON THE APPEARANCE OF
THE RINGS , QUITE OFTEN THEY LOOK TO BE DIRTY BUT THEY ARE WELL WITHIN SPEC.
RELY ON YOUR OHM METER.
IF THE RINGS REQUIRE CLEANING USE SOMETHING SLIGHTLY ABRASIVE WITH A GRIIT
GREATER THAN 400. A LARGE PEN ERASER WILL WORK WELL, REMEMBER, THE SILVER
COATING ON THE RINGS IS THIS AND CONTINUOS SCRUBBING ON THE RINGS CAN WEAR
THROUGH TO THE COPPER UNDERNEATH.
SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 10.0 WAVEFORMS
TP2 (Output Voltage) to TP4 (reference)
Scope time base at 0.1 sec/d
TP3 (Output Current) to TP4 (reference)
Scope time base is 0.2 sec/d

Scope volts/d is 1v/d
SERVICE NOTE
TP 8 (Delay Angle) to TP4 (reference)

The Delay Angle determines the desired output voltage (550vdc) for a given current load

SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 11 CONTROL BD LEDs
LED STATUS
DCRGS Status Power On Intl Open Cap Unbal O/C Under volt Phase Loss
Power first applied to ON off ON off ON ON
DCRGS after having
been off
480vac applied and ON off off off off off

550vdc on
550vdc turned off (120vac ON off off off off ON

power still applied to
control board)
*** CAUTION LIGHTS MAY NOT BE THE SAME EACH TIME POWER IS TURNED ON ***
Ernie Waldron
OLC
ANODE HV TANK MEAS. BRD TP1, 80KV, 2 SEC
CATHODE HV TANK MEAS. BRD TP1, 80KV, 2 SEC

APPENDIX D-PAGE 1 OF 3 GE Exclusive Use Only

APPENDIX D- PAGE 2 OF 3 GE Exclusive Use Only
ANODE HV TANK MEAS. BRD TP1, 140 KV, 2 SEC

KV FEEDBACK POT Rev "A" 4/18/95 Cent. Atl support team
Purpose of this information: To reinforce that the kv feedback test points DO NOT
reflect actual kv across the tube. The purpose of the kv gain pot is to ensure that
there is a gain of 1 (one) between the tube kv measurement (meas bd) and tube
kv reporting (kv test points.) The reason that kv test points (on a normally operating
system) will never be different than commanded, is that this is the mode the closed
closed loop uses to regulate the kv. If this test point is wrong the system will change
inverter current to compensate. It takes milliseconds to do this, therefore it looks
like these points never change.
Another reason for this documentation is to emphasize how far off the kv gain pots
can be adjusted and the system still think that the kv across the tube is what the
cooling algorithm thinks it is.
DEFINITIONS: "Turns cw" The kv gain pot was turned fully ccw, then turned cw oneturn at a time
"bleeder" KV bleeder installed in system. This is actual kv across the tube.
"kvan" "kvca" anode and cathode test points on the kv control board.
NOTE that one turn cw (from fully ccw) will bring the gain closer to one, resulting
in the bleeder voltage come up closer to the test point. This is true up until 15 turns
when the gain is less than one. Now the actual kv across the tube is GREATER
THAN the test points (measurement gain less than one).
SUMMARY: A properly adjusted kv gain pot should be in the neighborhood of about 15 turns.
ANODE CATHODE
FULLY CCW (starting pt) FULLY CCW (starting pt)
TURNS BLEEDER (KV +) TURNS BLEEDER (KV -)
CW CW
2 44.854 5.9823 2 45.036 6.0004
3 45.751 5.9095 3 45.438 6.0192
4 47.008 5.9711 4 46.473 6.0306
5 48.266 5.9639 5 47.47 6.0232
6 49.543 5.9631 6 48.576 6.0274
7 50.614 5.9601 7 49.731 6.0244
8 51.613 5.9493 8 50.84 6.0235
9 52.615 5.9554 9 51.835 6.0238
10 53.705 5.9445 10 52.749 6.0327
11 54.883 5.9449 11 54.065 6.0235
12 56.103 5.9442 12 55.337 6.0241
13 57.32 5.9361 13 56.49 6.0225
14 58.315 5.9324 14 57.861 6.0207
15 59.532 5.931 15 58.917 6.0309
16 60.527 5.9238 16 60.06 6.0192
17 61.763 5.9081 17 61.354 6.0263
18 62.041 5.9359 18 62.695 6.0324
19 63.041 5.9328 19 63.68 6.0213
20 64.108 5.9361 20 65.114 6.0253
21 65.136 5.9479 21 66.429 6.0213
22 66.118 5.955 22 67.334 6.0327
23 67.122 5.9636 23 68.731 6.0293
24 69.134 5.9706 24 69.827 6.0303
25 69.164 5.986 25 70.917 6.0238
26 70.081 5.9981 26 71.974 6.0275
27 71.157 5.9385 27 73.147 6.0297
28 72.092 5.9854 28 74.256 6.0235
29 73.171 5.9838 29 74.961 6.0241
30 74.155 5.9801 30 75.041 6.0244

Technical
Publications
CT-RTS Guide
Fadi Choujaa Rev2 08/11/98

SESSION #1
LAPTOP & CD-ROM TRAINING
ADOBE ACROBAT, CT SERVICE INFORMATION CD-ROM
When you complete this Session you will have a laptop that contains a GE CT folder that
will be identical to everyone that attends these sessions. You will be able to manipulate the
Adobe Acrobat program and the CT Service Information CD-ROM. You will be able to
identify manuals on the CD and use the Advance Search function of Adobe to search the
entire two package CD within 30 seconds.
Notes to Instructors: (R) = Single Right Click, ((R))((L)) = Double Click Right or Left.
Student Requirement: Laptop w/ power source, CD-ROM drive installed,
system booted to Windows Desktop(default wallpaper), CD 2152913, Rev
4 Volume 1 and 2 (way2cool).
Check for proper version of ACROBAT:

1. ALL other programs should be CLOSED.
2. With DESKTOP SCREEN up, click START, PROGRAMS, ADOBE ACROBAT.
a) Click HELP, ABOUT ACROBAT READER.
b) Top left corner of ADOBE wallpaper should say Version 3.01?
i) If version 3.0, do Uninstall. (Start/Programs/Adobe
Acrobat/Uninstall 3.0). Proceed with LOAD.
ii) If version 3.01, skip to CREATE.
LOAD ADOBE ACROBAT READER w/ SEARCH Version 3.01

1. Place Volume 2 of 2 CD in drive.
2. (R) Start, Explore
Next a) D drive, (pull down menu in top left corner)
b) ((L)) Readers, ((L)) Windows, ((L)) English, ((L)) Win95, ((L)) Setup.exe,
YES.
CREATE GE FOLDER ON YOUR DESKTOP

1. Close all programs including Explore.
2. PLACE VOLUME 1 OF 2 IN DRIVE.
3. (R) Desktop(anywhere on wallpaper), select NEW, FOLDER, type GE(enter).
Fred Jensen ZSE-West 1 08/11/98

GE Medical Systems Revision 3 SESSION #1.3
OPEN AND ADD SHORTCUTS TO GE FOLDER
1. ((L)) GE FOLDER to open.
2. Point mouse anywhere in GE folder (blank) and (R)
a) NEW, SHORTCUT, BROWSE.
b) D Drive, (Select pull down arrow at top of screen).
c) ALL FILES in “Files of Type” window, (bottom pull down menu)
d) ((L)) CD_TOC, NEXT, FINISH.
Now we will repeat the prior steps to create more helpful shortcuts.
d) ((L)) XTRAS, ((L)) 2145708(1ST column, bottom), NEXT, FINISH.
e) RENAME FILE by (R) 2145708 icon, RENAME, type “DOMESTIC
HV.pdf”(enter).
Now repeat:
d) ((L)) XTRAS, scroll to right using arrow
e) ((L)) YMS_hvv.pdf (2nd to last column), NEXT, FINISH.
Now for a twist on selecting the files:

Next b) D Drive, (Select pull down arrow at top of screen).
d) ((L)) XTRAS, single click on any file
e) Type “I” and you will highlight 1st file that starts with “I”.
f) ((L)) ia_hsa.pdf, NEXT, FINISH.
One more file:

d) ((L)) XTRAS, single click on any file
e) Type “98” and you will highlight 1st file that starts with “98”.
f) ((L)) 9800parts.pdf, NEXT, FINISH.

You have now completed adding all the Shortcuts to your GE folder for this session.
Session #2 will have you add more Shortcuts.
ADOBE ACROBAT USAGE:
1. ((LL)) CD_TOC.pdf icon in GE Folder to launch ACROBAT and CD Table of
Contents.
2. FILE/PREFERENCES/GENERAL. We will adjust the viewing options to make
viewing easier.
a) Remove the check mark on “SMOOTH TEXT” and “OPEN CROSS-
DOCUMENT IN SAME WINDOW. Click OK.
3. Note PAGE NUMBER at bottom left, (2 of 20). This tells you what page and
number of pages in document.
a) Click on the page rectangle and a box opens to select a new page number.
b) A quicker way to change pages when moving short distances is to press the
up(or right) or down(or left) arrow on your keyboard.
c) A quicker way to move to pages further away is to drag your scroll bar box
up or down while holding down the left mouse button.
4. Move your mouse around and note that it is a hand. Now move it to the blue boxes
down below and watch it turn to a FINGER. This indicates there is a link to another
area in the document.
5. Click on the HSA_CTi box.
a) This has opened a list of documents that are specific to HSA and CTi.
b) Note page number below(page 8).
c) Note the top line 2152913 Rev 4 (BLACK) Volume 1
d) Go down to page and select page 14.
e) Note Volume 2 is GREEN.
f) Return to page 8.
6. Note MAG FACTOR to the right of the page number.
a) Click MAG box and release. Note you can specify magnification of page.
Next b) Click and HOLD MAG box and you can select mag options without typing.
c) Click MAG box, drag mouse up to 125% and release.
7. Move your mouse to a blank area of the screen.
a) Click left mouse and note that hand turns to FIST. You now have hold of
the document and can move it left, right, up or down.
8. Move mouse to document “2108300 Fast Tube Change”.
a) It becomes a finger. Click to open.
b) A message box requests the password (way2cool).
9. Note icon toward top left corner of TOOL BAR This button displays only the
PAGE.
10. Note the second icon. This button displays the PAGE & BOOKMARKS.
a) Bookmarks are good for navigation and is similar to the Table of Contents
of the document.
11. Note the third icon. This button will display the PAGE & THUMBNAILS.
a) Thumbnails are good when looking for a specific schematic.

12. Some document may not have bookmarks or thumbnails. These must be supplied by
person creating document.
13. Click PAGES & BOOKMARKS again.
a) Click Proprietary Warnings.
14. Moving to the right, note the HAND icon. This allows movement as before.
15. Note MAGNIFYING GLASS icon. Click on glass and move to document.
a) Click glass on document. This enlarges view to twice the size.
b) Click again. Again it doubles.
c) Hold down CTRL (control) key. Note the symbol in glass changes to a
minus sign.
d) Hold down CTRL and click mouse. Document view is now half the size.
16. Select “ABC” icon. Move I-BAR to document.
a) Click and drag mouse to highlight text.
b) Move mouse to EDIT (word at top) and click. Here you have a choice to
COPY (CTRL + C).
c) You can switch to a WORD DOC and PASTE (CTRL + V). This is a fast
way to capture text and pictures.
17. Moving to the right, note LINE WITH LEFT ARROW. This will display the first
page in the document.
a) The next button LEFT ARROW will display the PREVIOUS PAGE.
b) The RIGHT ARROW will display the NEXT PAGE.
c) And finally, the RIGHT ARROW WITH LINE will display the LAST PAGE
of the document.
18. DOUBLE ARROWS display the PREVIOUS VIEWS and NEXT VIEWS.
19. Next icon is for 100% display view.
a) Then you have the FIT FULL PAGE icon.
b) And finally, the FIT WIDTH icon.
20. LARGE BINOCULLARS is the FIND icon. This will search the document you are
Next currently in only.
a) Click the FIND icon.
b) Type COLLIMATOR and click find.
c) To find more, click icon again or use the keyboard shortcuts.
d) Click TOOLS on top bar for shortcut keystrokes (CTRL + F, CTRL + G).
e) Click on TABLE OF CONTENTS in Bookmarks.
f) Click on Document 100% ICON.
g) Note Section number 3.19 Type CTRL + F (FIND) and type 3.19
h) Type CTRL + G (FIND AGAIN). Note it took you to the right section. This
is very helpful on documents without hyperlinks.
i) Click FIRST PAGE ICON.

j) Click on TABLE OF CONTENTS in Bookmarks again.
k) Move mouse to Section 3.19 (turns to FINGER) and click. (Hyperlink use)
l) Click WINDOWS and note you have multiple documents opened and can
toggle between them if you choose. Click document 2152913 to re-open.
Watch this so it doesn’t grow too large. (This was made possible by the
changes made earlier).
SETTING UP SEARCH FUNCTION AND INDEXES

1. You should have four more icons on the icon bar at the top.
a) The first is the SEARCH icon.
b) The second is the RESULTS LIST (of search) icon.
c) The Third and forth is the PREVIOUS and NEXT button to navigate
through search results.
2. SEARCH function will search the INDEXES of all the documents on the CD and
give the results in the RESULTS LIST. In order for SEARCH to work, you must
first identify all the INDEXES. We will do this now.
3. Click the SEARCH icon (small binoculars).
a) INDEXES
b) ADD
c) ((L)) AW, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
d) ADD, ((L)) SRVNOTES, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
e) ADD, “Up one level icon” TWICE
f) ((L)) CT9800, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
g) ADD, “Up one level icon”
h) ((L)) FMI, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
i) ADD, “Up one level icon”
j) ((L)) HLA, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
k) ADD, “Up one level icon”
Next l) ((L)) HSA_CTI, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
m) ADD
n) CTI, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
o) ADD
p) ((L)) 2142878, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
q) ADD, “Up one level icon”, TWICE
r) ((L)) HSA_RP, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
s) ADD, “Up one level icon”
t) ((L)) HSA_Z, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
u) ADD
v) ((L)) 2142707, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
w) ADD, “Up one level icon” THREE TIMES

x) ((L)) PM, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
y) ADD, “Up one level icon”
z) ((L)) SRVNOTES, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
aa) ADD, “Up one level icon”
bb) ((L)) XTRAS, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
cc) ADD, “Up one level icon”
dd) ((L)) YMS, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
ee) ADD
ff) ((L)) SRVNOTES, ((L)) INDEX.pdx
4. You are now finished attaching all the indexes. You should have 16 indexes.
a) (2142707, 2142878, AW, AW SN, CT9800, CTI, FMI, HLA,
HSA_RP, HSA_Z, HSA_CTI, PM, SN, SN sub dir, XTRAS, YMS &
SN).
5. Note that all INDEXES have check marks next to them. You can click on the check
mark to remove. This does not remove the index, it just eliminates it from the
search. At this point leave all documents checked.
6. Click OK
USING SEARCH FUNCTION

1. Place cursor in white box and click.
a) Type “9800”
b) Click SEARCH icon.
c) SEARCH RESULTS box appears.
d) At the top it says found 131 of 513 documents.
e) The documents with the most “HITS” are at the top and identified by the
FULL PIZZA icon. Click X in top corner of box to close.
f) Click on SEARCH icon. Type COLLIMATOR in place of 9800. Hold down
the CTRL key and note that SEARCH button turns into a REFINE button.
Next Hold down CTRL key while and press the ENTER key to refine your
search. The Search Results should now display “Found 46 out of 131
documents”.
g) You can scroll down through the documents and ((L)) the one you want, or
you can look at them one at a time by starting at the top one first.
h) Scroll down the list until “FCOMM” is located.
i) Highlight this document with a single click.
j) Click INFO. This tells you what the document is without opening it.
k) This is e-mail document of all past technical E-Mails. Click OK.
l) ((L)) FCOMM to open document.
m) Type WAY2COOL

n) Note “COLLIMATOR” is highlighted.
o) Click RIGHT ARROW (far right) to view next occurrence of
COLLIMATOR. Note this E-Mail contains a list of ALL Service Notes.
p) At any time you can return back to the RESULTS LIST by clicking on the
icon at the top. Do that now.
q) Click on the T-1202 document to open it.
r) Click the RIGHT ARROW until we get to the next document.
s) Note message: THIS DOCUMENT COULD NOT BE FOUND: IT HAS
EITHER BEEN MOVED, DELETED OR YOU DON’T HAVE
PERMISSION TO VIEW IT.
t) This is because it is on the other CD (2 of 2). At this point you would look
through all files on this CD ROM before installing the other and them re-
Search the CD to get a new list.
u) Click OK, FILE, CLOSE and FILE, EXIT or click the X in top right corner
to exit.
EXPLORING GE CT FOLDER
1. ((L)) GE CT FOLDER.
2. ((L)) 9800Parts. Acrobat is launched with 9800part.pdf. Need password
‘way2cool’
a) You should be in PAGE with BOOKMARKS.
b) Note arrows in Bookmarks on the left.
c) Click arrow next to COMPUTERS
d) Arrow should be pointing down and specific CPU’s should be displayed in
tree form.
e) Click on FIND icon (large binoculars)
f) Type COLLIMATOR
g) CTRL + G two times. You now have the collimator part number.
h) Repeat FIND for DIAL INDICATOR. You now have the parts numbers you
need.
i) Click arrow next to SERVICE TOOLS in bookmarks.
j) Click CT SPECIFIC TOOLS
k) Click CURRENT SOFTWARE
The other ICONS in your GE CT FOLDER can be viewed on your own time. You can
always add to your folder if you find helpful or most used documents.
This concludes SESSION #1. Any questions?

Part Number FE Assist Part Comment FE Assist

Code
2103702 FE ASSIST (971006) (MS06588) 2103702 = HV Tank 1
HV TANK ON GENERATOR USED ON SJ MINI CT (SYTEC SRI). IF
CHANGING FROM OLD-STYLE HV TANK (2103702) TO NEW STYLE
(2116229), FE WILL NEED A NEW FILAMENT CABLE: NEW FILAMENT
CABLE = 2113249. THE OLD FILAMENT CABLE IS NOT COMPATIBLE
WITH 2116229 TANK.
2112363 FE ASSIST (971206) (MS06588) 2112363-2 = gantry cntrl pnl 1
THIS INCLUDES RUBBER OVERLAY AND SWITCH PANEL. TO ORDER
RUBBER OVERLAY ONLY, ORDER PART NUMBER 2112363-2.
2116229 FE ASSIST (971006) (MS6588 ) 2116229 HV TANK 1
HV TANK ON GENERATOR USED ON SJ MINI CT (SYTEC SRI). IF
CHANGING FROM OLD-STYLE HV TANK (2103702) TO NEW STYLE
(2116229), FE WILL NEEDA NEW FILAMENT CABLE: NEW FILAMENT
CABLE = 2113249. OLD FILAMENT CABLE (2103731)IS NOT COMPATIBLE
WITH 2116229.REF. PCN CT-144.
2122768 FE ASSIST (972306) (MS06588) 2122768= CTVRC FOR HSA & ZJ 3
EXTREME PART SHORTAGE-TRANSFER FE TO OlC FOR PROBLEM
DIAGNOSSIS ASSISTANCE 6-23-97. THE CTVRC CAN BE USED ON BOTH
THE HSA AND ZJ-YMS SYSTEMS. THE CTVRC UNIT IS SHIPPED OUT
WITH THE JUMPER SETTING SET FOR HSA SYSTEMS. TO PREVENT
CATASTROPHIC DAMAGE VERIFY CORRECT LIGHT-PIPE JUMPERS
SETTINGS AND 8 JUMPERS REF TO CD-ROM OR FUNCTIONAL CHECK
AND ADJ. MANUAL. ORIGINAL CTVRC. FOR: ZJ SYSTEMS MUST REMOVE
THE LIGHT-PIPE JUMPERS AND 8 JUMPERS MUST BE MOVED TO THE ZJ
POSITION.
46-282936p1 FE ASSIST (972407) (MS06588) 46-282936p1 = HSA TRACKBALL FOR 3
INTERMITTENT OPERATION DISASSEMBLE AND CLEAN. IF CURSOR
MOVEMENT IS SLOW IN X OR Y DIRECTION TRY ADJUSTING ONE OF
THE GAIN POTS INSIDE THE TRACKBALL ASSEMBLY. ALWAYS MARK
POTS BEFORE ADJUSTING.
46-297837G1 FE ASSIST (971206) (MS06588) 46-297837G1 = POWER BRUSHES THE 1
BRUSH BLOCKS DO NOT NEED TO BE REPLACED IN PAIRS OR ON THE
AMOUNT OF ROTATIONS, BUT SHOULD BE REPLACED ACCORDING TO
LENGTH, PER SERVICE NOTE T-1365 OR HSA PM MANUAL. SEE S/N T-
1365
46-297837G1 FE ASSIST (971206) (MS06588) 46-297837G1 = POWER BRUSHES THE 1
NUMBER OF ROTATIONS, BUT SHOULD BE REPLACED ACCORDING TO
1365
46-297839G1 FE ASSIST (971206) (MS06588) 46-297839G1 = SIGNAL BRUSHES THE 1
AMOUNT OF ROTATIONS, BUT SHOULD BE REPLACED ACCORDING TO
1365
d3102T FE ASSIST (971006) (MS6588 ) D3102T = HSA X-RAY TUBE THE 1
TEMPERATURE SWITCH IS FIELD REPLACEABLE THE TEMPERATURE
SWITCH PART NUMBER IS 46-309051G1 THE PRESSURE SWITCH IS NOT
FIELD REPLACEABLE BECAUSE IT PENETRATES THE CASING AND
REMOVAL WOULD RELEASE THE TUBE OIL.
D3111T FE ASSIST (971006) (MS6588 ) D3111T = PROSPEED X-RAY TUBE THE 1
REMOVAL WOULD RELEASE THE TUBE OIL
D3112T FE ASSIST (971006 (MS6588 ) D3112T = PROSPEED TUBE THE 1

REMOVAL WOULD RELEASE THE TUBE OIL.
T3041AS FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BE
CHARGED FOR USING THE PART.
T3041AS FE ASSIST (971707) (MS06588) T3041AS = ACE DISK DRIVE NON- 1
RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL IS BROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL BE CHARGED
FOR USING THE PART. Before ordering: 5 volts should be checked on drive
itself (not at Power supply). Voltage can be dropping at fuse block or cable
connector.
T3094AJ FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3094AK FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3094BE FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3094ME FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3094WD FE ASSIST (972504) (MS06588) 2D
NO RESTOCK FLAG IS SET ON THE T3094WD (PIC M BD) BECAUSE THIS
BD IS VERY SUSCEPTIBLE TO SHIPPING DAMAGE. THIS BOARD IS WIRE
WRAPPED, NO PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD IS AVAILABLE.T3094WD IS
PART OF THE DATA LINK SUBSYSTEM USED ON 9800 SYSTEMS.
T3094WD FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
CHARGED FOR USING THE PART. THIS BD IS VERY SUSCEPTIBLE TO
SHIPPING DAMAGE. THIS BOARD IS WIRE WRAPPED, NO PRINTED
CIRCUIT BOARD IS AVAILABLE. T3094WD IS PART OF THE DATA LINK
SUBSYSTEM USED ON 9800 SYSTEMS.
T3098AE FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3098BK FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3098FS FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3200CX FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3200DF FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3200DF FE ASSIST (970508) (MS6588 ) T3200DF = DG R/W BD MAGTAPE NON- 1
FOR USING THE PART. CHECK / OHM 7 AMP PICO FUSE ON READ /
WRITE BOARD, PICO FUSE HAS AN EXTREMELY HIGH FAILURE RATE.
NOTE: THE PART NUMBER FOR THE 7A PICO FUSE IS 46-179935P95.
Reel servo adjustment (vaccuum columns) SET TP-71 TP-72 TO A positive 7
volts as a starting point. CAUTION: A NEGATIVE 7 VOLTS WILL NOT WORK -
IT MUST BE A POSITIVE 7 VOLTS.
T3200GE FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3200GP FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3200HM FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3200JW FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3200JW FE ASSIST (971197) (MS06588) T3200JW = MAGTAPE FRNT DOOR NON- 1
FOR USING THE PART. CHECK / OHM 7 AMP PICO FUSE ON READ /
WRITE BOARD, PICO FUSE HAS AN EXTREMELY HIGH FAILURE RATE.
NOTE: THE PART NUMBER FOR THE 7A PICO FUSE IS 46-179935P95
T3200M FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3202AA FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3202AA FE ASSIST (970707) (MS6588 ) T3202AA =GENESIS BULK MEMORY NON- 1
FOR USING THE PART. TROUBLE SHOOTING TIP FOR IMAGE ARTIFACTS:
REMOVE THE GBM FROM SOFTWARE USING THE FOLLOWING
COMMANDS S GENESIS ÝLOGGIN AS GENESIS¨ ÝSD - I SHUTS DOWN
APPLICATIONS¨ S ÝCHANGES TO ROOT USER¨ RMBM 0 ÝREMOVES
BULK MEMORY FROM IP IPRESET ÝRESET THE IMAGE PROCESSOR¨
SDT ÝSHUTDOWN THEN REBOOTS¨ REMOVING THE GBM USING THE
ABOVE COMMAND CAN BE USED AS A TROUBLE SHOOTING TOOL, IF
THE ARTIFACT REMAINS AFTER ENTERING THE ABOVE COMMANDS
THEN THE GBM IS GOOD.
T3202AF FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3202AF FE ASSIST (973006) (MS6588 ) T3202AF = PIONEER 5101 WORM 70% OF 1
THE FAILURES ARE DUST RELATED. TO CLEAN THE LASER DIODE USE
A DRY SWAP AND LIGHTLY BRUSH THE DUST OFF OF THE LASER HEAD.
ACCESS THE LASER HEAD THROUGH THE OD FRONT DOOR. THE
LASER HEAD IS NOT VISIBLE THE HEAD IS LOCATED BEHIND THE
SPINDLE. NON-RESTOCK PART: IF SEAL ISBROKEN YOUR ZONE WILL
BE CHARGED FOR USING THE PART.
T3202Am FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3202BW FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3202BW FE ASSIST (970515) (MS12135) NON-RESTOCKABLE. CT HSA 9
COLLIMATOR. METAL FILTER & BRACKETS ELIMINATED PER PCN ON
UPGRADING REPAIR UNITS. SEE REPAIR OPS. SERVICE TIP SSR-
B00137. IF JUST FILTER REQUIRES REPLACEMENT, CALL OLC FOR
ASSISTANCE.
T3202CB FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3202CB FE ASSIST (970612) (MS06588) T3202CB = CTVRC 1
THIS IS THE NON-EMC CTVRC. THE MODULE HAS 8 JUMPERS WHICH
WILL ALLOW CONVERSION FROM A HSA CTVRC TO A ZJ CTVRC. THE
ITEM IS STOCKED WITH JUMPERS IN THE CORRECT LOCATION FOR
HSA. PER HARRY LEWIS 6/94. VR = CGR
T3202CK FE ASSIST (972205) (MS6588) 1
CHECK FUSES IN THE AMP BEFORE REPLACING THE ENTIRE UNIT
10AMP FUSE HAS BEEN UPGRADED TO 12AMP PER S/N T1325 ORDER
12A FUSE 46-170021P50 3A FUSE 46-170021P94
T3202CM FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3202CM FE ASSIST (972306) (MS06588) T3202CM = DCRGS 1
CHARGED FOR USING THE PART. The resistors R155 and R156 on the
Control board account for about 80% of the failures. Check two 100 ohm
resistors they can easily be replaced in the field part#46-136207p225. R155 &
R156 are located on the DCRGS CONTROL BD NEAR J7. ORIGINAL
RESISTORS ARE QUARTER WATT, REPLACE WITH HALF WATT 100 OHM
RESISTORS. Errors seen maybe KV & MA out of tolerance. Check power
brush blocks for possible root cause of DCRGS damage.
T3202CR FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) A
Sabre Drive Problems Have been ATTRIBUTED TO LOOSE PINS ON SOME
SABRE DRIVE PROBLEMS WERE ATTRIBUTED TO LOOSE PINS ON THE
POWER SUPPLY CABLE
T3202CR FE ASSIST (971306 (MS6588 ) T3202CR = SABRE DRIVE A
SOME SABRE DRIVE PROBLEMS WERE ATTRIBUTED TO LOOSE PINS ON
THE POWER SUPPLY CABLE. REF. SN T-1279 PROCEDURE TO
RELOCATE (SLIP) BAD BLOCKS ON THE DRIVE AND PROCEDURE TO
INSTALL SABRE DRIVE
T3202CY FE ASSIST (971707) (MS06588) T3202CY = ST1480N DRIVE 1
CHARGED FOR USING THE PART. Before ordering: 5 volts should be
checked on drive itself (not at Power supply). Voltage can be dropping at fuse
block or cable connector.
T3202DA FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 3
T3202DC FE ASSIST (YYDDMM) (MS6588 ) PER REPAIR OPERATIONS: 75% ARE 1
RETURNED WITH NO DEFECTFOUND. IT IS BELIEVED THAT THE
PROBLEMS ARE WITH THE HOSTFILESYSTEMS; TYPICALLY FOR THE
DASM FILE IN THE /DEV DIRECTORY GROWING TOO LARGE. IF
UNSURE, CONTACT THE OLC MR /CT SUPPORT FOR ASSISTANCE
BEFORE ORDERING A NEW DASM. DIFFERENT HOSTS MAY HAVE
FILESYSTEMS IN OTHER LOCATIONS. DASM FAN PART Number 2136593
DASM POWER SUPPLY PART NUMBER 2138242.
T3202DW FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3202EF FE ASSIST (970807) (MS6588 ) T3202EF = ALLEN BRADLEY AMP 1
SERVO AMP CURRENT LIMITING RESISTORS FAIL FREQUENTLY. CHECK
/ OHM RESISTORS THREE GOLD DALE 0.25 OHM 50 WATT. RESISTORS
ARE LOCATED ON THE SERVO PANEL ASSEMBLY. THESE RESISTORS
ARE ONLY USED WITH THE ALLEN BRADLEY SERVO AMP DESIGN. 0.25
OHM 50 WATT RESISTOR PART NUMBER = 2113764-22
T3202EH FE ASSIST (970197) (MS06588) 3
CTI JMPER SETTINGS MUST BE 1,3,8 INSTALLED PREVIOUS REPAIR
OPERATION SERVICE TIP SHOWS INCORRECT JUMPER SETTINGS -
SERVICE TIP ISSUE DATE4/30/97 IS CORRECT
T3202EH FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3202EJ FE ASSIST (971306) (MS6588) T3202EJ = 32 MB CPU 1
T3202EJ FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3202EJ FE ASSIST (971306) (MS6588 ) T3202EJ = 32 MB CPU 1
T3202EX FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3202EZ FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3202FC FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3202FW FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3202FW FE ASSIST (971807) (MS06588) T3202FW = ST32550N DRIVE NON- 1
FOR USING THE PART. Before ordering: 5 volts should be checked on drive
itself (not at Power supply). Voltage can be dropping at fuse block or cable
connector.
T3202FX FE ASSIST (971807) (MS06588) T3202FX = ST5660N DRIVE 1
CHARGED FOR USING THE PART. Before ordering: 5 volts should be
checked on drive itself (not at Power supply). Voltage can be dropping at fuse
block or cable connector.
T3202GB FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 3
T3202GH FE ASSIST (972306) (MS06588) T3202GH = CTVRC FOR HSA & ZJ 3
EXTREME PART SHORTAGE-TRANSFER FE TO OlC FOR PROBLEM
DIAGNOSSIS ASSISTANCE 6-23-97. THE CTVRC CAN BE USED ON BOTH
THE HSA AND ZJ-YMS SYSTEMS. THE CTVRC UNIT IS SHIPPED OUT
WITH THE JUMPER SETTING SET FOR HSA SYSTEMS. TO PREVENT
CATASTROPHIC DAMAGE VERIFY CORRECT LIGHT-PIPE JUMPERS
SETTINGS AND 8 JUMPERS REF TO CD-ROM OR FUNCTIONAL CHECK
AND ADJ. MANUAL. REF ORIGINAL CTVRC. FOR: ZJ SYSTEMS MUST
REMOVE THE LIGHT-PIPE JUMPERS AND 8 JUMPERS MUST BE MOVED
TO THE ZJ POSITION.
T3202JL FE ASSIST (YYDDMM) (MS6588 ) PER REPAIR OPERATIONS: 75% A
ARE RETURNED WITH NO DEFECTFOUND. IT IS BELIEVED THAT THE
PROBLEMS ARE WITH THE HOSTFILESYSTEMS; TYPICALLY FOR THE
DASM FILE IN THE /DEV DIRECTORY GROWING TOO LARGE. IF
UNSURE, CONTACT THE OLC MR /CT SUPPORT FOR ASSISTANCE
BEFORE ORDERING A NEW DASM. DIFFERENT HOSTS MAY HAVE
FILESYSTEMS IN OTHER LOCATIONS DBR REVIEWING ALL DEFECTIVES
FOR A GREEN BELT PROJECT. DASM FAN PART Number 2136593
T3402AD FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3408AK FE ASSIST (970507) (MS06588) 1
T3425D FE ASSIST (972306) (MS06588) T3425D = 9800 track ball 1
DISASSEMBLE AND CLEAN TRACKBALL AND BOX WILL SOLVE
INTERMITTENT TRACK BALL OPERATION.
T3460R FE ASSIST (971407) (MS6588 ) T3460R = HLA Detector 1
CHARGED FOR USING THE PART. DETECTOR HEATER ADHESIVE IS
AVAILABLE IF DELAMINATION IS OCCURRING. DETECTOR HEATER
ADHESIVE PART NUMBER IS 46-221461P1.
T3460W FE ASSIST (971407) (MS6588 ) T3460W = HSA Detector 1
T3460W FE ASSIST (971407) (MS6588 ) T3460W = HSA Detector 1
HEALTHPAGE OVERVIEW - REFER TO DIR 46-018222 (CD ROM 2152913, Vol. 1)
I. General
A. The health page is available onCT\i and RP HSA

systems.
B. It provides quick access to logs and statistics on the
system during PMS.
C. It gathers up to 30 days of data (generally) and
automatically mails them to up to 10 users. It will
mail this report 3 days prior to the scheduled PM.
D. The Healthpage is usually configured during theinsite
installation or it can be modified at a later date.
E. The Healthpage contents can be found in Direction
46-018222, section 6-6-1.
II. Accessing Healthpage, Section 6-6-2
A. Automatically - After initial setup thehealthpage is

mailed to the addresses designated under the
‘healthpage -c’ command.
B. Manually - At site it can be assessed by typing
‘healthpage’ after opening a command window.
C. E-mail request - Contact the automated support center
to get a healthpage mailed to you within 24hrs.
III. Options - See Section 6-6-3
IV. Configure Healthpage - Section 6-6-4
V. Change PM Schedule - See Section 6-6-5
VI. Change E-mail Addresses - See Section 6-6-6
A. Remember to use the correct format:

firstname.lastname@med.ge.com
B. DO NOT use ‘clavin’.
C. To find your business alias go to theintranet at
http://3.87.40.21/busalias
VII. Change Report Contents - See Section 6-6-8
Next
page 1 of 2
VIII.Service Notepad - See Section 6-7
A. The service notepad feature allows the FE,Insite

Engineer, or customer to leave a message in the
message log.
IX. Remote Reconfig - See Section 6-8 (FOR OC ONLY)
A. Use remote reconfig to remote access the

configuration file. You can remotely
modify all configuration parameters except for
camera config.
NOTE: This feature is mainly used byinsite. FE’s use

reconfig and the plasma at site.
Page 2 of 2
FSST
MENUS
“We just keep going & going & going…”

Next
___________________________________________________________
REV 0 FEB. 98
To start the FSST tool:
1. log in as root
2. On genesis system:
cd /usr/g/bin
On CT/i system:
cd /usr/g/insite/bin
3. On genesis system:
type FSST (This is a link which is in /usr/g/bin
and calls the main program which is
in /usr/g/insite/bin.)
On CT/i system: Next
type FSST
*NOTE this is a cross platform tool and not all functions will be available
on all system.
How to get this tool?

The tool is part of 3.6 and forward releases CT/i software. It has not yet been
rolled into the genesis platform.
The genesis install base which has insite will be sweep by the ASC and the
software
will be loaded through the sweep.
In the /usr/g/insite/bin directory on Genesis system there will be a file named

SaveToTape. By running this program a copy of the tool can be saved. The
instructions for reinstalling the software are shown at the end of the
SaveToTape
Introduction:
FSST (Field Service Software Tool) is a tool designed to allow

the service engineer to run unix scripts without having to
remember the command line. This tool should be available on all
CT/I, HSA and HLA systems. If it is not, contact the NSC and
have them download it. You can also view the executable files at
cd /usr/g/insite/bin.
Below is the top level menu and sub-menus.
FSST MENUS
____________________________________________________________
Log on to the system as “root”
login: root
password: #bigguy
____________________________________________________________
At the prompt, type: FSST
You should see….
TOP LEVEL MENU CHOICES
1. Configuration Files and Revisions

2. Logs
3. Data Base Tools
4. Queues Clear/Restart (Not Available)
5. Resets (Not Available)
6. Communications and Networks
7. AP
8. DAT/MOD
9. Camera, Display, IP
10. Computer, Disks
11. Console Next
12. Tubes
13. Misc
0. Exit
PLEASE ENTER SELECTION-
(Click on the number to see the other menus)

If you typed top level choice selection 1, you would see:
Configuration Files and Revisions
1. View Host.cfg
2. View Suite.cfg
3. View INFO File
4. Check DAS Type
5. Check Firmware Revisions
6. Check Software Revisions (whatRev or showprods)
7. Check File Revision w
(hatRevEx filename, non CT/I)
0. Exit
Next

Logs
1. View Scan Usage Log

2. View UPAP Log
3. View Tube Usage Log
4. Tube Display
5. Viewstats
6. Rebuild corruptedgesys_xxx.log (ermes) (Not Available)
7. Call up EZLOG
0. Exit
Next

Data Base Tools
1. exterminate Exam (Not Available)

2. reset data base (
idbtool)
0. Exit
THIS SELECTION IS NOT AVAILABLE
RETURN TO CONTINUE
Next

THIS SELECTION IS NOT AVAILABLE IN THIS MENU
PLEASE RUN RESETS ON THE SERVICE DESKTOP
RETURN TO CONTINUE
Communication and networks tools
1. setAdoption (non genesis hosts) (Not Available)

2. get all IP addresses seen by this Host
3. view Hosts file
4. view current network table arp
( -a)
5. delete host from routing table arp
( -d) (Not Available)
6. report network interface parameters of current Hostifconfig
( ec0)
7. Display all IP addresses
8. view physically connected hosts on networknetstat
( -r)
9. network statistics n
(etstat -ain)
10. maintain network routing table (Not Available)
11. force routed to supply table
12. flush network routing table
0. Exit

Next
AP
1. UPAP HLA HSA_Z series (Not Available)

2. deadstart HLA HSA_Z series (Not Available)
3. reset AP (Not Available)
4. Report Board Revs
5. view AP logs (Not Available)
6. Reset IG HSARP andCTi (Not Available)
7. Reset FEP HSARP andCTi (Not Available)
8. Reset and restartrecon main (Not Available)
0. Exit

Next
DAT MOD Tools
1. Dat Recover (Not Available)

2. DAT Zap (Not Available)
3. Manual prep for MaxOptics MOD for service,CTi only (mkfsMOD)
4. Dorodiag (Not Available)
0. Exit
Next

Camera Display IP Tools
1. SEMPTE Pattern
2. SEMPTE in Image Memory only (Not Available)
3. SEMPTE in Bulk Memory Only (Not Available)
4. IP reset- Must be done inunix level only (Not Available)
5. start GSD diags (Not Available)
6. add bulk memory (Not Available)
7. remove bulk memory (Not Available)
8. restart film process (Not Available)
9. remove batch process (Not Available)
10. remove film queue (Not Available)
0. Exit
Computer and Disks Tools
1. start sundiag non CTi systems (Not Available)

2. check disk partitionsdf -k
3. check processes statusps
4. find core files
5. remove core files
6. how to run fsck
7. find a file using find command
0. Exit
Next
Console Tools
1. Security Key check

2. reset left side of plasma nonCTi (Not available)
3. reset right side of plasma nonCTi (Not available)
0. Exit

Tube Tools
1. Changetube (Not Available)

2. tubeUsage
3. check for spits viewstat
0. Exit
Misc Tools
1. timezone
2. set date/time
0. Exit

SWEEPS
Annoucing the Automated Support Center's newest proactive feature:
Proactive Self Service
You've heard of "sweeps" and how much information is available

through them but you never knew how to get one done? Now you
can request one yourself via our easy email request system.
Simply send email to the AutoSC with the type of sweep you want
and a list of system id's you want it for. The AutoSC will do
the sweep for you and email the results back to you. All
automatically!
To request a list what services are currently available:

-------------------------------------------------------
send email
To: autosc@iscmed.med.ge.com
Subject: help
Message content is ignored. The current list of available

sweeps will be mailed to you.
The present list of available sweeps is as follows:
CT:
healthpage CT Health Page
protocolanalysis CT technique summary
5tubesum CT Summary of Slice Counts for last 5 tubes
1tubeall CT Gory details of Tube Usage for last tube
amsu Average Monthly Slice Usage
configuration System Configuration and Board Revisions (HSA only)
DOWNLOADS:
8krotor Downloads the 8K Rotor Speed patch (HSA only)
addfsst Downloads the FSST (Field Service Tool) and
installs it (HLA & HSA)
(This is a dynamic list and types of sweeps will be added periodically.)
To request a sweep:
------------------
To request a sweep send an email to the following address:
Subject: sweep
Message Content:
type = <type of sweep requested - see help for list>

system id = <1st system id>
system id = <2nd system id>
.
.
system id = <last system id> Next
Formating Rules:
1) Only one sweep type may be requested per mailing. The type needs
to be listed only once per mailing.
2) If more that one system is being requested, list each system id
on a separate line.
3) The type of sweep must match (including caps) one of the items
on the list. There must be an "=" sign between either "type"
or "system id" and it's designation. Otherwise caps, spaces
and tabs don't matter.
What will happen after you send the request:

-------------------------------------------
You will receive an acknowledgement of your request right away. This

email lets you know that the Automated Support Center has received
your request and is processing it.
Your request will be validated. If the AutoSC does not know how
to handle your request or can not run it for any reason you will
receive a mail (one for each system id it has trouble with) with
an error message.
The AutoSC will schedule your sweep(s) to be run right away. If

the first attempt fails for any reason the AutoSC will try again
30 minutes later. You will receive a separate response by email
(success or failure) for each system id swept.
Examples of requests:
---------------------
1) A healthpage for a single system
Subject: sweep
type = healthpage
system id = 317649CT
2) Slice counts for the last 5 tubes on 4 different systems
Subject: sweep
TYPE=5tubesum
SYSTEM_ID=312878RCT
SYSTEM_ID=913588KHS
SYSTEM_ID=803255SFCT
SYSTEM_ID=209449SACT2 Next
3) download the 8krotor patch to a single system
Subject: sweep
type=8krotor
systemid=908527HS
Examples of Error Response from Automated Support Center:

---------------------------------------------
******************************************************************************
A sweep was run on 01/06/98 at 08:18:19 for system:
Modality = CT
Product line = HSA
Unique System Number = 0000095660
Mobile Location Number = 9999
System ID = 501686RCT
--- The sweep was NOT successful ---

--- (system does not answer when called) ---
Please address all replies or comments to:
diane.miesbauer@med.ge.com

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION 2152922-100, REVISION 5 ADVANCED SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL
Section 12.0
Slip Ring
Table of Contents
12.1 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................... 671

12.1.1 Theory of Troubleshooting ................................................................................ 671
12.1.1.1 Theory of LAN ................................................................................... 671
12.1.1.2 Theory of TAXI Link ........................................................................... 671
12.1.1.3 Troubleshooting Flow ........................................................................ 672
LAN Watchdog Timeout..................................................................... 672
TAXI Link Failures ............................................................................. 672
Only as a Last Resort ........................................................................ 673
12.1.2 Gantry Model Numbers and Allowable Configurations ..................................... 673
12.1.3 Effect of Having RPSCOM JP600 or RCOM JP1 in Wrong Position ................ 673
12.1.4 Changes to the RCOM, RPSCOM, and Slip Ring for EMC Compliance .......... 673
12.1.3.1 RCOM/SCOM Board Changes
Allowable Configurations and EMC Systems) ................................... 674
RCOM................................................................................................ 674
RPSCOM ........................................................................................... 674
12.1.4.2 Slip Ring Changes (For EMC Systems Only) .................................... 674
Slip Ring Buffer Boards ..................................................................... 674
Slip Ring Terminator Boards.............................................................. 675
Slip Ring ............................................................................................ 675
12.1.5 General Precautions ......................................................................................... 675
12.1.6 Error Codes ....................................................................................................... 675
12.2 Service Procedures...................................................................................................... 675
12.2.1 Baseline ............................................................................................................ 675
12.2.1.1 Method A — TAXI Link Error Troubleshooting .................................. 675
Procedure .......................................................................................... 676
Other Use for ping -s ......................................................................... 676
12.2.1.2 Method B ........................................................................................... 676
12.2.2 Visual Checks ................................................................................................... 677
12.2.3 Power and Grounding Checks .......................................................................... 677
12.2.4 Software and Hardware Tools Available for Troubleshooting ........................... 678
12.2.4.1 Ping ................................................................................................... 678
12.2.4.2 Using nbsClient.................................................................................. 679
nbsClient to the OBC ......................................................................... 679
nbsClient to the STC.......................................................................... 679
12.2.4.3 Minimum System ............................................................................... 680
12.2.4.4 Jumper Out Ring Using Coax ............................................................ 680
12.2.4.5 Slip Ring Service Actions................................................................... 681
Why Clean with Alcohol or Sand with Cratex Crayons ...................... 681
Alcohol Clean .................................................................................... 681
Cratex ................................................................................................ 681
Removal/Installation/Replacement .................................................... 681
12.2.5 The Handling and Removal of Slip Ring Brush Debris ..................................... 682
12.3 Replacement Verification and Re-Test....................................................................... 682
Page 670 Section 12.0 - Slip Ring

12.4 Replacement Procedures.............................................................................................683

12.4.1 46-321058G1 or 46-264698G1 Rotating Buffer Board ......................................683
12.4.2 46-321054G1 or 46-264702G1 Rotating Terminator Board ..............................684
12.4.3 46-321056G1 or 46-264696G1 Stationary Buffer Board ...................................684
12.4.4 46-321052G1 Stationary Terminator Board.......................................................685
12.4.5 46-297837G1 Power Brush Block Assembly.....................................................685
12.4.6 46-297839G1 Signal Brush Block......................................................................686
12.4.7 46-297840G1 or 46-296001G1 Slip Ring Assembly..........................................687
12.1 Troubleshooting
12.1.1 Theory of Troubleshooting
12.1.1.1 Theory of LAN

Please reference the FUNCTIONAL Interconnect (46-018318), the section on “CONTROL
NETWORK”. There are two types of “CONTROL NETWORK”. The older style has a LAN Card in
the SBC (connected to the Max-HIB). The newer system configurations have a HAWK CLA board
and an Ethernet thick wire to Thinwire Conversion Kit.
Regardless of style of ethernet, LAN Watchdog Timeouts are caused by the following components:
• LAN card in the ETC.
• LAN card in the STC.
• LAN card in the SBC (if supplied with one) or the Hawk CLA ethernet connections in an RP.
• Ethernet cable between the SRU (or SBC), STC, and ETC.
• Ethernet cable T-connectors, terminators, or wrong impedance terminator.
• Improperly grounded terminators can cause LAN Watchdog timeouts.
Note: There is only one grounded terminator.
12.1.1.2 Theory of TAXI Link

TAXI Link failures are generated by the Receive TAXI chip (Rx) on the TAXI boards. The Rx
converts the data coming across the ring into a byte containing 11 bits each. 60% of the possible
bytes that can be generated are valid, the other possible combinations are not valid. A TAXI Link
failure means that one of the invalid combinations has been generated.
TAXI Link failures are a function of the ring and directly associated components, i.e. Terminator and
Buffer boards, TAXI boards, the ring itself, brushes, dust, power supplies or grounding.
RCOM or SCOM boards may be involved when dealing with TAXI Link failures. To get TAXI Link
stats, nbsClient stc (or nbsClient obcr) from the SBC. Once there, s sr0 will get
you the data. CTRL + C will get you out of nbsClient. All nbsClients must be done from the SBC.
WARNING nbsClient is a single user function. If you are nbsClient to one of the controllers when the SBC
needs it (i.e. during scanning) the system will crash applications. Ensure the customer is not
scanning when using nbsClient. The single user function nbsClient will crash the system if accessed
while scanning.
Chapter 11 - Gantry Page 671

12.1.1.3 Troubleshooting Flow

1.) Read General Precautions section.
2.) Determine error code that is causing problem (see examples). Get error codes from:
- System message log.
- Run time stats.
- nbsClient.
3.) For LAN Watchdog Timeout go to LAN Watchdog Timeout.
4.) For other communication errors proceed to TAXI Link Failures section.
LAN Watchdog Timeout

1.) Do Visual Checks for LAN Watchdog Timeout.
- Check LAN card seating.
- Check coax connections.
- Check terminator impedance and connection.
- Check terminator grounding (grounded one side only).
2.) Determine which controller is at fault.
- OBC, STC, ETC or all 3 controllers timing out.
3.) Swap the LAN card of the problem controller and see if problem follows.
4.) If timeouts are on all three controllers the problem could be the first controller in line, i.e. the
SBC. Time-outs on all three controllers indicate a problem to something that is common to all
three controllers.
- Could be a problem on the first controller (SBC), or
- A problem with the LAN coax.
• Suspect coax connections.
• Suspect terminator impedance and connection.
• Terminator grounding (grounded one side only).
• Bypass existing coax by laying new coax on the hospital floor.
5.) Check power supply per Power and Grounding Checks.
6.) Replace LAN cards and/or coax.
7.) Check controller temperature. (This happens most often on the STC.)
TAXI Link Failures

1.) Determine configuration (refer to section 12.1.2 on page 673).
2.) Establish a baseline using either METHOD A (refer to section 12.2.1.1 on page 675) or
METHOD B (refer to section 12.2.1.2 on page 676) (METHOD A is recommended).
3.) Do visual checks.
4.) Go to minimum system and verify with ping, METHOD A (refer to section 12.2.1.1 on
page 675).
5.) Check power and grounding.
6.) Vacuum slip ring. Refer to PM procedure CTPM-1321.
- Repeat Baseline (refer to section 12.2.1 on page 675). See if error goes away.
7.) If stationary, jumper out ring using coax.
8.) Swap buffer boards.
9.) Swap brushes (left to right).

10.) Order parts.
Only as a Last Resort

Alcohol clean the slip ring. Refer to Slip Ring Alcohol Cleaning in Slip Ring Service Actions.
12.1.2 Gantry Model Numbers and Allowable Configurations
Type HSA only RP or HSA or CT/i EMC CT/i

Non-EMC Non-EMC
(RP)SCOM 46-321246G1 46-321300G1 46-321300G1
RPSCOM JMPR N/A JP600 out JP600 in
RCOM 46-297474G1 46-297474G1 2126034
RCOM JMPR N/A N/A JP1 in
BFR/TERM Old BFR Set Old BFR Set New BFR Set
Table 11-15 Allowable Configurations of Boards and Jumpers
“Old BFR Set” means:

Stationary Buffer 46-321056G1
Rotation Buffer 46-321058G1
Stationary Terminator 46-321052G1
Rotation Terminator 46-321054G1
“New BFR Set” means

Buffer (Rot & Sta) 2118208
Terminator (Sta & Rot) 2118208
12.1.3 Effect of Having RPSCOM JP600 or RCOM JP1 in Wrong Position

TAXI chips are similiar to a modem with a certain baud rate. Just as two modems connected to each
other must be configured to the same baud rate in order to function, so must the TAXI chips. The
RPSCOM jumper JP600 and RCOM jumper JP1 are used to change the baud rate of the TAXI
chips. When the jumpers are out, the baud rate of all TAXI chips are set to 55.00 Mbaud. When the
jumpers are in, the RCOM Tx and RPSCOM Rx TAXI chips (outbound link) are set to 55.068
Mbaud, while the others (inbound link) stay at 55.00 Mbaud. Experience has shown the TAXI chips
will work if a Tx is set at 55.000 Mbaud and a Rx at 55.068 Mbaud or vice versa. These settings are
out of the tolerance specified by the manufacturer of the TAXI chip and all TAXI Link violations may
result.
12.1.4 Changes to the RCOM, RPSCOM, and Slip Ring for EMC Compliance
EMC (Electromagnetic Compliant) CT systems have notable changes in packaging. This describes
changes required for the slip ring communications subsystem and the RCOM and SCOM interface
boards.

12.1.4.1 RCOM/SCOM Board Changes (Allowable Configurations and EMC Systems)
RCOM
RCOM board assembly 2126034 (which contains the RCOM board 46-288854G1-D) is required for
EMC CT systems. The RCOM assembly that includes the version D RCOM board (assembly
includes 2-TAXI daughter boards and RARQ board) has changed from 46-297474G1 to 2126034.
The “D” version is reflected in the IN-SITE device on the board. The version D RCOM board is
required for all EMC CT systems, but is also compatible with all HSAs to date. The two differences
between the old and new versions are the additions of a configurable oscillator to stagger
frequencies on the slip ring by 68.8 Khz to spread RF emission power, and the routing of +/- 12V
power to the P2 connector for the rotating buffer board.
The RCOM board will have a single jumper. There are temporary rework instructions to modify older
RCOMs to version D. The jumper JP1 (not labeled on boards reworked to version D) must be
removed for operation in standard HSA systems, and in this state all RCOMs are compatible with
all SCOMs and RPSCOMs. EMC CT systems require the jumper to be installed. If the jumper on
the RCOM is installed, then the jumper must be installed on the RPSCOM as well (see RPSCOM
below). In this state, older SCOMs or RPSCOMs are not compatible, only RPSCOMs 46-321300
can be used. However, if the jumpers are placed in the wrong positions, the scanner will probably
still work. Every test we’ve run so far has shown this. But the AMD TAXI chip components on the
boards would be grossly out-of-spec!
RPSCOM
The RPSCOM (46-321246G1) is not compatible with RP-EMC systems. This board is compatible
with all older HSA systems. The new board is 46-321300G1. This board can output DAS data via
star AP parallel format, FEP TAXI coax format, and FEP TAXI fiber-optic interface. Because of this,
the board is compatible with all older HSA systems. EMC CT systems will require use of the fiber
interface which will require the new RPSCOM and 46-327036G2 FEP boards. All HSAs today are
shipping with the new 46-327036G2 FEP assembly that has the fiber interface option. To select the
fiber channel for data input on the FEP, jumper J2 needs to be installed on the FEP.
As with the version D RCOM, there is a staggered frequency jumper on the new 46-321300
RPSCOM. With the jumper JP600 removed, the board is compatible with all older systems. The
jumper must be installed for EMC CT, and then must run with a 2126034 RCOM assembly (version
D RCOM board) or higher with the RCOM jumper installed as well. INSITE will read 46-321300
rev B on the new RPSCOM.
12.1.4.2 Slip Ring Changes (For EMC Systems Only)
Slip Ring Buffer Boards

For EMC the existing buffer boards (46-321056 and 46-321058) are replaced by buffer “modules”
(2118208) on EMC CT gantries. Instead of two different components, there is a single component
type used in two places. One module is inverted from the other such that the “goes outa” from one
goes to the “goes into” at the other end. The modules are shielded and the ground screws are an
important electrical component to circuit function. These modules will work only with EMC CT
systems, and are NOT backward compatible.

Slip Ring Terminator Boards

The two terminator boards on current HSA systems (46-321052 and 46-321054) are replaced with
resistor blocks (2118209). These blocks are shipped to GE from our slip ring supplier with the ring.
The part is a 20 ohm, 1/8 watt, 1% resistor on FR4 circuit board material with eyelets to screw onto
a ring.
The stationary resistor attaches to the stationary brush block on the power brush block side of the
gantry to ring studs #4 and #5. The rotating resistor attaches to the ring inside diameter opposite
the buffer board, to ring stud #2 and #3. These mounting instructions are silk-screened onto the
resistor blocks. These resistors will work only with EMC CT systems.
Slip Ring
The EMC slip ring incorporates an “image plane” in the slip ring approximately 1/8 inch below the
six communications tracks. Running a differential buffer board set, on rings without this plane will
yield unpredictable results (TAXI violations). The rings are easy to tell apart since the EMC ring has
a metal shield on the inside face of the ring.
12.1.5 General Precautions

• DO NOT use vacuum brush on anything else except the slip ring. Do this to avoid
contamination of the brush.
• DO NOT touch brush tips or slip ring. The contamination from body oil, etc. can damage them.
• DO NOT file or clean the brush tips, under any circumstance (per vendor warranty). The brush
tips will wear at slightly different rates and may appear out of alignment. This is expected.
• DO NOT bend or deform brushes or spring material (per vendor warranty).
• DO NOT work on the ring or brushes unless the system A1 power is tagged and locked.
• DO NOT use anything else other than the GE-approved alcohol to clean the ring.
• DO NOT get cleaning solution on the brushes.
• DO NOT use any other cleaning solution than what is specified in the cleaning procedure.
• Remove brushes for vacuuming and any other type of cleaning.
• Remove brushes before cleaning the ring with alcohol.
• Vacuuming is a PM action. Refer to PM procedure CTPM-1321.
• Deviation from these procedures will result in increased material costs.
12.1.6 Error Codes

TBD
12.2 Service Procedures
12.2.1 Baseline
12.2.1.1 Method A — TAXI Link Error Troubleshooting

The following procedure is used to troubleshoot TAXI Link and other data-related problems
between the stationary buffer and rotating buffer board on the HSA and CT/i.
There are two purposes for this procedure.
• Establish a baseline prior to troubleshooting.
• Verify if the problem has been eliminated after a correction was applied.
Procedure
1.) Knowledge of how to use nbsClient to look for TAXI Link errors on both the STC and the OBCr
is required (refer to section 12.2.4.2 on page 679).
2.) Access to two UNIX shells is required.
- L1b could be one shell and opening a shell under Utilities could be the other.
- CT/i open up two unix shells.
- Telnet in from an AW.
3.) Open Utilities and download the diagnostic firmware.
CT/i
4.) After the firmware has been successfully downloaded enter ping -s obcr into one of the
UNIX shells. This will send recursive data packets across the slip ring to the OBC and back to
the host for error detection.
Verify that the return message from the ping -s command is, on average, less than 20ms.
5.) Use the diagnostics to rotate the gantry for at least 10 minutes at speed of one second. To
accomplish this use the axial control loop diagnostic.
- Enter 600 seconds for rotation duration and one second for gantry speed.
6.) On the unused UNIX shell check for TAXI Link errors by using nbsClient on both the OBCR
and the STC (refer to section 12.2.4.2 on page 679). This should be zero because
downloading the diagnostic firmware resets the error registers.
A.) Check for TAXI Link errors after five minutes and again after ten minutes of rotation.
B.) If there are no errors, repeat steps 5 and 6 one more time. If there are still no errors, it
probably is not worth proceeding with component replacement or service actions.
C.) If there are errors in nbsClient, record this number as it will be used to determine if repairs
are successful.
D.) Remember that the TAXI Link register is reset if the firmware is downloaded or a system
hardware reset is commanded.
7.) Now that the baseline is established, troubleshooting can begin. Refrain from performing
parallel steps. Replace one board or service action at a time, then repeat steps 5 and 6.
Note: If slip rings are cleaned or if data brushes were replaced, there is a burn-in period of approximately
ten minutes. Therefore, use nbsClient to monitor the rate of TAXI Link error growth that should slow
down to zero during the second ten minutes of testing.
Other Use for ping -s

ping -s used on a non-rotating gantry is useful to eliminate the slip rings as a source for problems
and also for troubleshooting other components in the serial communication area. Use steps 4 and 6
to interrogate the TAXI Link error register. If errors are present, rotate the gantry 90 degrees and
repeat test. If the errors are still present, there is a 99% chance that the slip rings are not causing
the problem.
12.2.1.2 Method B
Develop a baseline.
1.) nbsClient to controller (refer to section 12.2.4.2 on page 679).
2.) s sr0 c will clear out stats.
3.) Do 30 scans.

4.) Check s sr0 stats to see how many if any TAXI Link errors were created.
- Do this while stationary,
- Rotating fast or slow,
- High x-ray technique and low.
Determine which method creates TAXI Link failures and work with that particular method.
5.) Repeat every time a service action is done. This way one can tell if a service action had any
effect.
Note: If TAXI Link errors occur while the gantry is stationary, jumper out the slip ring with 50ohm coax
cables to help troubleshoot.
Note: Black holes are transmit errors between stc cpu and obcr cpu and will accompany TAXI Link errors.
There is no absolute limit. What is important is if TAXI Link stops scanning.
12.2.2 Visual Checks

• Check terminator boards (sometimes missing).
• Terminator boards mounted correctly with correct screws.
• Coax connector pins OK and connected.
• Damaged boards/ring/brushes.
12.2.3 Power and Grounding Checks

• Ground screws on the buffer board.
• Ring 12 grounded.
• DC power supplies on both buffers (Spc TBD).
• OBC, STC power supplies.
• Strap to brush block.

12.2.4 Software and Hardware Tools Available for Troubleshooting
12.2.4.1 Ping
To isolate rough spots in the rotation, execute an extended version of the ping command while the
FE manually rotates the gantry. The output will demonstrate where the rough spots exist. Any
cleaning efforts should be concentrated in those areas. This test requires two people, the FE and a
person at the console end to indicate where the rough spots occur.
Perform the following command:
insite @ HSA1_SBC0 130: ping -s obcr 16 100
24 bytes from 192.9.224.2: icmp_seq=27. time=20. ms
EXPLANATION: The packet internet groper is used to determine if another user is still active. The
ping command works by sending out an internet control message protocol (ICMP) echo request. If
the destination user is reachable, then an ICMP echo will be returned immediately. The sending
user will continue to send this ping/ICMP request until terminated or it times out. By using the -s
option you get a verbose statistics printout of each ping event. Pay particular attention to the
response time of the packet to determine network response. In this case, problems with the rings
were discovered and marked by the FE during rotation. The 16 used in the command line sets up
a 16 data byte packet (if needed, it could be larger). The 100 used in the command line sends out
the ping request 100 times.
SOLUTION: Cleaned/cleared slip rings of debris in vicinity where network response rate degraded.

12.2.4.2 Using nbsClient
nbsClient to the OBC

1.) On the SBC, type nbsClient obcr.
2.) While in nbsClient type s sr0 (0 = zero).
3.) At the bottom of the response:
|sr0: timeout Error Statistics:
961003|0925|06588| INIT timeouts = 0 DATA
| | | timeouts = 0
| | |sr0: Interrupt Statistics:
| | | Level 6 interrupts = 84590 DAS/AP FIFO
| | | full = 1
| | | TAXI link failures = 157
| | |sr0: Miscellaneous Statistics:
| | | Black hole occurrences = 1 Total words thrown
| | | away = 1
| | | Most words thrown away = 1 Errored DATA
| | | frames = 0
type CTRL + C to get out of nbsClient.
nbsClient to the STC

1.) On the SBC, type nbsClient stc.
2.) While in nbsClient type s sr0 (0 = zero).
3.) At the bottom of the response:
|sr0: timeout Error Statistics:
961003|0925|06588| INIT timeouts = 0 DATA
| | | timeouts = 0
| | |sr0: Interrupt Statistics:
| | | Level 6 interrupts = 84590 DAS/AP FIFO
| | | full = 1
| | | TAXI link failures = 157
| | |sr0: Miscellaneous Statistics:
| | | Black hole occurrences = 1 Total words thrown
| | | away = 1
| | | Most words thrown away = 1 Errored DATA
| | | frames = 0
type CTRL + C to get out of nbsClient.

12.2.4.3 Minimum System

There is not minimum system for the STC.
Minimum system for the OBC is RCOM, CPU.
12.2.4.4 Jumper Out Ring Using Coax
Figure 11-4 Slip Ring Communications Bypassing Routines
Figure 11-5 Normal Indications

12.2.4.5 Slip Ring Service Actions
Why Clean with Alcohol or Sand with Cratex Crayons

1.) Communication failures (TAXI Link Failures) after vacuuming failed.
2.) Cratex sanding is for mechanical damage to the ring ONLY i.e. pits and arc marks.
Alcohol Clean
Alcohol cleaning should be done as a corrective (repair) action only. Alcohol clean is not a PM
action and should only be done if necessary and only AFTER vacuuming the Slip Ring and Gantry
has not corrected the problem.
1.) Vacuum ring per PM procedure.
2.) Check baseline.
3.) Remove all of the power and signal brush blocks (the alcohol will contaminate the brushes).
Refer to the General Service Manual 2152918-100 for the proper removal procedure.
4.) Use specified alcohol (46-183039p1) and allow to AIR DRY for 15 min. DO NOT use the
alcohol prep pads found in hospitals. They are often not PURE alcohol, and can contaminate
the slip ring and brushes.
5.) Reinstall the removed components. Reference the appropriate section in the General Service
Manual 2152918-100. The proper replacement procedure is critical to the life of the slip ring
components.
Note: Use the proper alcohol.
Cratex
The cratex should be used to only fix pit and arc marks.
1.) Using Cratex fine abrasive stick (46-297961P2) attempt to smooth out the pitted area or areas
with deposits on the slip ring. ONLY use Cratex on the ring that is in need of repair. If the
area(s) are still not smooth, use Cratex medium abrasive stick (46-297961P1). After using the
medium, repeat procedure with the fine.
Note: Smoothing out the track surfaces is a time consuming task and if not done properly and completely
will result in either permanent damage or will cause another arc. Do it right the first time.
Note: Removing the “clogged” end of the cratex stick with a coarse file will help speed up the process of
smoothing out pitted areas.
2.) When done with the Cratex sticks it is very important to remove ALL traces of abrasive with a
thorough alcohol cleaning.
3.) Replace all of the removed components Reference the appropriate section in the General
Service Manual 2152918-100. The proper replacement procedure is critical to the life of the
slip ring components.
Removal/Installation/Replacement
Reference the appropriate section in the General Service Manual 2152918-100. The proper
replacement procedure is critical to the life of the slip ring components.

12.2.5 The Handling and Removal of Slip Ring Brush Debris

The slip ring brushes, made of Polymet AG material and used on this scanner, contain silver and a
trace of cadmium. Refer to the corresponding MSDS for a description of these materials.
CAUTION Take care to avoid contact, inhalation and ingestion of slip ring debris whenever you work
with slip ring components. Take the following steps when you handle slip ring material:
1.) Wear Neoprene or nitrile gloves, to limit irritation and ingestion of metallic dust.
- Do NOT remove gloves near an exposed slip ring. The powder inside the gloves can
contaminate the ring.
- Gloves: Large (Qty 100) 46-194427P347.
- Gloves: XL (Qty 100) 46-194427P348.
2.) Use a HEPA (High Efficiency Particulate Air) vacuum cleaner to remove residual brush debris.
- HEPA vacuum Cleaner: 46-297933P1.
- HEPA filter: 46-297948P1.
3.) Use the HEPA vacuum cleaner to remove all existing brush debris from the brush blocks,
brackets and slip ring covers before you service the slip ring brush assemblies.
4.) Use the HEPA vacuum cleaner to remove all existing brush debris from the gantry base and
floor after you reassemble the slip ring covers.
5.) Wash your hands thoroughly after you service any slip ring components.
Note: All exposure surveys, conducted during service procedures and system operation, reported levels
of silver and cadmium well below the occupational exposure limits for these materials.
12.3 Replacement Verification and Re-Test
Communication Task Verification Test

FRUs
Slip Ring Assembly To replace faulty Slip Ring Assembly, Acquire rotating scans at: 100kV/
refer to page 687 100mA. and 120kV/400mA.
Brush Blocks Replace faulty power (page 685) or System Functional Test on page 84
signal (page 686) block and align
correctly.

Communication Task Verification Test

FRUs
Buffer, TAXI Boards, To replace faulty FRU: 1.) Hardware Reset
and Slip Ring RCOM on page 633 2.) Acquire 10 scouts: (120kv/
Communication 40ma., 1000mm table
RPSCOM on page 637
rings movement),
Buffer or TAXI Boards, begin your
search on page 683 3.) Acquire 100 axials: (120kv/
80ma., 1 sec. scan, 1 sec.
Manual check for TAXI errors:
ISD),
Open a Unix shell and,
4.) Acquire 1 helical: (120 kv/
type: cu sbc 40ma., 30 sec. scan),
type: nbsClient stc, 5.) Acquire 10 axial scans:
(120kv/400ma.)
type: s sr0
6.) Verify NO TAXI Link errors
Verify fewer than 2 TAXI Link failures
occur in 80 slices, CTRL + C [to exit], To check Rcom/Scom Statistics
enter: FSST; 12; 3
type: nbsClient obcr
type: s scr0
Verify fewer than 2 TAXI Link failures
occur in 80 slices,
CTRL + C [to exit],
~. [to exit].
Table 11-16 Retest Matrix for Communication FRUs (Continued)
12.4 Replacement Procedures
12.4.1 46-321058G1 or 46-264698G1 Rotating Buffer Board

Note: Two (2) types of buffer and terminator PWBs exist. Check the part numbers of the PWBs on your
system before ordering replacement parts.
CAUTION Read The Handling and Removal of Slip Ring Brush Debris on page 682 before you start this
procedure.
1.) Position table to lowest elevation.
2.) Turn off facility power to PDU.
DANGER USE TAG AND LOCK OUT PROCEDURE.

3.) Remove, and set aside, both gantry side covers.
TAG
4.) Turn off all three (3) switches on the status control box, on right side of Gantry.
&
LOCKOUT
Signed Date
5.) Open top cover, and engage prop rod.

6.) Remove, and set aside, Gantry scan window.
7.) Open rear cover.
NOTICE Wear a grounded wrist strap when you handle a circuit board.
8.) Locate the rotating buffer board on the inside surface of the slip ring.
The Buffer board has two coax cables connected to it.
9.) Disconnect the two (2) coax cables connected to J1 and J2 on the Buffer PWB.

10.) Remove the seven (7) 4-40 screws, and one (1) 1/4-20 ground screw, that fasten the Buffer
PWB to the slip ring.
11.) Remove the Buffer PWB from Gantry.
12.) Install the new Rotating Buffer PWB.
13.) Reassemble Gantry.
12.4.2 46-321054G1 or 46-264702G1 Rotating Terminator Board

Note: The CT/i COULD HAVE EITHER ONE OF Two (2) types of buffer and terminator PWBs. Check the
part numbers of the PWBs on your system before YOU order replacement parts.
procedure.

TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed Date

8.) Locate the rotating terminator PWB on the inside surface of the slip ring.
The Terminator PWB has no cables attached to it.
9.) Remove the seven (7) 4-40 screws, and one (1) 1/4-20 ground screw, that fasten the
terminator PWB to the slip ring.
10.) Remove the terminator PWB from Gantry.
11.) Install the new rotating terminator board.
12.4.3 46-321056G1 or 46-264696G1 Stationary Buffer Board

procedure.

TAG
4.) Turn off all 3 switches on the status control box, on right side of Gantry.
&
LOCKOUT
Signed Date



8.) Remove slip ring covers.
9.) Disconnect three cables at connectors J1, J2 and J3.
10.) Remove eight (8) 4-40 screws that fasten the Stationary Buffer PWB to the brush block
assembly.
11.) Remove the Stationary Buffer PWB from the Gantry.
12.) Install the new Stationary Buffer PWB.
12.4.4 46-321052G1 Stationary Terminator Board

procedure.

TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed Date

8.) Remove slip ring covers.
9.) Remove seven (7) 4-40 screws that fasten the terminator PWB to the brush block assembly.
10.) Remove the defective terminator PWB from Gantry.
11.) Replace terminator PWB.
12.4.5 46-297837G1 Power Brush Block Assembly


TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed Date

8.) Remove the slip ring covers.
procedure.
9.) The Gantry contains three (3) brush blocks: two for signal and one for power.
A.) Remove the stationary buffer board to access and remove either of the signal brush
blocks. Refer to the corresponding procedures for a detailed explanation.
B.) Remove the grounding strap from at the power brush block bracket before you remove the
power brush block.
C.) If you plan to replace the power brush block, remove the grounding strap from the power
brush block and the power brush block bracket.
10.) Remove Brush Block:
A.) Remove two (2) of the four (4) bolts, one on the top of the block and one on the bottom.
B.) With one hand, hold the brush block against the brackets, and remove the remaining
screws with the other hand.
C.) Remove brush block from the brackets.
11.) Install Brush Block:
A.) Hold the Brush Block in position, and align the brush tips with the slip ring tracks.
B.) Compress the brush tip springs against the slip ring tracks, and hold the brush block
against the brackets.
C.) Install all four (4) screws, but do not tighten.
D.) Adjust the brush blocks to center the top and bottom of the brush tips.
E.) Tighten all four (4) screws to 22 ±3in-lbs. (0.254 ±0.035 m-kg)
12.) Manually rotate Gantry while you check that the brush tips are centered between the track
barriers.
12.4.6 46-297839G1 Signal Brush Block
procedure.

TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed Date

8.) Remove the slip ring covers.
9.) The Gantry contains three (3) brush blocks: two for signal and one for power.
- Remove the stationary buffer board to access and remove either of the signal brush
blocks. Refer to the corresponding procedures for a detailed explanation.
- Remove the grounding strap from at the power brush block bracket before you remove the
power brush block.

10.) Remove Brush Block:

A.) Remove two (2) of the four (4) bolts, one on the top of the block and one on the bottom.
B.) With one hand, hold the brush block against the brackets, and remove the remaining
screws with the other hand.
C.) Remove brush block from the brackets.
11.) Install Brush Block:
A.) Hold the Brush Block in position, and align the brush tips with the slip ring tracks.
B.) Compress the brush tip springs against the slip ring tracks, and hold the brush block
against the brackets.
C.) Install all four (4) screws, but do not tighten.
D.) Adjust the brush blocks to center the top and bottom of the brush tips.
E.) Tighten all four (4) screws to 22 ±3in-lbs. (0.254 ±0.035 m-kg)
12.) Manually rotate Gantry while you check that the brush tips are centered between the track
barriers.
12.4.7 46-297840G1 or 46-296001G1 Slip Ring Assembly

Note: The slip ring is encased in plastic and the plastic should be removed last. The plastic is to protect
the ring from contamination.
Note: Slip ring replacement requires two people, plus a third person for approximately five hours.
procedure.

TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed Date

7.) Open Rear cover.
A.) Locate left hinge arm inside the rear cover, and disconnect the two (2) electrical
connections leading to the top and rear covers.
B.) Disconnect the two (2) wires leading to the rear cover lamp.
C.) Disconnect the harness leading to the rear cover microphone.
8.) Remove the top cover: (Requires 2 people)
A.) Engage the prop rod.
B.) Remove the retaining clip from the end of the top cover gas spring.
C.) Grasp the gas spring, and firmly pull outward.
D.) Let the gas spring swing down and hang from the rear cover support.
E.) Attach the retaining clip to the gas spring for safe keeping.
F.) Remove the rear cover portion of the middle hinge that holds the top cover in place.
G.) Move the top cover to the right, remove it from the rear cover, and set aside.

9.) Remove the Rear Cover: (Requires 3 people)

A.) Grab the bottom of the cover on each side near the swing doors.
B.) Lift on the Rear Cover Assembly, while the third person guides the pivot pins out of the
pivot arm on each side of the cover.
C.) Place the Rear Cover on top of a blanket to prevent scratching.
D.) Lean the Cover against the wall, or if space permits, lay the cover horizontally on a blanket
on the floor.
10.) Remove the two (2) Slip Ring Covers.
procedure.
11.) Remove the two BNC Connectors, J1 and J2, from Rotating Buffer Board.
12.) Remove the Rotating Buffer Board and the Rotating Terminator Board:
A.) Remove seven (7) 4-40 socket head cap screws and one (1) 1/4 -20 screw from each
board.
B.) Remove the boards from the slip ring, and place them in anti-static bags.
13.) Remove two (2) Lexan terminal covers that cover the electrical junctions between the gantry
and the slip ring.
A.) Remove the two (2) 1/4 -20 screws that fasten each cover in place.
B.) Remove both covers, and set aside, for reuse.
14.) Disconnect all cable connections on the inside of the Slip Ring, including the two (2) Ground
Strap connections.
15.) Remove the Stationary Terminator Board:
A.) Remove the seven (7) 4-40 socket head cap screws.
B.) Remove the board and place it in an anti-static bag.
16.) Remove the Stationary Buffer Board:
A.) Disconnect (3) BNC connectors, J1,J2 and J3.
B.) Remove the eight (8) 4-40 socket head cap screws.
C.) Remove the board and place it in an anti-static bag.
17.) Remove, and set aside, the one power and two signal Brush Blocks.
A.) Disconnect the Power Brush electrical connections
B.) Disconnect the grounding strap.
C.) Four bolts fasten each Brush Block in place
Detailed Brush Block instructions begin on page 685.
18.) Remove six (6) Brush Block Brackets:
A.) Remove the shoulder screw and socket head cap screw from each bracket.
B.) Remove each bracket, and set aside for reuse.
19.) Open the front cover and remove two (2) access panels.
Note: A cutout on the Slip Ring, and a pilot on the bearing flange, hold the Slip Ring in place, as long as
you apply pressure against the back face of the Slip Ring.
20.) Remove six bolts from the Slip Ring: (Requires 2 people)
A.) Rotate the gantry to position one bolt in each of the two (2) access holes.

B.) Remove the bolts from the gantry access holes, and set aside for reuse.
C.) Second person: Push against the back face of the Slip Ring to hold it in place while your
partner removes the bolts
D.) Rotate the Gantry, by hand, until another set of bolts appear in the access holes.
E.) Remove the bolts, set aside, and repeat the procedure to remove the a total of 8 bolts.
21.) Remove the Slip Ring assembly:
A.) Stand on either side of the Slip Ring assembly.
B.) Grasp the Slip Ring with both hands.
C.) Pull the Slip Ring off the bearing flange.
NOTICE The epoxy Slip Ring is fragile, so handle it with extreme care. DO NOT STAND THE SLIP
RING ON END; LAY IT FLAT.
22.) Replace the Slip Ring:
A.) Hold the Slip Ring next to Bearing flange.
B.) Rotate the bearing, and/or Slip Ring, to align the black line on the inside of Slip Ring with
the small hole on the bearing flange pilot.
23.) Fasten Slip Ring to Bearing Flange: (Requires 2 people)
A.) Second person: Press the Slip Ring flush against the Bearing Flange while your partner
replaces the bolts.
B.) Apply a small amount of 242-Loctite to each of 8 Slip Ring bolts.
C.) Replace the first 2 bolts, and tighten to 5 ft.-lbs.
D.) Rotate the gantry, by hand, to reposition the access holes, and replace the next set of
bolts.
E.) Repeat the procedure to replace a total of 8 bolts.
24.) Recheck the torque of all eight (8) bolts: 5 ft-lbs. (0.0048 m-kg)
Note: Use three people to replace the Rear Cover.

TAG
27.) Turn off all three switches on the status control box, on right side of Gantry.
&
LOCKOUT
Signed Date
28.) Open top cover and engage prop rod.

30.) Open front cover.
31.) Rotate Gantry until the Collimator reaches the 3 o’clock position.
32.) Engage the indexer pin lock to lock the Gantry into position.
33.) Remove the aperture Micro Stepper Drive to access to the Bow-Tie Filter.
Refer to the Micro Stepper Drive Procedure for details.
34.) Locate the cut away in the Micro Stepper Drive mounting plate:
A.) Disconnect the two (2) 6 pin electrical connectors from the front of the Stepper Motor Drive.
B.) Unfasten four 8-32 bolts, and remove the Stepper Motor Drive.
35.) Replace Stepper Motor Drive

This is the menu for EZLOG
1. OC Syslog / usr/adm/syslog
2. OC System Error Log usr/g/service/log/ gesyslog ( viewlog)
3. SBC Messages / usr/adm/messages
4. SBC Syslog / usr/spool/log/ syslog
5. Run Time Stats
6. Tube Usage
7. Tube Display
8. Look for Core files on system
9. System crashdumps / usr/g/service/log/ crashdumps/
q. Quit and return to UNIX

6sigma Troubleshooting Guide for DASM
Section 1 Image Problem

1-1 Missing frame in the print
•Symptom
The problem occurs when MR,CT,or AW is connected to Konica Laser Camera.
Number of missing frame is one or more.
Missing frame is Black.
Black Image
Image is skipped.
•Solution
We are investigation with Konica engineer.
Probably patch software for Konica camera will be prepared by Konica.
Please contact OLC-Asia if you have the problem.
Missing Frame
becomes Black
Contact OLC-Asia

Page 1
1-2 Missing frame in the print

•Symptom
The problem occurs when MR,CT,or AW is connected to Laser Camera.
Number of missing frame is one or more.
Missing frame is White.
Pattern A Pattern B
‡@ ‡A ‡@ ‡A
‡B ‡B ‡C
‡C ‡D ‡D ‡E
•Solution
Check the revision of DASM
Missing Frame
becomes white
A‚v • FP
‚ • D‚O„‚
l‚q
‚ • ^‚bs
‚ • FP
‚ • D‚O…‚
AW : 1.0d
MR/CT : 1.0e
Yes
No
Check rev. of DASM
*Use Show DASM
Implement FMi
Contact OLC

Page 2
1-3 Lost one view

•Symptom
Lost one view image is displayed when MR,CT,or AW is connected to Kodak Laser Camera.
Ignore • I
Image one dot shift
For example
•Solution
Ask Kodak engineer to adjust V Sync or H Sync.
Missing one line
Kodak?
No
Yes
Contact Kodak
Contact OLC

Page 3
1-4 Shifted Image

•Symptom
Lost one view image or blurrede characters on the filmis displayed when MR,CT,or AW is connected
to Kodak Laser Camera.
The problem may be caused by temperature in

tha Camera.
Shifted image
•Solution
Contact Kodak Kodak?
No
Yes
Contact Kodak engineer
Contact OLC

Page 4
1-5 Doubled different images on the frame (Part 1)
•Symptom
Doubled different images (Different series)on the frame is displayed when CT, MR or AW is connected
to the KonicaCamera.
There are different images on the frame.
•Solution
Contact Konica. Doubled different images
In case of Konica Li-7 or Li-7A, set the
Non-interlace mode.
No
Konica?
Yes
Contact Konica
Contact OLC

Page 5
1-6 Doubled different images on the frame (Part 2)
•Symptom
Doubled different images (Different series)on the frame is displayed when AW (1.2.6) is connected
to the Kodak.
There are different images on the frame.
•Solution
Perform FMi80005 Doubled different images
No
Kodak
Yes
Perform FMi-80005
Contact OLC
Page 6
1-7 Noisy image

•Symptom
Noisy image
•Solution
Capacitors in the DASM has a problem. Noisy image
Replace the DASM.
Replace the DASM
Page 7
1-8 White line at the bottom in the Image frame
•Symptom
White line is displayed at the bottom in the frame when MR,CT,or AW is connected to Laser Camera.
32
Pixels 512Pixels
GRAY SCALE AREA
512Pixels
IMAGE
AREA
512 ~512
TEXT/GRAPHICS
AREA
544 ~524
This white line ( Belt)
Pixels
12
12 pixels are displayed due to no masking.
•Solution
Consult with Service Engineer in charge of corresponding Camera.
White line at the bottom
Contact Service
engineer of
Camera

Page 8
1-9 Grid like image
•Solution
CTi may have a problem.
AW and DASM do not have a problem.
Grid-like image
No
CTi?
Yes
Contact OLC

Page 9
1-10 Gray scale is diaplayed when gray scale is OFF mode
•Symptom
Gray scale is displayed although gray scale is OFF Mode when AW is connected to the KODAK
camera.
•Solution
Under investigation
Contact OLC.
Gray scale displayed
Contact OLC

Page 10
1-11 Can not copy
•Symptom
In case of copy mode in the Film Composer menu, copy mode does not wrok, when CT , MR or
AW is connected to the Konica camera.
The copied film becomes black.
This problem may happen after up grading the YMS systems
•Solution
Temporary Solution
Ask customer not to use Copy mode. Use print button twice.
Paid Up-grade is available.

Page 11
Section 2 Filming Problem

2-1 Stoped at the printing stage
Can not print at the printing stage
Cycle the Camera power, then reboot AW
Reoccur ? END
No
Yes
DASM may have a problem

Check the DASM.
1 Check 5VDC
2 Check LEDs
3 Check Fuse
4 Check Airblow
5 Check Jumper
Replace the DASM

Page 12
2-2 Camera is Offline or not connected

AW: Camera is offline or not connected
Camera is not responding
MR : Camera is not connected
Stop printing when queue is remaining
Is Camera Power-ON• H Cycle the Camera power, then reboot AW

No
Yes
Reset the Cemara or Cycle the Camera
Is Camera Ready ? power, then reboot it.
No
Yes
D Perform Show DASM
No
Status menu displayed ?
Yes Refer to the how to

Is correct Showdasm• H ShowDASM ?
No
Yes
Is error message Yes
Any error “Can not open SCSI
Yes device.....”
No
Reconnect SCSI and
No Connectors
Is error message “ Yes

Can not open /dev/dasm 1 ...”
Refer to the
Does LEDs on the DASM
work properly ? No B ShowDASM utility
Yes
Perform uninstall and install.

( Refer to the Utility )
Yes
Is OK result of
Cycle the Camera power, then reboot AW
Showdasm ?
No
A C GE Exclusive Use Only

Page 13
A
Check the DASM.
Is status correct ?
No
1 Check 5VDC
Yes 2 Check LEDs
3 Check Fuse
4 Check Airblow
5 Check Jumper
Replace the DASM
Does camera reply when Serial communication between DASM and Camera may have
performing “rqs, rsp or clrsp”? a problem.
No If serial cable is OK, Consult with Service Engineer in charge
of corresponding Camera.
Yes
After rebooting AW and Camera,

print again.
Page 14
Is input power for DASM After applying proper power to the DASM,
correct ? print again
No
Yes

Check the DASM.
1 Check 5VDC
2 Check LEDs
3 Check Fuse
4 Check Airblow
5 Check Jumper
Replace DASM

Page 15
Is probe-scsi OK ? DASM may have a problem

Yes
Check the DASM.
No
1 Check 5VDC
2 Check LEDs
3 Check Fuse
Is SCSI cable or 4 Check Airblow
other connections OK ? 5 Check Jumper
Yes
No
Reconnect or replace SCSI Replace DASM

cables or connections

Page 16
2-3 Unable to open SCSI Device
AW : Unable to open SCSI Device

MR : PR Server is unable to read...
Yes
Is Showdasm OK• H Cycle the Camera power, then reboot AW
No
Is probe-scsi OK ?
Yes
Check the DASM.
No
1 Check 5VDC
Are SCSI cable or
2 Check LEDs
other connestions OK ? 3 Check Fuse
Yes 4 Check Airblow
5 Check Jumper
No
Reconnect or replace SCSI

cables or connections Replace DASM
After rebooting AW and Camera,

print again.

Page 17
2-4 Camera is Busy
Camera is Busy
( DASM does not have a problem )
Is there print command from No Cycle the camera power, then reboot AW.
other systems ?
Yes
After completion of printing,

retry print.

Page 18
2-5 Not enough disk space
AW: Disk is not enough to space

MR: Not enough disk space
Delete the Core File , then print again.
In case of MR system
Delete the Core File in the /export/home/sdc and /export/home/sdc/film
• @• ¦after V/R7.3 software, Rebooting the system automatically remove theCore File.
If you can not fix, refer to follows,

{oc001}[1}su sdcbin
password:adw2.0
#cd /export/home/sdc/extra_tmp
Case of AW #cat /dev/null > PRSserver

Page 1
2-6 Camera Alarm X
Camera Alarm occurred
What kind of Code occurred?
Unmatch request that the number of frame had sent to DASM from
Contour/Profile.
Example: in case of Konica Li-7A received “2*4format” request. Or if the Konica’s
Code 35 ? configuration have set as AW2.0, all of Camera’s error will be arrived as status “35”.
Yes Therefore if Film Empty has happened, the status will be ‘35’.
Evade this problem, must be set the configuration as HAS.
No
In case of FUJI Laser, “code 56”will occur under auto developer

Code 56 ? haven't been readied when Formatter have been already
Yes readied.
No
Laser Camera have anything of problem.
Page 2
2-7 Case of CTi system
CTi System
Can’t open Film Composer Can’t boot-up with SCSI BUS 0 Reset
Problem of SG system software.

can boot-up without
searching the Core File and remove it. DASM ?
something problem with

SG’s CPU
replace DASM
Page 3
2-8 Not Support Format
• œ Troub
le
Connecting Fuji Laser Camera, can’t perform “Format 8 and 16”
Countermeasure
AW
In case of AW 1.2, it doesn't support “Format 8 and 16”at connecting Fuji Laser Camera.
Such format have been supported from AW 2.0 system.
AW 2.0 system, need to set the laser camera configuration by Fuji FE.
MR
N/A

Page 4
2-9 Can’t open Film Composer
• œ Trouble
MR,Cti system are often happened cannot open Film composer
• œ Countermeasure
YMSMR : Fixed after Version 7.2.1 software
CTi (HSA SG) : Delete Core File
Page 5
Section3 Utility
3-1 install.dasm
This command shall be implemented as setting up DASM and Lasercamera
AW
1. <prompt> cd /export/home/sdc/install [Return]
2. <prompt> ./install.dasm [Return]

Is there a camera used by your A.W. (y/n):y [Return]
Enter the DASM filming interface type
0 DIGITAL (LCAM)
1 VIDEO (VDB) only for 3M : 0 or 1 [Return]
Enter laser camera type :
0 for 3M 952
1 for 3M XL or HQ
2 for 3M 831
3 for AGFA MIN
4 for KODAK
5 for DUPONT
6 for FUJI
7 for KONICA
8 for AGFA MG 3000: 0 to 8 [Return]
Enter DASM hostname or <Return> for local host :[Return]
...Filming Option is installed.
Note: if find following message, be ale to ignore it

unable to install/attach driver ...
MR
InstallDASM
1)select “scantool icon”

2)select “Install....”
3)input password “operator”
4)select “Config DASM”
5)implement “Install.DASM”
6)select “LCAM or VDB”for your system’s DASM
7)select “camera type”for your system’s formatter
8)selest “DASM Config”
9)selest “cubic”
10)click “Confirm”
11)Quit
Page 6
3-2 showdasm
• communication check between Advantage Windows(MR)and Filming interface(DASM)
• showdasm is checkking commands to access DASM from AW(MR)through the SCSI
AW <prompt> su - root [Enter]

enter root password : operator [Enter]
<prompt> cd /export/home/sdc/bin [Enter]
<prompt> ./showdasm [Enter]
(following indicated)
Please Wait....
Vendor : CDA Device : DASM-VDB (or LCAM for digital)
Pif software rev : 1.0b Krnl rev : 2.1f
DASM size : 1MB SRAM size : 32KB I/O blocks : 2048 block size 512
SCSI ID : 0 CMDBLK add r: 200000 Baud : 1200 RS232 ctl reg : hex 8e
Eprom checksum : hex 00389dbf Internal checksum : hex 00389bf6
RS232 Disabled DBUG Disabled Power on RAM tests Disabled.
happened "can't open /dev/dasm 1 ..."error, try to implement following,

cd /dev [Enter]
ls -l dasm1 [Enter]
and following indicated
llrxwrxwrxw 1 root other "date" dasm1 -> /dev/rdsk/cotodos2
and next step, input follows,
ls -l dasm [Enter]
indicated
llrxwrxwrxw 1 root other "date" dasm
if could not find “dasm1”in “/dev”, retry “install.dasm”

and if isn’t SCSI ID “0”, is the Jumper pin correct or not.
MR
{sdc@vmxst2}[1] cd /export/home/sdc/bin
{sdc@vmxst2}[2] showdasm
Vendor: CDA Device: DASM-VDB
Pif software rev: 1.0e Krnl_rev: 2.1j
DRAM size: 1MB SRAM size: 32KB I/O blocks: 2048 block size: 512
SCSI ID: 0 CMDBLK addr: 200000 Baud: 1200 RS232 ctl reg: hex 8e
Eprom checksum: hex 0038f90f Internal checksum: hex 0038f770
RS232 Disabled DBUG Disabled Power-on RAM tests Disabled
{sdc@vmxst2}[3]
Pif software rev: 1.0e• @• ¨ Softwear Version : 7.10 over for Signa Contour/Profile
Pif software rev: 1.0d• @• ¨ AW
Page 7
3-3 probe-scsi
•Echeck command for SCSI Devices connection
perform from “OK”prompt
AW ok probe-scsi -------- in case of only one SCSI port

Target 3 Internal Hard Disk
Unit 0 Disk CONNER...................................
Target 0 DASM/VDB
Unit 0 Disk Analgic .................................
ok probe-scsi -all -------- in case of two or more SCSI ports
<Note> probe-scsi : show attached SCSI devices

probe-scsi-all : show attached SCSI devices for all host adapters
another method for check SCSI device

1) SCSI device(Harddisk,DASM,MOD,etc..) recognition through the AW boot-up process
open command window and login “root”, input following
/usr/bin/dmesg | grep target

sd0 at esp0: target 0 lun 0 DASM filming interface
sd2 at esp0: target 2 lun 0 External image disk
sd3 at esp0: target 3 lun 0 internal system/image disk
sd5 at esp0: target 5 lun 0 Optical/MOD disk
if was not displayed in spite of connected and powered-on the DASM , try to re-connect
and check power, and boot-up again with “-r”option.
boot -r ------- re-check the connected SCSI devices and system boot-up
MR after system shutdown and appear “OK”pronpt DASM is recognized on SCSI devices
ok
ok probe-scsi
Target 0
Unit 0 Disk CDA DASM-VDB 1.0e
Target 3
Unit 0 Disk SEAGATE ST32550N 002109070052
Copyright (c) 1995 Seagete
All rights reserved ASA2
Target 5
Unit 0 Removale Device type7 PIONEER DE-C7101 0500
Target 6
Unit 0 Removale Read Only device TOSHIBA XM-4101TASUNSLDC049402/18/94
ok
reference•Fin case of Signa Contour/Profile, Target3 : Hard Disk, Target5 : MOD, Target6 : CD-Rom Drive

Page 8
3-4 rqs,rsp,clrsp
•Echeck command for connection between DASM and Laser camera
AW check the communication avairable between DASM with Laser camera via RS232 serial connection
su - root [Enter]
cd /export/home/sdc/bin [Enter]
./clrsp [Enter] (clear buffer memory)
./rqs [Return] (request status to laser camera)
./rsp [Return] (display the status)
[example]
STA, 1 (in case of Konica is 01) and RDY displayed, that is laser camera have already
readied and connected with DASM available
Byte 0: 02
Byte 128: 00 a3 02 43 21 e3 00 e3 03 e3 01 e3 02 e3 63 63
Index 45 buffer size: f0
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f
00 69 52 51 53 0d ob 00 53 54 41 2c 20 31 2c 52 44 iRQS...STA, .1, RD
10 59 2c 46 4c 4f 0a 0c 69 52 51 53 0d 0b 00 53 54 Y,
20 41 2c 20 31 2c 52 44 59 2c 46 4c 4f 0a 0c 69 52
30 46 53 0d 0b 00 53 54 41 2c 20 31 2c 52 44 59 2c
40 00 4c 4f 0a 0c 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...........................
50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...................................
60 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...................................
................................................................................... ...................................
................................................................................... ...................................
d0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...................................
e0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...................................

Page 9
MR Camera condition is Ready
{sdc@vmxst2}[1] su -
Password: operator
could confirm this message on system, it means
{vmxst2}[1 cd /export/home/sdc/bin
that there isn’t the minmum problem with camera.
{vmxst2}[2] ./clrsp /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0
It is camera ready status (RDY) for request status
{vmxst2}[3] ./rqs /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0
(RQS) from system.
{vmxst2}[4] ./rsp /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0
Byte 0: 02 IDLE
Byte 128: 00
index: 0014 hex buffer size: 00f0 hex
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f
10: 69 52 51 53 2d 06 53 54 41 2c 31 2c 52 44 59 0d iRQS-.STA,1,RDY.
20: 26 0a 0b 0c 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 &...............
30: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
40: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
50: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
60: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
70: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
80: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
90: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
a0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
b0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
c0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
d0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
e0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
f0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
{vmxst2}[5]
konica • F iRQS-.STA,01,RDY.
other • F iRQS-.STA,1,RDY.
Page 10
Camera condition is Not Ready
{sdc@vmxst2}[1] su -
Password: operator
{vmxst2}[1 cd /export/home/sdc/bin
{vmxst2}[2] ./clrsp /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0
{vmxst2}[3] ./rqs /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0
{vmxst2}[4] ./rsp /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s0
Byte 0: 06 IDLE ERROR

Byte 128: ffffff83
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f
10: 69 52 51 53 2d 88 83 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 iRQS-...........
20: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
30: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
40: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
50: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
60: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
70: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
80: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
90: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
a0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
b0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
c0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
d0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
e0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
f0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
{vmxst2}[5]
‡@No responce for Request Status (RQS), there are someting trouble on DASM, camera and (or)
RS422 line. In this case, need to confirm camera side status. And diagnose the camera side with
“Protocol Analyzer”by the Camera maker engineer.
‡A The answer, “STA,XX,ALM”, returned for Request Status (RQS), there are something problem
on Camera side. In this case, need to be disposed by the Camera vender service.
refer to Page• @14

Page 11
3-5 Check power supply output (+5V)

•Echeck the DC power supply output
• @• @• mprocedure• n
• @• @• i‚P • jTurn off DASM power.

• @• @• i‚Q • jRemove DASM under cover.
• @• @• i‚R • jmeasure +5VDC for DASM-MB, PM-VDB with D.V.M. on power connector in each
circuit B’D. Factory set varue was set as +5• }0.02VDC.
[countermeasure]
illegal voltage value measured, remove power supply cover and check the connector. If pin
No 10 was single contact point type, replace power cable assy which is dual contact point
one. If there will not get normal voltage value, or has been already dual contact type, or was
not connector, need to adjust to tolerance value with ADJ. pot. on power supply.
5.01 v
Red(+5V) Black(GND)
MB 5.01 v
VDB
Black(GND) Red(+5V)
D.V.M
Page 12
3-6 DASM LED

•Checking procedure of DASM LEDs
Procedure
• i‚P • jThere are 6 status LEDs on DASM/VDB front panel. check these status are normal
condition.
Countermeasure
illegal status appeared, refer to 3-5 : Check power supply output (+5V) .
There is nothing of problem, can not fix such illegal condition on site repair, need to replace DASM/VDB.
Ready
VDB Module
Transfer (Personality Module)
DASM Module
Personality
Power CPU SCSI Module
Interface
Ready LED • Fblink at image data managed
Transfer LED • Fblink while manage image data in DASM and transferring it to VDB frame buffer
Power LED • Flit on while turn on DASM power
• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @ doesn’t lit on after powered, need to check power line
CPU LED • Fblink while DASM CPU working
SCSI LED • Fblink at commands transferring, data receiving on SCSI Bus line
Personality Module Interface LED• FPersonality Module working
Power on LED status sequence LED condition on Filming
• @• @• @turn on DASM power, Power LED lit on• @ after few seconds push “Print key”, each CPU,SCSI,Personality Module
• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• « Interface LED blink.
• @• @• @SCSI LED lit on for a moment and Ready,Transfer LED blink alternately
• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• « • @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «
• @• @• @CPU,SCSI,Personality Module• @Interface LED lit on appered “printed” message on Film composer window• @• @
for about • @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «
one second • @• @• @ReadyLED lit on, and it leave until next print
• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «
• @• @• @CPU LED blinking
• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• « DASM LED Status
• @• @• @Ready,Transfer LED lit on for about 10
seconds• @• ¦‚P
• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «
• @• @• @Ready,Transfer LED disappear Power ‚ ‚Q ‚S
• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• « P
• @• @• @Transfer LED lit on.
Personality Module• @Interface LED lit on too Power LED is lit on, other all threeLEDs (LED 1,2,4) blink
• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• « same time, and after, LED 1,2,4 (3-bit binary code) blink
• @• @• @Ready LED lit on more longer than blinking before.
• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• @• «
• @• @• @return to • ¦‚P, and this sequence roping repeatedly error status occurred, something to wrong in
until Film
Print at once, and after Ready LED leave lit on.
DASM, need to replace DASM.
• @• @• @
Page 13
GE Exclusive Use Only Troubleshooting Guide for DASM
6sigma
3-7 DASM firmware

•Comfirmation of matching between DASM firmware rev. and system
System• @ GE PART NUMBER SYS P.N. • @• @ SYS REV.• @ pif rev.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTOUR/PROFILE 2157110 10-36090 • †01 1.0e
CTHSA SG 46-269566P2 10-36090 • †01 1.0e
Advantage Windows 46-269566P101 76266 • †17 1.0d
To know pif revision, use probe-scsi or showdasm

Page 14
3-11 Jumper settings
DASM-VDB
VDB-Module DASM-Module
WW1
ww9
ww8
ww7 ww6
ww3
ww5 ww4
ww2
ww2
J2
ww1
ww4
01234567
Normal Setting
VDB-Module DASM-Module
ww1 : Safety GND Shunt J2 : refer to illustration
ww2 : Video Timing 60Hz(refer to illustration) 0,1 Manufacture Dianostic Memory Size
ww4 : Open 2 Memory Test
3,4 Memory Size
DASM-Module 5 , 6 , 7 SCSI ID(for Contour/Profile)
ww1 : prosessor type Shunt ( Refer to the following page )
ww2 : DASM type Shunt
ww3 : Clocl Enable refer to illustration
ww4 : Baud Rate Shunt
ww5 : External Reset Open
ww6 : watchdog Open
ww7 : watchdog refer to illustration
ww8 : DASM clock Type refer to illustration
ww9 : LED Enable Open

Page 15
DASM-LCAM
DASM-LCAM Personality Module• iDASM-DIGICAM)

ww1 : Open
DASM-Module• iDASM-MB)
Same as DASM-VDB jumper settings.
Input voltage selection
Set the jumpert to

the 115VAC
230VAC
115VAC
fuse
FAN
SCSI ID
System ID J2 setting (5,6,7)
Counter / Profile 0 Set to 5,6,7
AW 0 Set to 5,6,7
HSA SG 1 Set to 6,7
Horizon LX 3 Set to 7
Page 16
3-12 Recover database

When browser does not work, this command can be used.
1-1 From root menu

Open root menu.
Select Recover database from in the service tools.
Reset : stops the current application
aborts the transfer of images
Operation takes about thirty minutes to complete
Do not applocation during this time
Please confirm reset of database (y/n) : y
Please , Enter root Password : operator
Starting to reset the database

Please Wait ... Database is being reconstructed
1-2 From command line

Open root menu.
Select command window in the service menu.
Login at the root.
cd /export/home/sdc
cd scripts
./start.reinstall.images
Reset : stops the current application
aborts the transfer of images
Operation takes about thirty minutes to complete
Do not applocation during this time
Please confirm reset of database (y/n) : y
Please , Enter root Password : operator
Starting to reset the database

Please Wait ... Database is being reconstructed
After finishing recover database, perform the following in order
to reconstruct database.
•`sdc/scripts/start.reinstall.images

Page 17
DASM/Filming Troubleshooting & Information Guide
INTRODUCTION
This guide includes important DASM troubleshooting techniques (SCSI tests, serial port tests, video test) and other
information for DASM-based filming. Although viewed from a CT/i perspective, the information and techniques will
apply to all GEMS products that use an external DASM (only SCSI ID, cables, and some software details may differ).
Detailed DASM information is also included to help provide a handy reference, troubleshooting, and training guide.
CONTENTS
Page 2…………….FILMING SUBSYSTEM OVERVIEW
Operator, Software, Host Computer, SCSIbus, DASM, Interface Cables/Converters, Camera Input Port, Camera, Processor, Radiologist
Page 3…………….GEMS FILMING SOFTWARE OVERVIEW
Display, Film Composer, Print Server, Application Error Log, Print Filter/Manager, SCSI Device/Driver, System Error Log
Page 4…………….DASM ENCLOSURE (FRONT)
DASM Status LED’S, Image Transfer LED’S, Serial Control Connector, Video Output BNC, Pixel Clock Output BNC, Intake Vents
Page 5…………….DASM ENCLOSURE (REAR)
SCSI Input Connector, SCSI Loopthru/Terminator, AC Power Switch, AC Input Fuses, DC Cooling Fan, AC Input Modular Connector
Page 6…………….DASM INTERNAL SCSI/PWA MODULE & SCSI ID JUMPERS
DASM J2 Jumpers, DASM CPU PWA, Camera Interface PWA, DC Power Plugs, SCSI Ribbon Cable/Connector, Power Supply Cover
Page 7…………….DASM INTERNAL DC POWER SUPPLY
Connector Pinouts, DC Voltages, Power Supply AC Fuse And Input Voltage Jumper Locations, Power Supply Adjustment
Page 8…………….HOST/DASM SCSI INTERFACE TESTS
Host/DASM SCSIbus Interface Errors, Analysis, And Functional Tests
Page 9…………….ANALOG DASM/VDB RS422 SERIAL LOOPBACK TEST
Analog DASM/VDB RS422 Serial Camera Control Port And External Cable Test Procedure
Page 10..………….ANALOG DASM/VDB IMAGE VIDEO OUTPUT TEST
Analog DASM/VDB Composite Video Output Verification Procedure With MultiSync RGB Or Genesis Compatible Monitor
Page 11………...…DIGITAL DASM/LCAM RS232/RS422 SERIAL LOOPBACK TEST
Gigital DASM/LCAM RS232/RS422 Serial Camera Control Port And External Cable Test Procedure
Page 12………..….APPENDIX
DASM Video Specifications, Common M952 Error Codes, Common M952 Commands, Common Serial Pinouts
GEMS Proprietary - DASM/Filming Troubleshooting & Information Guide - PRELIMINARY COPY ONLY 1
FILMING SUBSYSTEM OVERVIEW
(CT/i Shown, All Other GEMS Products Using DASM Are Similar)
DASM/Camera Status/Alarms Camera Status/Alarms
DASM/Camera Commands & Image Data Camera Commands
SCSI CABLE SCSI SERIAL SERIAL CONTROL

SCSI CONTROLLER
INTERFACE PORT
TERMINATOR IMAGE IMAGE DATA
HOST COMPUTER (or loopthru) DASM OUTPUT
Analog (Video) or
DASM/Camera DASM/Camera Digital Image Data
Status/Alarms Commands AC
& Image Data
3M VIEB/KIEB/DIEB
OR OTHER CONVERTERS
SOFTWARE (IF PRESENT)
Filming Filming
Status Requests
3M
PATIENT FILMS CAMERA INPUT KODAK
PORT/MODULE DUPONT
OPERATOR FILM AGFA
KONICA
PROCESSOR FUJI
(IF PRESENT)
RADIOLOGIST FILM HANDLING

AND PRINTING
CAMERA
GEMS FILMING SOFTWARE OVERVIEW
(CT/i Shown, Other Platform Based GEMS Products Similar But With Different File/Device Paths)
filming application level error log SCSI device level error log
viewer
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles/prslog /var/adm/SYSLOG*
imageworks
film_composer(s) prsserver(s)
viewer
vdasm952 or ddasm952 link to SCSI device /dev/scsi/...
examRX film SCSI device
display composer print server /usr/lib/lcof /dev/dasm1
driver
display lcam_spool_status
display
image Queued film job files DASM
data /usr/g/ctuser/film/img*
filming
system memory files
autofilm composer
manual film composer system disk
CAMERA
print page/series keys
Use the CT/i ‘reconfig’ program as ‘root’ to select camera type, DASM type, slide/zoom/greyscale options, smooth or
sharp, filming formats, and default format. The film “greyscale bar” option is only available with Analog DASM/VDB.
The filming software status messages and error log (prslog) can be misleading when communications with the DASM
or the camera fail. Use the techniques and information in this guide to check GEMS system filming functionality.
Always check the Irix system error log (/var/adm/SYSLOG*) for any SCSIbus or DASM SCSI device errors/resets and
use the other techniques described in this guide to verify the DASM outputs to the camera.


DASM (FRONT VIEW)
(Applies To Analog DASM/VDB And Digital DASM/LCAM Except As Noted)
ANALOG DASM/VDB ONLY
VIDEO OUTPUT BNC CONNECTOR (75-OHM COAXIAL SOCKET)

GENESIS FORMAT COMPOSITE IMAGE VIDEO TO CAMERA (OR 3M VIEB IF PRESENT)

PIXEL CLOCK OUTPUT BNC CONNECTOR (75-OHM COAXIAL SOCKET)
GENESIS FORMAT PIXEL CLOCK TO CAMERA (IF EXTERNAL SYNC INPUT IS USED)
DASM IMAGE TRANSFER STATUS LED’S

IMAGE READY……….ON WHEN DASM VIDEO IMAGE READY TO CAPTURE
IMAGE TRANSFER…..ON WHEN IMAGE IS BEING ACQUIRED BY CAMERA

RS422 SERIAL CAMERA CONTROL PORT
25-PIN D-TYPE SOCKET, 1200 BAUD, 1 START BIT, 1 STOP BIT
SERIAL HOST CONTROL TO CAMERA (OR 3M KIEB IF PRESENT)
PIN 1……..CGND Chassis/Sheild ground (default WW1 jumper)

PIN 7……..LGND Logic/Signal ground
PIN 8……..RX+ Received serial status from camera (positive)
PIN 21……RX- Received serial status from camera (negative)
PIN 9……..TX+ Transmitted commands to camera (positive)
PIN 22……TX- Transmitted commands to camera (negative)
COOLING INTAKE VENTS DASM STATUS/ACTIVITY LED’S (LEFT TO RIGHT VIEWED FROM FRONT)
INTAKE IN FRONT (VENTS) POWER LED……...ON WHENEVER DASM POWER IS APPLIED (+5VDC)
EXHAUST OUT REAR (FAN) CPU LED………….FLASHES DASM HEARTBEAT & WHENEVER DASM IS PROCESSING IMAGES
CHECK/CLEAN REGULARILY SCSI LED…….…...FLASHES WHENEVER HOST SENDS COMMANDS/IMAGE DATA TO/FROM DASM
PIF LED…….…….FLASHES WHENEVER DASM SENDS COMMANDS/STATUS TO/FROM CAMERA

DASM (REAR VIEW)
DIGITAL DASM/LCAM ONLY
Y-CABLE CONNECTOR DASM AC POWER SWITCH

(VDB Cover Plate Shown) 1=ON 0=OFF
AC INPUT FUSE HOLDERS
5 X 20MM 2A SLO-BLO 115/250VAC
1) PRY PLASTIC COVER OPEN
2) REMOVE FUSE HOLDERS (2)
3) CHECK/REPLACE BOTH FUSES
SCSI INPUT
4) ALIGN ARROWS AS SHOWN ON
50-Pin Centronics EACH FUSE HOLDER TO INSERT
5) REINSERT BOTH FUSE HOLDERS
INTERCHANGEABLE
SCSI LOOPTHRU 12VDC COOLING FAN

(OR ACTIVE SLICK TYPE AIR INTAKE THRU FRONT
TERMINATOR REQUIRED) EXHAUSTS OUT REAR
CHECK/CLEAN REGULARILY
SCSI CABLE OR TERMINATOR RETAINER CLIPS AC INPUT MODULAR PLUG (FILTERED)

( USE CLIPS TO PREVENT INTERMITTENT SCSI CONNECTIONS)

DASM INTERNAL SCSI/PWA MODULE
HOST SCSI BUS 50-PIN RIBBON CABLE CONNECTOR

FOR LOOPTHRU CABLE TO BOTH REAR DASM SCSI CONNECTORS
(SCSI ribbon cable from back connector is disconnected and not shown)
DASM J2 JUMPER BLOCK (AS VIEWED)
(CT/i shown)
JUMPER ON = 0
DASM CPU PWA
JUMPER OFF = 1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CAMERA INTFC PWA LEFT RIGHT 765
Analog VDB or
Digital LCAM 7 - SCSI ID BIT 4 000 - SCSI ID 0
6 - SCSI ID BIT 2 001 - SCSI ID 1
5 - SCSI ID BIT 1 010 - SCSI ID 2
4 - SIMM TYPE 011 - SCSI ID 3
3 - SIMM TYPE 100 - SCSI ID 4
ANALOG/VDB PWA 2 - MEMORY TEST 101 - SCSI ID 5
12VDC CONNECTOR 1 - DO NOT REMOVE 110 - SCSI ID 6
0 - DO NOT REMOVE 111 - SCSI ID 7
YELLOW = +12VDC
ORANGE = -12VDC
BLACK = GROUND 43
(Digital LCAM has another 00 - 256KB SIMM
50-pin ribbon cable connector 01 - 1MB SIMM
here for the Y-cable interface) 10 - 4MB SIMM
DASM SCSI ID’S 2

CT/i ID=1 0 - ENABLED
POWER SUPPLY COVER AWW ID=0 1 - DISABLED
1) TURN POWER OFF +5VDC POWER CONNECTORS
RED = +5VDC MR Lx ID=3
2) UNPLUG AC INPUT CORD
3) REMOVE 4 CORNER SCREWS BLACK = GROUND
4) REMOVE COVER (Digital LCAM uses only one +5VDC connector
5) SEE VIEW ON NEXT PAGE attached to the DASM CPU PWA)

DASM INTERNAL DC POWER SUPPLY (COVER REMOVED)
POWER SUPPLY AC INPUT AC INPUT FILTER MODULE (REAR)
DC POWER SUPPLY FUSE 12VDC COOLING FAN (REAR)

VDB DC POWER CONNECTOR (2A, 250VAC, 5x20mm) COMAIR FS12B3, 12VDC, 0.13A
1 - N/C (TOWARD FRONT)
2 - RED +5VDC
3 - RED +5VDC
4 - BLACK GROUND/CHASSIS
6 - YELLOW +12VDC (RED TO FAN)
7 - BLACK GROUND/CHASSIS 115VAC
8 - ORANGE -12VDC (OR 230VAC)
9 - BLACK GROUND/CHASSIS (FAN) SELECTION
10 - N/C (TOWARD REAR) JUMPER
CT/i 115VAC
LCAM DC POWER CONNECTOR
1 - RED +5VDC (TOWARD FRONT)
2 - RED +5VDC
3 - N/C
6 - YELLOW +12VDC (RED TO FAN)
7 - BLACK GROUND/CHASSIS (FAN)
8 - N/C
10 - N/C (TOWARD REAR)
NOTE: Some DC connector pins are known to have

current capacity problems. Reseating this connector
can sometimes correct intermittent DASM operation +5VDC VOLTAGE ADJUST POWER ADJUST
caused by insufficient current or low voltage. +5.0VDC nominal under load DO NOT CHANGE!

HOST/DASM SCSI INTERFACE TESTS
Use the ‘scsistat’ command to probe SCSIbus devices.
Use the ‘showdasm’ command to read DASM extended inquiry.
These commands confirm host-to-DASM SCSIbus communications.
The SGI irix /var/adm/SYSLOG files will contain any SCSIbus or

SCSI device error messages if you are having SCSIbus or device
problems. If the devices probe OK and there are no errors in the
/var/adm/SYSLOG files, you DO NOT have a SCSI problem.

ANALOG DASM/VDB RS422 SERIAL LOOPBACK TEST
DASM/VDB RS422 25-pin D-Type Socket Connector
Jumper Pin 8 (RX+) To Pin 9 (TX+) For Loopback Test
Jumper Pin 21 (RX-) To Pin 22 (TX-) For Loopback Test
21-22
14 NOTE: make sure the filming queue is empty or paused or
25
the commands below will fail to open the DASM device.
DASM/VDB
25-pin FEMALE Open a shell as ‘ctuser’ and then ‘su’ with password.
Connector
1 8-9 13 {ctuser@rhap1}[1] clrsp /dev/dasm1
{ctuser@rhap1}[2] rsp /dev/dasm1 DASM Buffer Cleared
Byte 0: 02 IDLE
VDB RS422 LOOPBACK TEST Byte 128: 00
1) CONNECT loopback jumpers per above. index: 0000 hex buffer size: 00f0 hex
2) CLEAR the DASM response buffer status
3) DISPLAY the DASM response buffer status 110: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
4) CONFIRM that status line 110 is CLEARED {ctuser@rhap1}[3] rqs /dev/dasm1
5) ISSUE a single RQS command out serial port {ctuser@rhap1}[4] rsp /dev/dasm1 RQS Looped Back
6) DISPLAY the DASM response buffer status DASM serial port works!
7) INSPECT for TWO RQS entries at LINE 110 Byte 0: 06 IDLE ERROR
A) if only ONE RQS, the loopback FAILED Byte 128: b0
B) if TWO RQS entries, the loopback PASSED index: 000f hex buffer size: 00f0 hex
8) REPEAT the test sequence to verify the results
110: 69 52 51 53 2d 52 51 53 0d 26 0a 0b b0 0c 06 00 iRQS-iRQS.&...…
If the test FAILS, make sure that the jumpers are
installed correctly and making good connections! {ctuser@rhap1}[5] scsicontrol -ari /dev/dasm1
9) MOVE loopback JUMPERS to the appropriate interface /dev/dasm1: Disk CDA DASM-VDB 1.0e
CABLE connector pins or sockets (you’ll need to know ANSI vers 1, ISO ver: 0, ECMA ver: 0; inquiry format is CCS
which pins carry the signals above). Repeat steps 1-8. Device is not ready
10) RESET the DASM to a known state when done testing
because the loopback may confuse the DASM firmware.
Cycle DASM power if necessary.

ANALOG DASM/VDB IMAGE VIDEO OUTPUT TEST
The video output of the Analog DASM/VDB can be easily checked on CT/i by connecting a length of 75 ohm coaxial BNC cable from
the DASM video output to the Green RGB input of either CT/i RGB monitor. Also disconnect the RGB cable Red and Blue BNC’s also
to view the DASM video output . You can view the repeating DASM/VDB power up test patterns or the last filmed image (or attempt).
The software/DASM/camera filming loop will not run with DASM/VDB video disconnected (camera reports “no signal” ALARM).
DASM powerup
Any “good” 75 ohm coaxial BNC cable R
test pattern or
G
last filmed image
B
video output
DASM/VDB Genesis Type

Composite B/W Video Output Right or Left CT/i CRT Monitor
With RGB (Sync-On-Green)
Coaxial BNC Input Connector
-or-
Any Multisync CRT Monitor
With RGB Coaxial BNC Input
connectors (or with adapter)
-or-
Any B/W Genesis Console Image Or Genesis Remote CRT Monitor
(A Genesis CRT can be connected as an inline filming “loopthru”
monitor to allow “live” filming image viewing. Just connect it between
the DASM video out and the camera video input using the loopthru
connectors and good quality 75 ohm coax)

DIGITAL DASM/LCAM RS232/RS422 SERIAL LOOPBACK TEST
1 2-3 13
DASM/LCAM RS232 25-pin D-Type Pin Connector DASM/LCAM
(located at the end of the LCAM Y-cable assembly) Y-CABLE
25-pin MALE
JUMPER PIN 2 (TX) to PIN 3 (RX) Connector
14 21-23 25
DASM/LCAM RS422 25-pin D-Type Pin Connector
(located at the end of the LCAM Y-cable assembly) NOTE: make sure the filming queue is empty or paused or
JUMPER PIN 3 (RX+) to PIN 2 (TX+)
the commands below will fail to open the DASM device.
JUMPER PIN 21 (RX-) to PIN 23 (TX-)
Open a shell as ‘ctuser’ and then ‘su’ with password.
LCAM RS232/RS422 LOOPBACK TEST
1) CONNECT loopback jumpers per above. {ctuser@rhap1}[1] clrsp /dev/dasm1
2) CLEAR the DASM response buffer status {ctuser@rhap1}[2] rsp /dev/dasm1
Byte 0: 02 IDLE DASM Buffer Cleared
3) DISPLAY the DASM response buffer status
Byte 128: 00
4) CONFIRM that status line 110 is CLEARED
5) ISSUE a single RQS command out serial port
6) DISPLAY the DASM response buffer status 110: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
7) INSPECT for TWO RQS entries at LINE 110
A) if only ONE RQS, the loopback FAILED {ctuser@rhap1}[3] rqs /dev/dasm1
B) if TWO RQS entries, the loopback PASSED {ctuser@rhap1}[4] rsp /dev/dasm1 RQS Looped Back
8) REPEAT the test sequence to verify the results DASM serial port works!
Byte 0: 06 IDLE ERROR
If the test FAILS, make sure that the jumpers are Byte 128: b0
installed correctly and making good connections! index: 000f hex buffer size: 00f0 hex
9) MOVE loopback JUMPERS to the appropriate interface
CABLE connector pins or sockets (you’ll need to know 110: 69 52 51 53 2d 52 51 53 0d 26 0a 0b b0 0c 06 00 iRQS-iRQS.&...…
which pins carry the signals above). Repeat steps 1-8. {ctuser@rhap1}[5] scsicontrol -ari /dev/dasm1
10) RESET the DASM to a known state when done testing /dev/dasm1: Disk CDA DASM-VDB 1.0e
using both reset commands. The LCAM firmware gets ANSI vers 1, ISO ver: 0, ECMA ver: 0; inquiry format is CCS
confused by the loopback RQS and MUST be reset and Device is not ready
resynchronized to the SCSIbus. Repeat both commands {ctuser@rhap1}[6] sc /dev/dasm1 0x22 0 0xff
as necessary OR CYCLE DASM POWER until the dasm_errno = 0
‘showdasm’ responds correctly. SCSI write error status = 1

APPENDIX
Common M952 Error Codes/Alarms
Common M952 Commands
CT/i DASM Video/Image Specifications
Common Camera Serial Pinouts
Using hinv, showdasm, scsistat, and fx to check DASM SCSI
Indigo2 bootup problem with DASM on SCSIbus0 device 1 (Irix FW boot parameters)
nextGen Comp DASMs
LCAM's(Digital) now do RS232 or RS422

All of our dasm's should be RS232.
DASM SCSI ID's: CT/I ID=1, AWW ID=0, MR LX ID=3
Terminations for LCAM T3 dasm's have been coming from DBR wrong.
To reset dasm on indigo system scsicontrol -ari /dev/dasm1
PROBLEM:
CTi Film composer would not launch.
CAUSE:
lcam_spool_status file was corrupt.
SOLUTION:
cd /usr/g/ctuser/film
rm lcam_spool_status
or Try these steps
DEFINITION: ^ = carriage return/enter

1. Make sure that all of the files in the filming queues are paused or that
the filming queues are empty. If the queues are all paused then there is a
possibility that if you are able to revive the DASM, you'll be able to
"resume" those queues and complete filming what is queued up.
2. Select "UNIX shell" from the Image Works window 3. CD /us/g/cutter/film
^.
4. ls^ . This should get a listing of the files in this directory.
5. If you see the files "PRS.savestate*" and "lcam_spool_status*"
listed you need to remove them before running "showdasm".
rm -i PRS.savestate^. - answer "y" when asked if you want to remove this

file.
rm -i lcam_spool_status^. - answer "y" when asked if you want to remove

this file.
6. showdasm^.
7. You should see: a. "CDA" listed as the manufacturer
b. "1" listed as the ID#
c. "1MB" of d-ram
d. "16 kb" of s-ram
e. "e" listed as the firmware rev.level
After running this and either getting a message of "No Response" or getting
incorrect values, cycle power to the DASM and type in
"showdasm" again. See if it changes the response. "showdasm" will not work
when the DASM is filming.
The log(s) to check for "filming problems" are:
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles/prslog (THE FILMING PRINTSERVER LOG)

/var/adm/SYSLOG (THE IRIX OS/DEVICE SYSTEM LOG)
It also helps to run 'showdasm' and possibly 'rsp /dev/dasm1' to

dump the last DASM trace buffer.
EQUIP: CT Synergy DASM L-CAM
SUBJECT: Possible incorrect termination on the DASM L-CAM's
PROBLEM: On some of the L-CAM's it had been found that the

SCSI terminators were in place (U6 and U7). On the
CT Synergy we use a external terminator.
SOLUTION: Please check your system if you are using a L-CAM and
make sure they are not internally terminated.
CAUSE: L-CAM DASM's shipped with SCSI terminators in place
COMMENTS: Double termination may cause system problems.
SUBJECT: CTi, AWW: DASM Part numbers and firmware revision

levels.
PROBLEM:
FE needed part number and firmware revision level for the dasm.
CT/i MUST USE the DASM/VDB with 1.0e Pif firmware and NOT the
1.0b/1.0d as used for AW DASM's. Filming speed has been
enhanced for CT/i and the 1.0e DASM/VDB firmware is part of it.
Using anything except 1.0e DASM/VDB firmware appears to work
on CT/i BUT WILL RESULT IN MIXED AND/OR MISSED
IMAGES ON FILMS (RANDOMLY AND INTERMITTENTLY).
DASM/VDB w/1.0d firmware (*FOR AW ONLY*) = 46-269566P1 =

T3202DC
(Analogic system part #76266 on DASM rating plate)
DASM/VDB w/1.0e firmware (*FOR CT/i ONLY*) = 46-269566P2 =

T3202JL
(Analogic system part #10-36090 on DASM rating plate)
Use the 'showdasm' untility as 'ctuser' to see the DASM/VDB Pif

Next firmware revision and other parameters.
SOLUTION:
CTi (SCSI ID = 1)
VDB (analog)
Pif firmware = 1.0e
Part number = 46-269566P2 / T3202JL
(Analogic system part #10-36090 on DASM rating plate)
Lcam (digital)
Pif firmware = 1.2 or 1.3
Part number = 2159404-2 / T3623G (same as AWW except
for SCSI ID)
AWW (SCSI ID = 0)
VDB (analog)
Pif firmware = 1.0b or 1.0d
(2159866) Analog dasm firmware AWW ONLY
part number = 46-269566P1
(Analogic system part #76266 on DASM rating plate (rev
1.0d))
Lcam (digital)
pif firmware = 1.2 or 1.3
(2161941) Digital dasm firmware AWW ONLY
part number = 2159404-2 / T3623G (same as CTi except
for SCSI ID)
ACTIVE SCSI-2 TERMINATOR ------ 46-269601P3
CT = B7997F or MR = M1090AW
FILMING OPTION FOR ADVANTAGE
WINDOWS I : CONSISTS OF CDA
ANALOGIC DASM/VDB AND CABELING
DASM has a T3# T3202DC which contains:

46-269566P101 INTERFACE BOX
46-269566P102 SCSI TERMINATOR
46-269566P104 SCSI CABLE
46-269566P106 CABLE
SEPERATE PIECES by 46#:

46-269566P101
01 INTERFACE BOX REF.#76266-FRU
46-269566P102
01 SCSI TERMINATOR REF.#18662
46-269566P104
01 SCSI CABLE #23731
46-269566P105
01 DOCUMENTATION-ANALOGIC #43431
46-269566P106
01 CAMERA INTERFACE STUB CABLE
46-269566P107
01 POWER CABLE 110V AC REF.#23562
CAUSE: N/A GE Exclusive Use Only
COMMENTS: This solution has been linked 6 times in the database

DASM file problem
Approximately 75% of all T3202DC and T3202JL DASMs returned to the DBR
have no defects found. We have good reason to believe a large number of the
failures reported with the DASM may in fact not be due to problems with the
DASM itself, but rather workstation filesystems becoming over full.
Preliminary investigation here at the DBR has revealed that the DASM file
in the /DEV directory grows with use, eventually choking the system, which
may in turn present as a DASM failure. For example, one full queue, 10 sets
of 12 images each, printed to a simulated 3m laser camera caused the DASM
file to grow from 18 bytes to 2491 bytes. It is easy to see that such rapid
growth of the DASM file would quickly clog up heavily used Advantage
Windows Workstations. However there is a simple solution to this problem,
link the DASM file to the NULL. After weeks of regular usage, the DASM file
on the DBR's test system has remained a barely noticeable 9 bytes once it
was linked to the NULL. The DASM file may be linked to
the null as follows (type in only what appears BETWEEN the quotation
marks):
1. Login as "root".
2. Enter "cd /dev" Return.
3. Enter "rm dasm" Return.
4. Enter "ln -s /dev/null dasm" Return.
5. Enter "chmod 0777 dasm" Return.
Advantage Windows system DASM filming interface,
To prevent problems with the Advantage Windows system DASM filming

interface, one must properly initialize it by turning on the devices in the
following order:
1. Laser camera plus MMU (if any).
2. Filming interface, the power LED turns on and self tests begin. 3. Turn
on the Workstation, boot with the command "boot -r".
If either the laser camera or MMU are turned off, the power to the DASM
must also be turned off. The DASM is turned back on only after the laser
camera or MMU has completed initialization. Also bear in mind that all
factory configured DASMs are shipped with a SCSI ID of one. Therefore,
factory shipped T3202JL DASMs must have shunt 5 removed from Jumper J2.
Shunt 7 is closest to the 50 pin SCSI connector of the DASM-VDB carrier,
shunt 0 is closest to the 4-pin power connection.
SUBJECT: Unable to Film from Synergy DASM

PROBLEM: Unclear of " RS " connection .
SOLUTION: The info to connect a synergy dasm with a Laser

camera. It is a 422 cable reversed; the connections
are as follows :
Laser camera side(37 pin conn.) Blk6 of scantower(25 pin)

_______________________________ _________________________
1 frame ground(screen)
2 txd- ------------------------------------------21 rx-
3 rxd- ------------------------------------------22 tx-
7 gnd ------------------------------------------7 gnd
20 txd+ -----------------------------------------8 rx+
21 rxd+ -----------------------------------------9 tx+
CAUSE: To successfully connect the Synergy to a Kodak Camera

(KCAM using RS-422 interface).
EQUIP: SYNERGY ( w/ KODAK_2180 LaserCam )
SUBJECT: Installation and connection to KODAK 2180
PROBLEM: Unable to acquire and film to KODAK_2180_LC
SOLUTION: KODAK provided the wrong interface ( RS 232 ).

Should of been adapter . Need Adapter Cable from
KODAK ( Part# 918-699 ) .Have Kodak fe order this
cable or make one up on site to interface with YMS
SYNERGY.
CAUSE: The software crashed partially (unable to acquire).
COMMENTS: Trying to run installDasm, the software

crashed partially (no acquistions)
EQUIP: SYNERGY
SUBJECT: Interface Parameters for DASM-LCAM to YMS Synergy.
PROBLEM: No apparent documentation
SOLUTION: Baud= 1200 , STOP BITS= 1, BITS/CHAR= 8, PARITY= EVEN

EOM = ( End of Msg ) = Y . For additional info, see
YMS_Synergy Camera I/F Instruction Dir. 2138719 .
CAUSE: Delayed configuration and setup.

Many problems with the DASM filming box may be corrected by setting the
shunts properly on the J2 jumper of the DASM-VDB carrier. The zero shunt
of J2 is closest to the 4-pin power connector, shunt 7 closest to the
50-pin SCSI connector. Shunts 3 and 4 control memory configuration as
follows: 3 and 4 open for 256 kbyte of SIMMs, 3 open and 4 jumpered for
1 Mbyte, 3 jumpered and 4 open for 4 Mbyte. Shunts 5, 6 and 7 control
the SCSI ID as follows: 5, 6 and 7 jumpered for SCSI ID of zero used for
T3202DC; 5 open, 6 and 7 jumpered for SCSI ID 1 used for T3202JL. When
getting SCSI related errors check to see if the shunts are set properly.
Also when ordering DASM's, keep in mind that the T3202DC is for use with
Advantage Windows workstations, while the T3202JL is for CTI and MR
Contour systems.
EQUIP: CT/i-DASM
SUBJECT: Correct DASM and Setup
PROBLEM: Incorrect DASM causes filiming problems
IMPORTANT DASM SCSI ID AND FIRMWARE INFO FOR CT/i

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
CT/i requires the DASM (VDB or LCAM) to be SCSI ID 1 due to the SGI.
It must be connected to SCSI controller #0 at J46.
The SGI SCSI controllers are SCSI ID 0 so no other device on the bus
can use that ID. (SUN and most other systems use SCSI ID 7 for the
controller.)
Only the 46-269566P2 (T3202JL) DASM/VDB-Analog or the 2143388

DASM/LCAM-Digital should be used on CT/i. Remember, the SCSI ID
MUST be set to 1.
Also, CT/i DASM/VDB firmware (checked with showdasm as ctuser) MUST

be Pif Rev. 1.0e due to speed enhancements. Most AW DASM's still use
Pif Rev. 1.0b which will cause mixed/missed film images on CT/i.
AW DASM's come set to SCSI ID 0. The 'showdasm' and the 'hinv' output
below is exactly what you get when a DASM set to SCSI ID 0 is
installed on CT/i. This will *NOT* work and may cause other
system problems.
{ctuser@wct1}[1] showdasm
{ctuser@wct1}[2] hinv
Iris Audio Processor: version A2 revision 1.1.0
1 200 MHZ IP22 Processor
FPU: MIPS R4010 Floating Point Chip Revision: 0.0
CPU: MIPS R4400 Processor Chip Revision: 6.0
On-board serial ports: 2
Next On-board bi-directional parallel port
Data cache size: 16 Kbytes
Instruction cache size: 16 Kbytes
Secondary unified instruction/data cache size: 2 Mbytes
Main memory size: 192 Mbytes
EISA bus: adapter 0
Integral Ethernet: et0, IO0
Integral Ethernet: ec0, version 1
Integral SCSI controller 1: Version WD33C93B, revision D
CDROM: unit 6 on SCSI controller 1
Optical disk: unit 5 on SCSI controller 1
Disk drive: unit 1 on SCSI controller 1
Graphics board: MG10 Impact
Graphics board: High Impact
{ctuser@wct1}
Below is what showdasm and hinv SHOULD be:
{ctuser@ct01}[2] showdasm
{ctuser@ct01}[3] hinv
Iris Audio Processor: version A2 revision 1.1.0
1 200 MHZ IP22 Processor
FPU: MIPS R4010 Floating Point Chip Revision: 0.0
CPU: MIPS R4400 Processor Chip Revision: 6.0
On-board serial ports: 2
On-board bi-directional parallel port
Data cache size: 16 Kbytes
Instruction cache size: 16 Kbytes
Secondary unified instruction/data cache size: 2 Mbytes
Main memory size: 192 Mbytes
EISA bus: adapter 0
Integral Ethernet: et0, IO0
Integral Ethernet: ec0, version 1
CDROM: unit 6 on SCSI controller 1
Graphics board: MG10 Impact
Graphics board: High Impact
{ctuser@ct01}[4] GE Exclusive Use Only
Thanks to Kent Johnson for the information.

AUTHOR: Mike Suchecki, Fred Jensen
DATE: 5/7/96 GE Exclusive Use Only
EQUIP: AWW
SUBJECT: Filming Problems
SUMMARY: This is a very good message about an AWW filming

problem. The solution is rather simple and may save
parts, troubleshooting time, and software loads.
As you may recall, the filming function (AWW) would not print
films from the Kodak laser cam, or only erratically. The example
I quoted you Tues was where the tech was learning to operate their
new CTA (3D) package one Saturday when scanning was slow, and
attempted to print out a 3D image he had made, and of course, it
didn't print. The next week, Tuesday or Wednesday, I booted up the
AWW to start troubleshooting the problem, and the first time I
loaded some images into the composer, and tried to print, there
were the images from the prior Saturday. Other signs encountered
were "CANNOT COMMUNICATE WITH CAMERA" followed by a box of
suggestions of things to try Most commonly the message:
"CANNOT SPOOL STUFF, RESTART FILM COMPOSER AND TRY AGAIN"
appeared. I had even installed a complete filming interface from
another site, DASM and cables with no resolution to the problem.
Your suggestion to call Mike Suchecki paid off. I called him for
a more detailed session of what was going on, and here is a recap
of our conversation about how the film composer works, and why it
won't: Assume a normally operating system Booted, and with the
viewer loaded, tech or Dr. decide to image the display on film.
1) The operator clicks the "FILM COMPOSER" button, and the composer
window appears in the lower right corner of viewer, with green "
Ready" message. (At this time, if the camera is off, or DASM was
turned on after the AWW, the "CANNOT COMMUNICATE WITH CAMERA"
red error message occurs)
2) Operator drags image, F1's (etc.) an image to the first position
in the composer window. At this time, files are created in
directory /usr/spool/lc which represents the actual image, it's
graphics, W & L values, etc. These image files are in the format
FCIcon0, and FCImage0*. The next image plugged into the composer
window would be FCIcon1, & FCImage1, etc. When the composer
window is full, and the tech clicks the print button, another
file of the format img0a001i4* is created, also in directory
/usr/spool/lc. (I copied these files down as I gathered images,
Next bouncing back & forth between directories.) The directory
/usr/spool/lc is mentioned in the AWW workstation service
manual (2111831-100) and basically explains a process of
finding and deleting img* files to clear the directory of ques.
2) What is not mentioned is that during the printing process, the

AWW software also creates a job file in dir
/var/spool/lp/requests/(hostname) in my case example,
/var/spool/lp/requests/SHCT-PC0. This job/file is in the format
of n-n, again in my example, 16-0. (I assume this is the 16th
print that was called for.) This file is the only file that
exists in dir /var/spool/lp/requests/(hostname) and it should
only exist after the print button is clicked, and should
disappear after the green "PRINTING" message disappears, and
the green "CAMERA READY" message reappears. When I Voice Mailed
Mike, he hacked into the AWW, and found 4 open jobs pending in
the mentioned /var/spool/lp/requests/SHCT-PC0 dir, and deleted
them. This action on his part essentially resolved the problem.
3) MY Thoughts about Sacred Heart's AWW no print problem: If

someone had attempted to print from the AWW and forgot to turn
on the DASM, or camera was turned off, this would have created
a job file in /var/spool/lp/requests/(hostname) that would not
have gotten done, and deleted. It could also happen if the AWW
was turned off without a proper "shutdown," at just the right
time, or whatever.
4) On an AWW operating normally, with no print going on, doing the

ls -l command in dir /var/spool/lp/requests/(hostname) should
show: "total 0" as a response. Also, with no images stored to
the composer, ls -l command in the /usr/spool/lc dir should
show up with no FCI*, or img* files, in fact only listed one
file in my hacking. I would delete anything else!
5) The next time an AWW "CANNOT SPOOL", or print, I will definitely

do step # 4 before ordering a T3 AWW, or doing a Software
reload.
The most pertinent information in the cc:Mail is step # 4,

however I thought Mike's explanation of how the system works was
worth repeating. Hope you find this information helpful, if not
entertaining!
CT PROSPEED and SRI ERRORS GE Exclusive Use Only
ERR CODE DESCRIPTION SUSPECT PARTS ADVICE ASSOCIATED ERROR
101 44 XG response timeout (intermittent when hot??) CPU Install XG CPU 2130913-5 103/1
101 47 brushes brushes change brushes 104/00000003
101 53 continuously; S36-S37 giving 0 output Inverter Fuse Change inverter fuse 117/545
101 53 Inverter Fuse Change inverter fuse 117/483
101 53 tank + air bubble in the tank + . s35 & s36 reliable. 117/537 sometimes
101 53 intermittent small focus Tube tube 229 000 slices !!!!
101 53 , 54 intermittent in the morning slip-ring check data brush,and air conditonned quality
101 53,63,73 8okv inhibited axial, 63 stationnary, 73 scout optical fiber between OBC and anode inverter
101 56,57 In axial mode when rotor is on only slip ring see SN T22018 ER104/2
101 58 permanent scan error adjust 5v OBC ps between 5v a 5,1v
Next 101 63 permanent inverter(SRI) change inverter
101 73 followed (same minute) by 177/ 311 tube change tube 117/ 311
102 4 servo amp alarm all breakers are on:switch off/on system works
102 4 Servo amp alarm code 2 at power on at position light servo cable broken servo cable (part no: P9153UZ) was broken inside
102 4 servo amp alarm code 7 loose fuse holder in pdu tighten it 102/6
102 4 Servo alarm code 7 main power error detect by servo, low voltage from the hospital
YMS_HV 102 4 Servo amp alarm code 3(over heat) main power UPS was connected and Neutral was connect too DISCONNECT NEUTRAL
102 4 Servo amp alarm Fusible PDU 102/A et 112/8
102 CTVRC main power cut during anode rotation ER103
102 6 one 200vac phase was missing on the servo amp PDU FUSE PDU FUSES F9-F10-F11
102 6 to be verified CB3 CB3 alim servo /Common PDU .or fuse F9 ,10,11
102 A one phase missing big pdu fuse
103 to be verified
103 1 yellow led on OGP bilnking, filament board replace board
104 2 DAS data trigger slip ring clean the slip and check data brushes.
104 3&4 receive no GPLS2 or system mismatch slip ring check resistance value between 2 slip ring (RX and TX)
104 4 system mismatch hl option hl option was not revalidat after 3,02 installation;revalidate:reset:ok
104 4 cannot do any exposure check if all options soft have been loade and re_validated ; software conficte
104 4 OGP event error "syst mismatch" OGP from version V4 ,check DIP SW3 on OGP are on
104 ? OGP
106 2 error OL sur servo amp cable axial mot. replace axial drive motor cable P9153UZ
109 1 cradle positioning command from oc out of range cradle potentiometre manually move table at scan position and ok
109 3 no longitudinal mouvement possible only. fuse stepper driver 0.5A change fuse
109 3 cradle slip fuse ps 24v change fusible cradle driver (france)
109 3 cradle slip fuse stepping driver 5v
110 2 scan proc com error dirt between brushes clean them. Same error during off-line scans
110 2 scan proc com error STRS Some dust coming from data brushes were on the STRS
110 2 SCAN PROC com error OGP TEST No 5 FAILED and red led on OGP board was ON
110 2 scan comm error fusible PDU 115vac not present
112 1000VDC power supply check the 1000 VDC power supply same error 152 in warmup mode.
112 8 TGP Drive time out Rotate breaker Switch on rotate breaker and switch off:on complete system
CT PROSPEED and SRI ERRORS
112 8 TGP Task timeout CB3 PDU CB3/TB3 PDU (FEK 2122923)
112 8 TGP Task timeout(gantry drive time out) Fusible PDU 102/4 and 102/a
112 11 TGP Task time out clean 115v slip ring 101/59 and 112/1
115 7 TGE scan set wait timeout fuse 10 in pdu
115 19 Check slip ring and Gpulse detection on OGP board OGP
117 x02 15v safe error +5v supply adjust pot on fil. supply board to 5.00v x22 ,x24
117 x22 no filament current " " x02 ,x24
117 x24 no filament voltage " " x02 , x22
117 22;722 connector PWR supply connector on E-rack cleaning
117 72 filament cable from Cathode tank to BP of OBC
Next 117 72 contact remove boards:put them back and reinstall bar
117 72 tube change tube
117 72 tube change tube
117 72 Auto test bad HV cable (neg) HV cable small focus open, do short circuit
117 72 (when cold) kv board
117 73,541,542 no xray tube hs change tube
YMS_HV 117 103 no rotor CTVRC replace IGBT or CTVRC
117 122;124 very intermittent tube replace EA tube
117 122 during installation power supply obc power supply at 4;1v with ripple err 117/102
117 122 very intermittent +5v adjust +5v to 5.1v
117 123 permanent.manufacturing XJ06 replace it
117 125 every 3sec XJ06
117 125 intermittent obc ps cable moving this cable the 5v lower
117 125 power supply moving from 4.6 to 5.2v connection check and attached power supply cables err 117/102
117 148 safety loop . intermittent (twice a day) tube doa thermo switch
117 149 safety loop brush clean brushes
117 149 safety loop CB breaker XG and ROTATE breaker open
117 149 Safety loop STRS Bad contact on strs
117 152 Bubble in tube tube
117 160 Xg communication error slip ring signal and 115v Clean slip ring err 260/360
117 171 "out of range".can work with other parameters OGP setting FMI 22506 setting OGP not clear:take care of bit 4(for tube config)
117 181 30A CTVRC pb reseau freq variable .550v front raide au lieu 0.7s
117 181 slip ring (STRS) fault in common Pdu.Poussieres sur Strs
117 181 rectifier bridge Change rectifier bridge PDU
117 181 PDU ctrl board Or a bad C P U board in OBC
117 181? main fault led on PDU and led one phase off OGP
117 201/211 with big noise in gantry CTVRC Cable on ctvrc was burned
117 201 Test S17 fail (one led off) CTVRC CTVRC Received faulty
117 201 SRI mini pdu PDU ctrl board bad relay k4 which command relay k1 ERR 117/211
117 201 intermittent OPT cable E-rack CTVRC OPT cable ER117/211/218
117 201 CTVRC ,DCRGS fuse blown on DCRGS ctrl bd,replace bd,ctvrc
117 201,211,218 optical fiber MR kits were used (part no: 46-301450G1 and 46-317830G1)
117 201,211,311 bad contact connector bad contact on XJ13 E-rack

117 201,211 Slip ring slip ring very dirty + pb fonct tilt. Reajusted +5v OBC (4.93v) ER103 ??
117 211 intermiitent error large PDU FE changed PDU CTRL board and problem was solved
117 201,501,511 sometimes no scan possible(201),sometimes 2 scans(501)
117 216 one day 117/216 ,second day 117/316 tube gemove board board bypassed then changed 3 days after by one from plant 117/ 316
117 216 / 218 Change CTVRC CTVRC Change CTVRC
117 218 25ohms between white-green, &white-black tube bad stator filter box on EA tube 25+/- 5 ohms et diff 1.2
117 218 stator unbalanced CTVRC may be an optical fiber problem (Warwick)
117 224 obc problem one of 4 boards was not well plugged
117 283 OBC BAD CONTACT SUSPECT XJ1 cable bad contact between OBC and cathode tank
Next 117 301 ctvrc fuse
117 301/311 It could be power and grounding or it could be Cathode or Anode inverters. Bad Cathode inverter 402
117 316 permanent error Tube HS stator resistor at 0.5 ohm !
117 316 permanent error Gemove on tube 25 ohms ok but short circuit with ground
117 316 intermittent, more at higher ma-stations Cathode HV-Cable Candle-stick pin was burned black, cleaning helped a bit ER117 code 516
117 316 intermittent scan stopped Tube HS replace tube
YMS_HV 117 322 OBC power supply adjust 5v
117 324 scan set flash but rotor did not come on tube perform rotor test
117 382 exposure timeout if rotor stops during long predelay BUG soft Bug soft V3.02/V2.02 Refer to SN 22517
117 483 intermittent (when hot) 115v inverter bad contact 115v sur cathode inverter
117 483 SRI permanent hv tank replace tank
117 521 During Tube calibration Parameters SEE Service note SN013
117 521/531 Problem in small focus (falaise tube around 90000 slices) TUBE Change tube and ok: S23 and S24 ok
117 521 filament over current only up to 250ma PDU taps transformer check PDU taps tranformer selection.Check hospital main voltage
117 521 filament over current only up to 250ma filament board coil of the filament board was defective
117 521 when prep delay more than 25 ,30sec parameter Check if XG soft is rev 2.01
117 521 Alim 5v OBC Ripple important
117 521 Alim 5v OBC ajuster alim a 5v
117 521 intermittent parameter check if XG soft is rev 2.01
117 523 no filament current fil. board replace filament board
117 525 fil. control error tube replace tube
117 531/542 problem with small focus tube tube had 246000 slices;change tube ok
117 531 may give intermittent code 324 at the begining cable XJ06 -J2 check cable connector XJ6 on OBC ER117/324
117 531 Tube with console hang up,change tube ok Err 101/54
117 531 intermittent on higher ma stations Cathode HV-Cable on of the hv-connector pins was black (burned).
117 531 Tube Swtich off for one hour and sys starts again;change tube ok(doa)
117 532 15v regulator on inverter inverter 2 leds DS106 must be on
117 532.538.544 intermittent OPT cable opt cable between E-rack and inverter
117 533 Spit error, more than 30 spits in 1 sec only in 140kv tube check PROM PARAMETER No 436
117 533/541 Tube Tube Bad wiring inside tube;Change tube ;
117 535/536 During Tube calibration Parametres SEE Service note SN013
117 535 tube replace tube
117 537 when hot tank need to change both HV tank

117 537 Inspect and make sure you have KV board 2119232-2 KV board check the new rev board.
117 537 intermittent +5v/ KV bd check if new KV bd / adjust +5V to 5.1v ( TP on CPU)
117 537 SRI hv tank replace hv tank
117 538 SRI Tank leaking Replace hv tank
117 538 SRI HV TANK Replace HV tank err 541
117 541 Tube error 541 at high dose;tube doa;
117 541 tube only at 140kv
117 541 ,543 Intermittent Bug prom generator V305 CPU ROM Problem,fixed in V306
117 541 intermittent KV bd/tube check KV bd ref 2119232-2
Next 117 542 cathode over current negative tank S36 test failed. S35 and S38 OK.
117 543 intermittent tube replace tube
117 544 constant negative inverter replace inverter
117 545 associated w/ er-101 code 545 Inverter Fuse replace tube er-101 code 53
122 xray zero detect Cam pin 5 andt 6 shorted OGP PC 2G
122 xray zero detect cam ctrl 3
YMS_HV 122 xray zero detect cable cable between adc and cam1 pn;2131823
122 xray zero detect alim 1000v bad contact on coax cable 1000v
133 com write regist OCINTF Bad contact on the OCINTF Board. Perform IP com test. green led must blink
138 6 Com error sur Prosp SX cable Misc2-TGP
140 Anode temperature over BUG soft Bug on V5.01/V3.02/V2.02/V1.03/PERFORM PATCH SEE SN002
141 Case temperature over BUG soft Bug on V5.01/V3.02/V2.02/V1.03/PERFORM PATCH SEE SN002
152 st ratio chan from 3.02 software detector failure prediction file add detector 1sec/2sec scan file is add on warm up procedure since v3.02 check 1000vdc
152 HVPS detetctor check the 1000VDC power supply
152 HPF ch173 failed, dust on mylar Mylar clean mylar and warm up again
152 HPF All channels were saturated (5.2 E+15) Fuse no 12 on PDU 115vac was missing
155 HLT CAL data error (Qcal) Tube Alignment redo plane of rotation
155 QCAL DATA ERROR Cable connection 1bad channel 245 ,connection in flex cable on cam board(Spain)
160 ? Plasma Display Control
170 1/random DAS I/F bd U25 voltage regul.(check 5v) ref P9201ZG
170 IPU2 memory 144 MB bad installed
170 2/hard DAS I/F fuse F1 pico fuse 1A
170 STRS Dastransfer test ----Er170
201 recon time out FPA2 Some FPA2 Boards were defective from GEYMS
203 data transmit error corrected slip-ring, check and clean data brushes, DBM and DTR or CIF can be bad ER204
204 view data error not corrected DAS Interface Change board and system restart err170(das transfert)
204 looked at the DBM optical cables and lite was seen on only one STRS bd was bad replaced board.
204 view data and streaks artifacts also initialize air fails DBM changed board and fixed the problem
204 view data not corrected . one fiber optic not during installation!
204 view data error not corrected fiber optic happen during installation of plastic sheet on STRS (olc)
204 view data error not corrected (from 200 to 400 views) DTR2 ok in stationary but not in all position;not ok in axial
421 NO IMAGE INF STUDY DELETED software Sweeper task delete the study, normal error after 3D, reformation
433 Maybe bug. Try booting w/o MOD cartridge Click Here CQA 961800
DCRGS 45433754 DCRGS 8 boards going to repair with R155 or R156 open 1/4W to 1/2W
" " DMP4 off line test 7 fails " "
" " " DBM most often replace DBM
001 800000E3 when hit "paging application delete images in study 0;software bug on 1.01
001 582301013 PUTCTL LCP=03 TN=CLWT en Prosp+ version 4.00 quand on change Raw data #
001 100000E3 Data CRC error HDD do a validate and check if any new bad sector detected
001 100000E6 TIMEOUT HDD E6 MEANS DISK ERROR
001 100000C7 Fatal HD error HDD
001 100000F3 channel unrecoverable channel error HDD F3 means disk error
001 800000C2 slip ring brushes Cosnes/s/loire - dust present on data brushes (no scout view) ER-004 code FFFF0000
001 800000C2 Study error DMP4 ???
001 F8030001 mA cal fail switching focal spot E rack reseating E rack bd's and mA cal
001 82300003 system error TN=ICOT insite phone line insite phone line cable was disconnected
001 82300003 system error TN=RCNC DBM ER-004 RCNC Task termination ER-204
001 82300005 system error TN=RCNC .Finland cable bad connection one cable not properly connected on display board
YMS_HV 004 00010000 TN= BY ICOM (insite communication) ISC board Remove ISC board err 001/08230005
no cradle(interval) does not work correctly in cluster/multi BUG soft perform patch for v3.02(qj) v1.03(zj adv) v2.02(xmj)
no Artifacts intermittent linear artifacts every 30-40 slices DBM no ER203 ,then ER204 and Das data transf test fail
no QCAL on HLT Click Here
no Rings DAS HLT soft rings flex cables new ref for DAS flex cable 2121281-2
no Boot Prosp . very intermittent :no BOOT Cable scsi cable problem HD
no Boot No Boot,Cpw stop at D7 Misc2 P1,P2 Off line test OK;REplace Misc2,sys ok
no Boot no BOOT HDD self test 1ok,stop on self test 2 at 14 (HDD R/W)
no Display scout image up side down flickering FCP2A slot 36
no Shutdown System power shutting off intermittenly Thermistor T28 Temporary stap T28 on J4 1 & 2 on DC board PDU
no Table Table does not want to go down Relays on sub board
no scout incorrectly position gantry at 0 degrees on second lateral scout TGP proms bug in TGP proms
no ATINST Click Here
no Plasma Plasma hangs on prospeed old sytec 8000 fuse holder replaced fuse holder on power connect board
Prospeed Artifacts
Scenario : Scanning 10 mm scans the images looked O.K. but mean values or ROI are
about 30 counts too Hi, 3mm and 1mm or scouts are none existent, the system scans
without errors but at that aperatures you cannot see the images , On 5mm you get all
kinds of rings, Views vs channels look good all DAS data looks good.
The Fix was the CPW board in the console

EQUIP: ProSpeed Series YMS CT Scanners
Subject: ATINST LOADING PROBLEMS
YMS CT SOFTWARE LOADING

PROBLEMS AND RECOVERY GE Exclusive Use Only
Methods for ProSpeed Series
ATINST LOADING PROBLEMS: The most common problem while using

ATINST
for loading software for ProSpeed systems is that for a multitude of
Next reasons t he operator must reset the system prior to VRALCT ( VR FILE
ALLOCATION)and DFRSV( RAW/IMAGE DATA FILE RESERVATION) being
performed.
NOTE: Recommended File sizes for:

System Raw
Main Prospeed Plus 300
ProSpeed 100
ProSpeed VX 100
"i" Series Console
V1.x V2 software
ProSpeed SX 100 300
Prospeed S/SX 100 300
Note: Be aware that 1 raw data file is equal to 4 image files
RELOADING SOFTWARE the following errors occurs:

1). Atinst halts and gives an error during paramenter dump.
Halts software reload.
2). Unable to format Hard Drive
3). Unable to boot system using "boot" floppy.
Solutions:
A. If you are unable to boot system using boot floppy.
1. Check for proper switch settings.
2. Ensure ALL tests switches for Power On Self Test are
turned "OFF" otherwise systems buss will hang.
B. If ATINST FAILS and hangs system upon software reload.
1. You must format the Hard Drive.
a. Remember to initialize drive. Important!!!
2. One of the software disks might be corrupt.
C. Unable to format the hard drive via ATINST.
Set Switches and Boot From "BOOT " Floppy
****************************************************************************
TO Run VINIT OR VINITS Program
1. Address file on boot floppy by typing at F prompt;

FN BOOT:0.&.VINIT.LO for ProSpeed VX and ProSpeed
FN BOOT:0.&.VINITS.LO for Prospeed S,SX and ProSpeed Plus

(note:VINITS not VINIT)
Subject: ATINST LOADING PROBLEMS Cont…

NOTE: Use proper boot floppy for rev of software you want to load.
Example: don't use V3 boot floppy if you want to load V4
software. Must use V4 boot floppy
2. Next <CR>
3. You should see the computer respond:
BOOT 00000 VINIT.LO
>
4. At the carrot TYPE "RU" for run program.
5. At this time the VINIT/VINITS program will begin to run.
TO Run VINIT or VINITS
For Auxilary HD
What Device Name ? HD00 'CR' "HD01"
Do You Want To Use LOT Info. of "FD"? N 'CR' "N"
Do You Want To Format Disk? Y 'CR' "Y"
Do You Want To Validate Sector ? Y 'CR' "Y"
Do You Want To Append Bad Sectors to LOT ? N 'CR' "N"
Do You Want To Lock Out Disk ? N 'CR' "N"
Do You Want To Initailize Disk ? Y 'CR" "Y"
Volume Name ? SYS 'CR' "SYS1"
User No. ? 0 (Always 0) 'CR' "0"
Discription ? ( Anything within 20 characters) "Same"
Do You Want System Dump Area ? Y 'CR' "N"
What File Name ? DUMP 'CR' --
How Many Sectors ? 4 'CR' --
Do You Want IPLT Loading ? Y 'CR' "N"
What Volume Involving IPLT ? BOOT 'CR` --
Do You Want to Dump LOT to FLOT ? N 'CR' --
** VINIT END **
EQUIP: ProSpd_HLT
SUBJECT: Can we View QCALs on a ProSpd_Hi-Lite ?
PROBLEM: No Clear procedure
SOLUTION: The following is a Summary of how to View QCAL Vector:
1. Execute q-cal ---> Cold raw and Hot raw data are stored in raw
data area. (each thickness and focus)
2. Execute Offline q-cal to make a q-cal mean file.
---> Enter cold raw data number. ( check raw data file
directory first)
---> Enter hot raw data number.
---> Enter proper values...
---> Enter mean file number to store.
3. Display the mean file by using support display.
4. You now should be able to see the cal vector.
CAUSE: GEYMS HiLight "does not" have a similar tool like HSAq-cal
plot. But,we can see each q-cal vector by using offline
q-cal under support menu,if the system still has the q-cal
raw data. Maybe we can protect q-cal raw data file before
doing many scans.
COMMENTS: If data is available, one can plot/view it (Mean

Files etc.) As there is a way we can display the Q-Cal
Vectors from the Calibration Files, so we can discover
if they look "right", like what is done on HLA & HSA .
EQUIP: YMS CT Slip Ring Systems ( ProSpeed's, SRI, Synergy)
SUBJECT: Pitted 115 volt ring
PROBLEM: When the 115 volt becomes badly pitted the momentary
loss of 115 volts may cause major failure of components.
We have seen multiple replacements of CTVRC's, filament
power supplies, and rotor boards.
SOLUTION: Please check power rings for heavy pits and or high spots
during your PM's and use the abrasive stick to repair.
CAUSE: High current on the 115 volt ring around the rest positions
cause deposits.
Make Sure the jumpers on the CTVRC is set for

prospeed not HSA or you will blow it up.
PROBLEM: ER-433 GE Exclusive Use Only
WORKAROUND : Have the tech cycled power and when booting up,
remove MOD of the drive, and keep it out until
system is up. Then error goes away, and the can
start autostoring again. This works MOST of the
time.
SOLUTION: CQA #961800 was submitted , YMS investigating .
CAUSE: System is using auto-store feature and is apparently

reset in some way during a storage operation.
COMMENTS: When the system is rebooted,it tries to store an

image that already exists on the MOD. This creates
the ERR-433. The real problem is that the system
continues trying infinitely to store the image and
loops on ER-433. No scanning is possible.
CT PACE ERRORS
ERR Code DESCRIPTION SUSPECT PARTS ADVICE

001 40280068 FCP3B
001 0823000E FCP1
001 82300004 syst hang during scan display FPU FCP3
001 980000CE Disk seek test problem HDD perform disk seek test
001 3000008E DMP,SMP,DBU check rev level:DMP rev16,SMP rev7,DBU rev7
001 980000CE in multi display
Next 001 980000C8 in multi display TN=DSPC,scnm,nmtd
001 100000F3 intermittent 600mB HD ?? 10000E6 / 10000EC
001 100000F3 bad block new drive,bad block table not properly entered(pos,psn)
001 81000007 heat soak bug V9 bug Perform patch
YMS_HV 001 hang up during scan or filming FCP3
004 TN=IMEN insite menu program ISC Change ISC board :ok
004 recon time out intermittent error BPU reconstruction time at 18sec
004 bad block reload soft(4 new bad block found)
m 00000000 can not put raw FMP1 happen only in 2s/isd 2s .test ok .system slow
109 5 over scannable range error pot
111/ 6 00110C00 system hang during boot if up/down are used Bug soft V9 during boot do not use up/down table switch
116 1 rotor does not stqrt. Error LED in XG pressur/temp sz most likely oil-pump not running; maybe fans.
117 XG response time out ERR 116 also rotor cable replace rotor cable
117 kv reduced when ma increased transfo T2 no LED on
117 kv reduced when ma increased Driver 120 check resistor R29-R30-R31-R32(may be open)
117 kv ok but impossible to get more than 30ma diode tank +
117 kv ok but half ma Tube
117 kv ok but half ma tank +
117 kv ok but half ma Cable HT
117 kv ok but sometimes no ma Relay 52T
117 ovl negatif.ma rise rapidly then go down Adjustment ma set lost after power cut.recal ok
118 SCAN CONTROL TASK EVENT HD??
122 XRAY ZERO DETECT CABLE Power cable in drum
151 960957 in 2 sec mode Encoder check encoder loosen screws
151 960960 DBU DBU test fail
151 100000EE HD cables
CT PACE ERRORS GE Exclusive Use Only
ERR Code DESCRIPTION SUSPECT PARTS ADVICE

HANG FMP1 21 Err21 on FMP1 in ON line test Click Here FMP2 removed FMP2 (install jumpers) test ER 31
HANG sys hang,buz on,reset ok but sometimes stop on date bad contact on key board connector
no message"can not do big file"when loading soft HDD To many bad blocks,try to reduce nb of raw data.
no Artifacts Fan Streaks Click Here 1
no Artifacts Fan Streaks Click Here 2
no streak artifact at low dose flat cable some flat cables too long touching das cover
no iso calculation problem FCP1 bad chip U13F and U18F on FCP1
no noise rotation/servo amp 2 RL8 Check RL8 on servo amp
YMS_HV
no oc reset for no reason connection verify connection on power supply bus bar
no no recon after a few scan,after reset (fpu busy) HDD Reformat HDD and reload software
no Xray overrange ADC impossible to adjust ADC offset
Others Disk Drive Replacement Click Here
XG Fail No Error code termination of Xray Click Here
warmup Errors Click Here
Kayosan Adj Problem Click Here
CTYMS general information
Subject: HD change on ct YMS
This is to inform you that when you change the HD on any YMS
systems you NEED to put power on tests disabled otherwise you
cannot have access to it. Cause is during FMP2 test you have a
seek on HD but when HD is not initialized the test fail .
Setting the dip switch 1 to on for all cpu's you will disable
the power on test.
At beginning of VINIT you get VID READ ERROR .This is normal ||
Format , validate and add bad blocks from media defect list.
CT PACE:
problem : hang up on system test in progress

error code on FMP1 21
The documentation suggest for this kind of error
the board related are MRX and FMP1
solution : changed FMP2 ! To see that FMP2 was blocking bus

we put jumpers on backplane and removed FMP2 from
slot and the error code becomes 31 instead of 21
but this we did onl when we ordered FMP1 and MRX,
their change was unsuccessful for problem
resolution and so the customer had to wait another
day to receive FMP2.
GE Exclusive Use Only EQUIP: PACE
SUBJECT: XG Fail ( No Errors )

PROBLEM: Termination of X-Ray exposure after less than
a second with no error indication on the Kyosan
generator via the PWR CTRL Bd .
SOLUTION: Replacement of both +/- HV cables , resolved

problem.
OTHER: It was thought that the Time Delay Relay T52,

may be the problem, but was not.
COMMENTS: Using a Keithly meter or similar to monitor

XRAY could display two different xray-on times.
TIP : Utilize a BLEEDER/Scope to ID the exposure time

to better isolate xray termination .
GE Exclusive Use Only EQUIP : PACE
SYMPTOM: System errors with TUBE WARMUP Errors ; but Scout/Axial=

OK
System however, exhibited TUBE WARMUP Errors ; Senario is :
When System enters WARMUP, it starts to prepare itself for
a sequence of 7-scans ( 6 Rotating 1 Stationary w/XRAY ).How-
ever, THIS System runs first WarmUp scan rotating w/XRAY=OK,then
WarmUps scans 2,3,4,5,6 Rotates(goes thru motions)BUT NO XRAY!!!
It also, should be known that the 7th Scan (Stationary scan)
does operate w/XRAY correctly, but... ratios this and produces
Tube WarmUp errors .
Background: System performs "Normal" Tube WarmUp . Senario as follows :

When System enters WarmUp, it starts to prepare itself for
sequence of 7-scans ( 6 Rotating 1 Stationary w/XRAY )all
seven scans and data collects this data ratio 6 to 1 .
Essentially, checks integrity of entire DAS for proper
operation of normal scanning day.
SOLUTION: Replaced "INV CONT BD." (Rotor Ctrl bd) in Pace Generator.
EQUIP : Pace ( w/ old KYOSAN generator ) can't get 6.5vdc at MAV TP.
SYMPTOM : Power Control Bd. ; Adjustmt VR5 ; "can not" get 6.5 volts
at MAV test like the old procedure. The adjustment of VR5 in
Rev 14 P9015AF functional checks and adjustment manual appears
not to listed or used anymore.
Background : This adjustment in the past was for the offset adjustment
of the A to D converter. If the VR5 adjustmt for the A to D
is turned fully i.e ( fully CW or CCW ) this could be the
source of the problem.
SOLUTION : Please follow below procedure to adjust the A-D converter.
1) Power off
2) Record the SW and Jumper settings on your site of the Power Cont and
FIL CUR ASSY.
3) Remove the CN1,CN2 and CN5 on the power cont B'd.(P9146WA)
4) Attach a Jumper pin at the following each Jumper.
J5,J10,J11,J12,J13
5) Power ON
6) Set the following swichs on the power cont B'd.
SYS/MNL----> MNL
XG ON/OFF---> ON
KV0---------> 0
KV1---------> 1
mA0---------> 0
mA1---------> 1
mA2---------> 1
7) Set the following rotary switch on the FIL CUR B'd(P9146WE)
SW 4--------> F
SW 5--------> F
SW 6--------> F
8) Mesure the TP3 (power cont B'd)voltage duaring HV ON/OFF SW is ON.

and adjust to 6.50 +/-0.03V by VR 5 volume.
9) Power Off
10)Return the SW and Jumper setting to Originary of the site.
11)Perform the MA adjustment.(follow the P9015AF,FC/ADJ)
GE Exclusive Use Only EQUIP : PACE
SYMPTOM : FAN Streak Artifacts
Background : * STREAKS & Bad DATA occur when gantry rotates(Axial).

* STREAKS & Data collected is CLEAN in STATIONARY Mode (SCOUT).
* Performing a Pseudo-Scan w/o X-ray & rotor = Streaks & Bad Data.
* Performing a Pseudo-ScanSTATIONARY @ zero w/o X-ray/Rotor =
Clean Data.
NOTE: Fe performed OFF-Line scans as referenced in P9018AT Sve.Man. and

performed the Das Data Xfer chks . RESULTS (#3) should = ZERO, but
system read MEAN = 7000 STD.DEV. = in the 100's ! pretty sad .
Opinion, is a rotational related problem, and possible could point

to the following "suspect" components :
a) Flaky or marginal Das I/O cable; Intermittant opens/shorts.

b) Azmuith Motor (electrically noisy)
c) Flaky Tach (dirty brushes, inducing noise,Spikes,etc..)
d) Marginal Encoder (noisy encoder or EXCESSIVE "Encoder"Jitter)
There is a possiblity of "one" of these components influencing incoming

data.
COMMENT : Although the above maybe an unusual case/situation, Fan Streak

Artifacts can also be caused by the following OTHER components :
a) Tube Spits
b) H.V. Invertor(s) ; internally breaking down
c) +1000vdc Detector Supply ( Intermittantly Shorting )
d) Flaky Ribbon Cable(s) from Detector-Das
*******************************************************************
EQUIP : PACE, PACE+
SYMPTOM : STREAKS ARTIFACTS ONLY WITH OverSized PATIENTs

on 2 SECOND SCAN speeds.
Background : SITE starting COMPLAINING ABOUT STREAKS ARTIFACTS ONLY

WITH FAT (OverSized) PATIENTS IN 2 SECOND SCAN.I did
NOTICED THAT THESE FLAT (ribbon)CABLES between DAS and
Detector were A LITTLE BIT TOO LONG. This could MEAN
THAT WHEN THE SYSTEM IS ROTATING IN FAST SPEED the
ribbons WERE PERHAPS TOUCHING THE METALLIC PLATE OF CAM
AND CAM CONTROLLER which was causing the artifacts.
SOLUTION : PLACE INSULATING TAPE ON THESE FIVE PLATES TO ENSURE THAT

THE CABLES WILL NOT HAVE ANYMORE CONTACT WITH METAL...AND
THE ARTIFACT HAVE DISSAPEARED...
Try attaching electrical tape to the inside of the DAS cover

that covers over the DAS to Detector ribbon cables. It seems
that if these cables are able to touch this cover during scan-
ning, that they can induce streaks/rings in certain images (in
other words, they can touch the cover during data collection,
causing the noise level to increase). This increased noise
level is particularly noticeable on large body, fast, lower mA,
or smaller slice thickness scans.
CT SYTEC ERRORS
ERR Code DESCRIPTION SUSPECT PARTS ADVICE ASSOCIATED ERROR
001 081D0010 System hangs after the 1st slice with Sytec + prom auto voice pb with auto voice,+2.7s,+multi auto> BUG in Prom
001 08100007 Heat soak bug sytec 3000 only bug v5 will be fixed in v6
001 F80C0601 Autofilming problem Click Here Reset exam Number see S/N T8043
001 4400B0068 DPDRV time out image display Bug soft on investig when magnify cursor used repeteadly
001 18000017 TN=LCDC. software 3.01 RELEASE SOFTWARE UPGRADE SOLVED THE PROBLEM
001 10000000 Sytec3000 sys hang when MOD AUTO STORE HD Reformat LUT/LFC (ok in manual mode) 100000E3
100 00000007 Gantry not in system RL8 sub board ER-102/ 5
102 6 (in ccw) Only when changing 2.7s to 1.8 s(every 25slices) TGP can be also :Servo A, loose coupler, encoder
111/ 6 002378F0 System hang during boot if up/down are used Bug soft V5 during boot do not use up/down table switch
115 008 Click Here patch
115 LED OLN tank + 2 bad resistances feedback on Tank +
117 XG response time out rotor cable replace rotor cable, or shorted diodes in rotorbraking circuit D1 or D2 ER 116
117 XG response timeout RMT bad contact on E OFF connector ER116
151 Scan time out;(no view) CIF (Das data transfert failed) Replace CIF OK
443 Click Here
Can not do vralct allocation Software sytec 1800i bad floppies
Power on test 2 fails at cpw14 hd read test HDD Change hard disk
Can not do big file HDD too many bad blocks
Automatic reset of console Capacitors Faulty capacitors on back plane installed for hd seek counterplan
OL/N HV problem ClickHere
Tilt Problem Click Here
CT SYNERGY ERRORS GE Exclusive Use Only
Many messages ,including "disk full"HANG ON SCANCTRL Tube usage file at 0 get new tube usage file and remove images or log.old
scan UIF : got failed scan_status or pause scan software 2.0 there was no calibration loaded in the software
2002 FILE IO-C, error opening file :users/ctmini/recon/rcm_data software v1.0 there are no calibration files loaded in the software
2034 ENABLE TO INITIALISE DATA COLLECT Bad contact between RECON MOTHER PCB AND EISA PCB 61017
5004 DAS 0 DETECT
Next 5008 DATA COLLECTION NOT READY
5014 file TYP input c.v line 466 file Rev 2.7 Scan ctrl Trace back hv inverter press confirm, rotor start and stop before tp press confirm 5013
6017 DATA COLLECTION ALLCRON BOARD ENABLE TO OPEN Bad contact between RECON MOTHER PCB AND EISA PCB 2034
6025 DATA COLLECTION:detect no data flow from gantry optical fiber no data receive,error simulate when optical fiber disconnected
6090 DATA COLLECTION ERROR - DC BUFFER FULL
6092 BAD VIEW DATA-recon board:bad view marker(OxFFF) DTRE Board
6092 BAD VIEW DATA-recon board:bad view markerview nb 98 optical fiber bad contact on optical fiber during acquisition
6120 HOST CTMINI PROCESS DATA COLLECT FILE ALCRON Bd 2.1 SOFTWARE 10419 FILE REV 1.2.6.- recon board DT config file(DT_fifo.size)
15003 Error setting aperture to 1 mm position cable collimator cable collimator disconnected 28034 safety loop
17040 Scan error detected by OGP Fuse ogp
18005 Gantry servo amp alarm F2 on servo amp Change fuse LED 7 on servo
18005 Gantry servo amp alarm rotate switch rotate switch off :on
18007 No response from gantry rotation service switch on
18010 Gantry safety switch open right cover switch
23002 Gantry rotation switch not in system mode switch
28001 Tgp error/xg error code 153 Fuse ctvrc
28047 XG on time out error Jump KV board jumper set to test:set back to normal
LCAM/dasm Click Here
LCAM/dasm Click Here
InterCom Click Here
filming issue Click Here
filming issue Click Here 2
fsck Click Here
boot Click Here
filter/collima Click Here
scan Lite Click Here
TubeUsage Click Here
EGEE/OLCE Page 1 8/10/98

GE Exclusive Use Only CT SYNERGY ERRORS
160ma Click Here

MOD Diff Click Here
MOD Stuff Click Here
HDD Format Click Here
Autovoice Click Here Autovoice problem
Insite connect Click Here Insite connection problem
LFC Click Here
GrayScale Click Here
EGEE/OLCE Page 2 8/10/98

Subject: YMS_Sytec_3K AutoFilming Problem
EQUIP: Sytec 3000 prior to V/R 5.0 L.F.C. software
SUBJECT: Autofilming problems
PROBLEM: ER-001 System Error Code = F80C0601
SOLUTION: Reset the Exam/Study# to one (1) and resolved .

See S/N# T8043 which illustrates a Patch to correct,
or Load V/R 5.0 Software.
CAUSE: There seems to be problem with autofilming, after a

certain Exam/Study# ( unknown of what # at this time ),
the Autofilming Option disables.
COMMENTS: You may utilize Service Note 22509 as a reference

similarity, but be aware this S/N is for SRi .
intermittent Error 115 with a code 8
I wanted to let you know about a problem that Fadi Choujaa ran into
on a Sytec 4000 old style system running version 5 software.
The error that the system had was intermittent Error 115 with a code 8
when you do a dynamic series with an ISD of 3 sec.
Fadi found out that there was a patch that was sent to one of his sites
in Toledo Ohio, for Error 115 code 8 by Service Engineering about a
year ago or so. He tried the same patch at the site having problems
and it seems to have taken care of the problem.
Since this time he has learned that other sites have had this problem
and have been fixed by this floppy patch.
I am sorry to hear that this problem was wider spread than orignially
suspected by Serv Eng at the time we got the patch. I had totally forgotten
that we had the patch and what it fixed, unitl I confronted Joe Getchel,
who enlightened me and cured my amnesia.
I am glad to say that I have made copies of the VTG8 software patch
& instructions, and given it to the OLC group. If you could ask your
local teams if they have seen this intermittent error on Sytec 4000
old style systems running Version 5, you can then instruct them to
contact the OLC, for the VTG8 software floppy patch & install instructions.
I am sorry that we didn't communicate this to you earlier, and regret any
extra troubleshooting efforts that this caused. A permanent fix will come
in Version 6 software, that is due out third or fourth quarter of
1996. GE Exclusive Use Only
EQUIP : Sytec 4000 GE Exclusive Use Only
SYMPTOM : ER-443 OPTICAL DISK- OD STUDY INFO. NOTHING DELETED

STUDY IMAGE FILE EXISTS BUT NOT ON THE OD, SO FILE DELETED
Background : Error same as above
SOLUTION : MOD platter is additionally stuck in MOD drive . Fe needs

to manually eject, and then "attempt" a re-attach (retry) .
T/S TIP : Locate small Port-Hole , just above the Pwr. Switch and three
MOD Status lights . Look for micro-screw recessed beyond the
Port-Hole. Utilize a jewelers screw driver and place into MOD
Port-Hole. The screw is Spring-Loaded. Insert jeweler's screw
driver , push-in and start to screw in a (CW) clockwise direct-
ion until you've mannually ejected MOD platter/cartridge from
the MOD Drive. See pictorial illustration below :
____________
| |
| o <<<<< Port Hole : Allows manual Eject
| |
| [] <<<<< #1 Status Lite
| |
| |
| |
| [] <<<<< MOD PWR Switch
|____________|
^
|____________ MOD Drive Vertically Mounted in Console
EQUIP : Sytec 3000
SYMPTOM : OL/N H.V. Tank ; System "ma" fluxuates

on negative tank when being loaded w/tube.
PLAN : Perform Hi-Pot w/ Pwr. Ctrl Bd via toggle Sw's

* ma @ zero w/ switches/Loaded kv @ 120; Watch for O/L's
* Perform 3K HV Cross-Drive Isolation via S/N 8011.
SOLUTION : Isolated and discovered problem switched to P-tank;Fe

ordered P-Tank and resolved .
COMMENTS : further isolation revealed the following : measured
Good HV Tank= 20 meg ohms
Bad HV Tank= 2 ohms (shorted)
It just goes to show you that a NEG.HV Tank looked to

be the culprit ; but the Positive HV Tank is "REALLY"
your problem
EQUIP : Sytec 2000
Symptom : Gantry Tilts Only 23.5 degrees; should be 25 degrees !

Plan : a) Make sure that S-14 on TGP board is TOGGLED before you per-
form adjustment. Otherwise, you will be unable to adjust.
b) Each of the adjmts (Tilt,Table Height,& Cradle adj.pot) on

the TGP bd. interreact & interrelate. To avoid drift through
"mis-adjustment" perform the adjustments in the following order:
*1) Adjust TILT adjust first.

*2) Adjust TABLE HEIGHT second.
*3) Adjust CRADLE POT Adj third.
4) All should respectively fall into place, and you should
get your full RANGE of TILT to FWD/BWD 25 Degrees.
5) If all else fails, then start over by adjusting your pots

for the TILT, TABLE HEIGHT, & CRADLE all the way Fully CW.
This will allow enough gain to achieve adjustments. Of
coarse, once fully CW, don't forget to ADJUST Tilt, Table
Height, and Cradle in that order !!! *( #1,#2,#3 ) .
c) Contingency Plan is to check mechanical of "PORK CHOP" rod & bear-

ing on each side of the gantry. check for "binding". The side with
the binding is usually the one with the problem. Adjust (loosen)
offending side, to allow mechanics to settle back into place.This
should allow correct ALIGNMENT to take place.
P.S. It should be known that there are 2 pots total for each adjustment.
i.e. TILT= 2 pots ; Table Height= 2 pots Cradle= 2 pots
TOTAL POTS= 6 ( 1-Coarse ; 1- Fine for each adjmt. )
If any of the adjustments are OUT of Spec. The TILT motor CLUTCH
will STOP the Tilt Motor from tilting gantry or prevent it to tilt
to its maximum angle. The TGP contains a Summing circuit that
processes its inputs and if the offset is greater than expected,
than this Summation circuit output is Out of Spec & is sensed to
stop tilt .
EQUIP: CT Synergy DASM L-CAM
SUBJECT: Possible incorrect termination on the DASM L-CAM's
PROBLEM: On some of the L-CAM's it had been found that the

SCSI terminators were in place (U6 and U7). On the
CT Synergy we use a external terminator.
SOLUTION: Please check your system if you are using a L-CAM and
make sure they are not internally terminated.
CAUSE: L-CAM DASM's shipped with SCSI terminators in place
COMMENTS: Double termination may cause system problems

EQUIP: Synergy ( w/ V/R 2.1 )
SUBJECT: Autovoice / Intercom Problems
PROBLEM: Auto Voice and intercom could be heard at scan box

but not at gantry.
SOLUTION: Cable# 35 was incorrectly installed ( cable reversed ).

Main
COMMENTS: Cable #35 which goes from gantry to scan tower, intercom
board J14 was installed backwards
Extra Info: This connection is not keyed. READ ME FIRST document

REV E explains the proper installation of this cable.
Yellow wire should be located up when cable connected
to J14. GE Exclusive Use Only
EQUIP: SYNERGY
SUBJECT: Unable to Film from Synergy DASM

PROBLEM: Unclear of " RS " connection .
SOLUTION: The info to connect a synergy dasm with a Laser

camera. It is a 422 cable reversed; the connections
are as follows :
Laser camera side(37 pin conn.) Blk6 of scantower(25 pin)

Main _______________________________ _________________________
1 frame ground(screen)
2 txd- ------------------------------------------21 rx-
3 rxd- ------------------------------------------22 tx-
7 gnd ------------------------------------------7 gnd
20 txd+ -----------------------------------------8 rx+
21 rxd+ -----------------------------------------9 tx+
CAUSE: To successfully connect the Synergy to a Kodak Camera

(KCAM using RS-422 interface).
COMMENTS: none
EQUIP: SYNERGY ( w/ KODAK_2180 LaserCam )
SUBJECT: Installation and connection to KODAK 2180
PROBLEM: Unable to acquire and film to KODAK_2180_LC
SOLUTION: KODAK provided the wrong interface ( RS 232 ).

Should of been adapter . Need Adapter Cable from
KODAK ( Part# 918-699 ) .Have Kodak fe order this
cable or make one up on site to interface with YMS
SYNERGY.
Main
CAUSE: The software crashed partially (unable to acquire).
COMMENTS: Trying to run installDasm, the software

crashed partially (no acquistions)
EQUIP: CT Synergy
SUBJECT: Procedure for running fsck on Synergy

PROBLEM: Errors may occur when using fsck improperly which may
not be a indication of a problem with the system.
Next SOLUTION: Here is the correct procedure to use if you want to

run fsck manually. Remember the product will run
fsck automatically if it sense's a problem.
1) You must become Single User first:

Main Shutdown the system and hit ESC (Patient List) to
stop the auto boot. The Patient list key must be pressed
within 10 sec to get to the BOOT_ADMIN screen on the
reboot (after system screen goes black).
Press <ESC> to abort autoboot.

BOOT_ADMIN> # You will get this prompt.
BOOT_ADMIN> boot scsi.6.0 ISL # Boot Interactive loader
# from disk id 6.
# Synergy disk is at 6.
ISL> # You will get this prompt.
ISL> hpux -is boot # Boot single user.
(the following question will occur)

If your Console one of the following, a 2392A,2393A, 2397A or
700/92 ? [Y/N] answer Y
# # You will get this prompt.
# You are 'root'. Be careful.
# fsck
You should see the following:
fsck: /dev/rdsk/c201d4s0: mounted file system

continue (y/n)? y
** /dev/rdsk/c201d4s0
** Last Mounted on /bldmini
** Phase 1 - Check Blocks and Sizes
** Phase 2 - Check Pathnames
** Phase 3 - Check Connectivity
** Phase 4 - Check Reference Counts
** Phase 5 - Check Cyl groups
14002 files, 0 icont, 619283 used, 1429890 free (2274 frags,
178452 blocks)
The numbers after Phase 5 may be slightly different from system

to system.Should pass with out errors now since the file system
is not mounted.Run fsck until it runs clean if it does not you
may need to replace the drive possibly.
Also should always answer Y to any response when running fsck.
2) To return the system to applications:
# reboot
(and than log in as normal.)
CAUSE: The program will fail with any mounted file systems.
COMMENTS: One should always be careful when log in as a

Main
Super User (#).
EQUIP: SYNERGY
SUBJECT: System will not "boot"
PROBLEM: Assignment of SCSI ID Jumpers questionable.
SOLUTION: The SCSI ID has to be set to 0 for the LCAM, and

has to be set to 2 for the MOD Drive.
TIP : Isolate to see if it is a problem with only one device,

Main
or if it is a problem with a conflict between the two. Fe
should log in a ROOT and view the dmesg (bootup) log .
(at the "#" prompt, type /etc/dmesg <ENTER>).
CAUSE : Only when removing SCSI conecctions of MOD and LCAM ,the
system was then able to initialize and boot.The system might
be assigned to the same SCSI ID for both and therefore never
initialized properly.
COMMENTS: none
Part number for synergy collimator filter, just filter
collimator 2123106
apt assmebly ymsp9184LD
Filter assembly ymsp9184MW
Filter ymsp9144NF
Main
EQUIP: SYNERGY ( V/R 2.0 )
SUBJECT: Scan Start light does not extinguish on scan box

PROBLEM: Scan start light does not extinguish on scan box
after rotor timeout giving customer false indincation
that they are able to scan.
BACKGND: 1. Customer sets up scout

2. Customer starts injector
3. Hit's resume
Main 4. Waits 45 sec or more
5. On occasion Rotor times out due to no exposure command
6. Scan light is still lit.
7. Customer pushes scan enable - auto voice says breath in
even though rotor is down.
SOLUTION: Comments from: JOHN A. KRAMER 171106

Revision 2.1 software does not fix this problem. YMS will
have to fix this bug on next scheduled customer release.
It is hope to be V/R 3.0 .
COMMENTS: Console software does not get status from gantry that rotor
is about to timeout. This is a bug that is being addressed .
EQUIP: CT Synergy
SUBJECT: System Tube Usage File

PROBLEM: During the system install the current X-Ray tube
in the system is not the one listed under the
"System Tube Usage File".
SOLUTION: During the install update your system software with

the current Tube that is on your system.
Procedure:
Main With system up at applications
1) "Service" Button
2) "Service Adjustments" Button
3) "Change Tube" Button
4) Enter the new data per the window prompts
CAUSE: The Table and Gantry meet with the Synergy Work Station
for the first time at the customer site.
COMMENTS: Make note of the exposure count prior to the above

procedure.Otherwise the current exposure count may be lost.
EQUIP: YMS_SYNERGY
SUBJECT: MOD Differences

PROBLEM: Synergy MOD is NOT the same used on other YMS products!
SOLUTION: Synergy MOD is B7950JB ( Complete KIT: MAXOPTIX Drive

MOD Drive Only T3202HS = $1,283.00
Main Synergy MOD Media E8001NB: MAXOPTIX 5.25 MOD "Platter"
Part# 2142726 = $ 269.00
CAUSE: The media is NOT compatible with YMS Pioneer Drives.
COMMENTS: none
EQUIP: YMS_SYNERGY
SUBJECT: MOD on SYNERGY has some peculiar Protocols

PROBLEM: UnConventional interface criteria
SOLUTION: The following is a list of items that must be performed

before a SYNERGY MOD cartridge will recognize itself.
1) Can not read a write protected cartridge ( Must be UnProtected )

Main 2) Must reboot the system to LABEL a new cartridge
3) System does not mark images as being archived
4) To reuse a cartridge: One can not just re-label it, you must
remove all the images first. Then Re-Label.
CAUSE: Not able to perform a proper attach or communicate to a

YMS_SYNERGY_MOD.
COMMENTS: none
EQUIP: SYNERGY
SUBJECT: Interface Parameters for DASM-LCAM to YMS Synergy.

PROBLEM: No apparent documentation
SOLUTION: Baud= 1200 , STOP BITS= 1, BITS/CHAR= 8, PARITY= EVEN

EOM = ( End of Msg ) = Y . For additional info, see
YMS_Synergy Camera I/F Instruction Dir. 2138719 .
Main
CAUSE: Delayed configuration and setup.
COMMENTS: none
EQUIP: CT Synergy
SUBJECT: HDD Format Procedure

PROBLEM: No Documented Procedure
SOLUTION: This procedure
CAUSE: Documentation
COMMENTS: This procedure should only be performed if necessary
To format a hard drive on a Synergy:

At step 20 in the Load from Cold procedure (Functional Checks, System Tab,
Page 3-7) the following menu will appear:
Main
1. Continue Installation Process
2. Change ROOT Destination Device
3. Change ROOT File System Type
4. Change ROOT File System Parameters
5. Add a non-root Disk / File system
6. Modify / Display non-root Disks ? File systems
7. EXIT the Installation
Enter Selection [ ]
Choose option 4 to format the hard disk, and the following menu will appear:
Swap Space 98986

Block Size 8192
Fragment Size 1024
Rotation Delay Dynamic
Free Space Thr 10
Density 2048
Cylinders 16
1024 Byte 38
Tracks 13
RPMs 5400
Interleave 0
Run Media Init n
Use the Window/Level down arrow key to move the cursor over the "n" after
Run Media Init. Change this to a "y".
Type Cntl-x (Done)
A warning message will appear. Press enter to continue the format.
Select 1 to continue the installation process.
Continue the Load from Cold Procedure in the manual.
The format takes approximately 10 minutes.

EQUIP: CT Synergy
SUBJECT: The Load From Cold Process
PROBLEM: The procedure is not followed thus creating

numerous system problems- to name a few
a) Autovoice does not work
b) Insite unable to connect
SOLUTION: Follow the Load from Cold procedure. Do not

change passwords or system names.
Main
CAUSE: Autovoice needs the localhost to be 127.0.0.1 or
it will not function. The passwords must be per the
procedure or insite will not connect.
COMMENTS: A great deal of time is wasted troubleshooting non

problems.
The procedure is correct in the Functional Check
manual 2121808 rev 5 please follow.
If your system is not hooked into a Network the
questions for connectivity must still be answered.
You must enter the default IP address if you are not
hooked to a Network do not just hit "Enter".
The transceiver must also be connected and
terminated.
EQUIP: SYNERGY ( with V/R 2.00 )
SUBJECT: Synergy hooked via LCAM DASM

PROBLEM: Fe unable to get the gray scale from image and
printed on film when connected to a DASM-LCAM
SOLUTION: DASM-LCAM does not provide a gray scale with the image.
Main
CAUSE: If Fe desires a gray scale, he must use the DASM-VDB.
COMMENTS: The DASM-LCAM is popular in Europe where they do not

desire a gray scale.
EQUIP: YMS_SYNERGY
SUBJECT: SYNERGY or SYNERGY-S
PROBLEM: Lost of 160MA station
SOLUTION: Make sure you have your OPTION KEY Installed # 2113636 .
If you need the CD-ROM READER order Part# 2117734 .
TIP : OPTIONS can be selected/loaded by using the "MORE UTILITIES"

Main key, under UTILITIES.
CAUSE: If a LFC is done on a SYNERGY system (even one w/o options),

and no Option Key is installed, the system defaults to a
SYNERGY-S. This means that a customer loses the 160mA
capability (it is believed there are other software differ-
ences related to defeaturing, but not yet documented).
COMMENTS: It is especially important for any customer that has

Options (Helical, 3-D,MOD), but is EQUALLY important for
"plain" SYNERGY customers as well.
g
GE Medical Systems
CT Technical
Publication
Direction
Rev 0
High Voltage Best Practices
Copyright 1995 by GE Medical Systems
Advanced Service Documentation -- Property of GE

“For GE Service Personnel Only”
No Rights Licensed — Do Not Use or Copy -- Disclosure to Third Parties Prohibited
GE Exclusive Use Only GE Medical Systems
This Document For Reference Only
Not under Revision Control

Restricted to General Electric Medical Systems (GEMS) personnel only.
Permission to use this Restricted Service Software and related documentation (hereinafter
called the ”Material”) by persons other than GE Medical Systems employees is prohibited.
This Material is the property of GEMS and contains information which is restricted to use by
GEMS Manufacturing, Engineering and Service personnel. Any reproduction in whole or in
part is strictly prohibited. Neither this material nor any information contained herein shall be
disclosed to anyone outside of GEMS Manufacturing, Engineering and Service personnel.
If you are not a GE Medical Systems employee, you must exit this material now.
g
DIRECTION xxxxxxx, Rev 0 GE Medical Systems
REVISION HISTORY
REV DATE REASON FOR CHANGE
0 March, 23, 1996 Initial release.
i
g GE Exclusive Use Only
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 CT ProSpeed High Voltage Home Page
SECTION 2 CT SYTEC and PACE HV T/S Home Page
2

Table Of Contents Sytec and Pace
5 Introduction
49 Sytec Home Page
50 Hi Pot Test
51 KV mA Table
52 HV INVERTER Crossing
53 XG Fail Response Timeout
54 XG Fail with LED Indication
54 XG Fail w/o LED Indication
55 RAW DATA Analysis
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS Prospeed
5 Introduction
6-20 XG Error Codes Tables
21 Heat Soak Procedure.
22 S/N 22014 or 26506 XG ERROR 521
23 Parameter Modify Procedure
23 Entering Exiting Service Test Mode
24-25 Rotor Tests
26 Filament Test
27-30 KV Tests
31 PDU Test
32-46 XG ERRORS Flowcharts
33 DCRGS Manual Check
47 Generator Command Glossary.
4

click at X for procedure
00000013 Rotor Feedback Test X
Rotor Board Reseat. Replace if necessary
00000014 Rotor Fault Detect Test X
Rotor Board Reseat. Replace if necessary
00000021 FeedBack Test X
Filament Board Reseat. Replace if necessary
00000022 Fault Detection Test X
Filament Cable(E-rack XJ06~ Cath Reseat Cable.
ode HV tank J2)
or
00000023 Small Focus Test X
E-rack connector XJ06 Reseat connection
00000024 Large Focal Test X
Slip Ring Gap Clean power brush slip ring (AC115V
rings)
00000031 Feedback Test X
KV Board Reseat. Replace if necessary
00000032 Fault Detection Test X
KV Board Reseat. Replace if necessary
00000052 EEPROM Write Failure X
L.V.Power Supply in E-rack Replace P.S.
00000053 EEPROM Sum Error X
No Problem This error will occur when ROM is replaced
on CPU b’d
00000072 Modification of parameter is not allowed X
ode HV tank J2)
or
Rotor board Reseat or replace
or
Filament Board Reseat b’d
or
L.V. P. S. in E-rack Replace L.V.P.S.
00000073 Phase Change is not allowed X

ode HV tank J2)
or
or
6

000001xx click at X for procedure
00000102 15V Safe Error X

Filament B’d Reseat or Replace
00000103 Over Voltage Capacitor X
CTVRC(Fuse failure on the b’d) Replace CTVRC if fuse keeps blowing
00000121 Filament Overcurrent X
ode HV tank J2)
or
or Xray tube Filament check tube filament
or Cathode HV Tank Connector of check if 3 pins of connector are set
Tube properly to the tank
00000122 No Filament Current X
ode HV tank J2)
or Slip Ring (Gap) Clean Pwr Brush Slip Ring (AC115V
Filament Board Rings)
Reseat. Replace if necessary
00000123 Bad Relay Return X
00000124 No Filament Voltage X
PDU (Tap Setting) check hospital supplied voltage and Tap
setting in PDU. Then measure 115VAC at
TB37-15 and TB35-16 in PDU
00000125 Filament Control Error X
Xray Tube Filament Check tube Filament
00000173 Phase Change is Not Allowed X
ode HV tank J2)
or
or
00000181 550VDC Timeout Error X

CTVRC (30A Fuse or IGBT) Replace 30 A fuse or CTVRC
CTVRC (J11) reseat J11
PDU (50/60hz Jumper setting) Verify that J10 for freq. is set correctly
PDU (fuses) check F1, F2, F3 fuses
DCRGS (Fuses) check F1, F2, F3 fuses
DCRGS (J4) Reseat J4
DCRGS (K1 Relay) Replace K1 Relay
DCRGS (second control B’d) Replace DCRGS
DCRGS (fuses) check F4 F5 F6 fuses
550VDC Cable to invertors check cables
optical Cables(E-Rack ~ CTVRC) reseat and inspect Optical Cables.
7

00000201 No 550VDC X
Opticals Cables (E-Rack to CTVRC) reseat and check cables
Xray Tube (Stator Coil) check stator windings in tube
CTVRC (30A fuse or IGBT) replace fuse or CTVRC
DCRGS Run Lo rotor speed bring 550 up X
00000203 Over Voltage Capacitor X
DCRGS verify LED DA171(DC550V)is OFF or
Replace
00000211 Rotor Controller Error X
Rotor B’d Reseat or Replace
CTVRC (J6 connector) Reseat Connector
00000212 Rotor Acceleration Error X

00000216 Low Current Error X

CTVRC (IGBT) Replace CTVRC
Rotor Cable check rotor cable
Xray Tube Stator Coil Check or replace tube
00000218 Unbalance Error X
Rotor cable Reseat or Replace
CTVRC (IGBT) Check or Replace CTVRC
Check or Replace CTVRC
0000021E Low Current Error/Unbalance X
CTVRC (IGBT) Check or Replace CTVRC
ode HV tank J2)
or
ode HV tank J2)
Filament Board Reseat or Replace
8


PDU (loose XFMR Connector) Check xfmr connector
Xray Tube (Filament) check or Replace Tube
00000226 X
Xray tube (Stator Coil) Check Or Replace Tube
00000248 Generator Safety Loop Open X
L.V. P.S. in E-Rack Replace L.V.P.S.
Xray Tube(tube pressure switch) Check Replace Tube
Xray Tube (Stator coil connector) Reseat connector
HV tank Pressure switch check replace tank
Incorrect Cable Connection among E- correct connections.
rack, invertor, and HV tank
00000249 System Safety Loop Open X
Signal Brush perform signal brush check, Swap them
Xray Tube Check Replace tube
Gantry Safety Switch Check gantry side cover switch
CPU B’d reseat/replace
Rotor B’d reseat/replace
XG(Safety Loop) SW at Gantry Base verify switch is on
00000272 Modification of parameter is not allowed X
ode HV tank J2)
or
or

ode HV tank J2)
or
or
9

00000301 No 550 VDC X
00000302 15V Safe Error X
L.V. P. S. in E-Rack check or replace P.S.
00000312 Rotor Accelaration Error X

CTVRC (IGBT) Replace CTVRC
Rotor Cable check rotor cable

ode HV tank J2)
or
ode HV tank J2)
Xray Tube Filament Check tube or replace
10

00000373 Phase Change is not Allowed X
ode HV tank J2)
or
or
00000382 EXPCMD Timeout Error X

No problem This error will occur when performing off-
line
scans with Rotor On
11

00000401 No 550 VDC X
Rotor Board Reseat/Replace
CTVRC (J6 connector) Reseat

ode HV tank J2)
or
ode HV tank J2)
12

00000472 Modification of Parameter is not allowed X
ode HV tank J2)
or
or

ode HV tank J2)
or
or
00000483 HV on Timeout Error X

KV/MA feedback Cable(E-Rack to Reseat cables
HVTanks)
HV Invertors(F1-3A Fuses) Check/replce fuse on invertor
HV Invertors( Capacitor) Replace Invertor or swap to verify
HV Invertor J1 Connector reseat it.
13

00000501 No 550 VDC X
CTVRC (Transformer) Replace CTVRC
CTVRC (Transformer) Replace CTVRC
ode HV tank J2)
or
ode HV tank J2)

00000531 MA Accuracy Error X
ode HV tank J2)
or
CPU B’d (ADC FAILURE) Reseat/replace cpu b’d
or
HV Cables (Anode or Cathode) Check if cables were swapped by mistake
or
or Xray tube check/replace tube
00000532 KV Accuracy Error X
Optical Cables(E-Rack to HV INV) Reseat /Check Cables
L.V.P.S. in E-Rack Check/Replace P.S.
Xray Tube Check/Replce Tube
HV Tank Check/Replce Tank
00000533 Spits Error X
Xray Tube Spits Perform Heat Soak Procedure X
00000535 Anode Over Current X
ma Feedback parts(Anode HV Tank, Replace faulty Part
Filament B’d CPU b’d or Xray Tube)
14

00000536 Cathode Over mA X
mA Feedback parts(Cathode HV tank, Check and replace faulty part.
Filament B’d, CPU b’d, Or Xray
Tube)
00000537 Anode Over KV X
Xray Tube(Spits) Perform Soak procedure
KV b’d Reseat or replace
Optical Cables(E-rack to HV INV) Check and reseat or replace
HV Tank/HV Inv(anode or Cathode) Reseat connection or replace Tank/Inv
00000538 Cathode Over KV X
00000539 Anode Shoot-Thru X
00000540 Cathode Shoot-Thru X
00000541 Anode Over Current X
Filament B’d Reseat or replace
CPU B’d Reseat or replace
00000542 Cathode Over Current X
Filament B’d Reseat or replace
CPU B’d Reseat or replace
00000544 KV Unbalance Error X
HV Tank Connector of Tube Check if 3 pins of connector are set
properly to the tank
15

ode HV tank J2)
or
or
ode HV tank J2)
or
or
00000583 HV on Timeout Error X
HVTanks)
00000584 HV OFF Timeout Error X
HVTanks)
16

00000601 No 550 VDC X
DCRGS Run Lo rotor speed bring 550 up

ode HV tank J2)
or
ode HV tank J2)
17

ode HV tank J2)
or
or
ode HV tank J2)
or
or
00000684 HV OFF Timeout Error X
HVTanks)
18

00000701 No 550 VDC X
DCRGS Run Lo rotor speed bring 550 up
CTVRC(IGBT) Check Replace CTVRC
Rotor Cable Check Rotor Cable
Xray Tube(Stator Coil) Check/Replace Tube
Xray Tube(Stator Coil) Check/Replace Tube
Rotor Cable Check Rotor Cable
CTVRC(IGBT) Check Replace CTVRC
ode HV tank J2)
or
ode HV tank J2)
Rings)
19

ode HV tank J2)
or
or
20

HEAT SOAK PROCEDURE
Aq Location Tilt Time Kv mA Thick Delay
1-2 0.0 0 3.0 80 80 5.0 3.0

3-4 160
5-5 250
7-16 300
17-23 350 6.0
24 350 180
25-28 130
29-30 160
31-36 120 100
37-40 140 80
Perform The Scans above.
[Preset Prmtr] [1.Scan Prmtr] [14.I-EXTR] [Multi/Dynamic, Menu 20].

or
[Infant] [AuxB] [Multi Scan] [Menu No.] [No. 9]
or Build your own protocol with the Above Scan Table.
21

XG Error 521
Service Note 22014 or 26506
Problem: EA TUBE when scanning with High mA XG error 521 may occur due to Old Firmware
Rev(2.00) of the EPROM (2100823, Location B3) on the CPU bd(2100821 or 2100830) in the
OBC rack.
Solution: Perform Revision Up procedure of the EPROM.
Checking Firmware Version by the following steps.

1. Turn Rotate Switch at Rear of gantry to off. (Keep 115Vac on and gantry in sys mode).
2. Enter Generator Test Mode(Maint--Support--Generator/Tube--Generator Test).
3. Take Gantry side covers off.
4. Reset The XG By either pushing reset SW on CPU bd in OBC or by cycling the XG breaker on
the rotating Frame.
5. Press <enter> Key at the console after aprox. 30 seconds when resetting the XG. This will
display the EPROM Firmware Version on the CRT.
6. If V200 is displayed then you need to change the parameters otherwise End.
Changing.Parameters.
1. Enter SS0 in response to ‘TO:’ for entering Parameter Change Mode.
TO:SS0 ‘CR’
2. Modify Parameter as follows:
TO:d137 ‘CR’ ( To display data at address 137)
FROM:DARAM137=5800 (5800:OLD DATA of Add 137)
TO:m137=6050 ‘CR’ ( to modify data at address 137)
TO:d137 ‘CR’ (to check overwriting)
FROM:DARAM137=6050(6050 is the new data at addr 137)
NOTE FOR m and d MUST BE LOWER CASE LETTERS..
3. Repeat step 2 Until all parameters shown in the table below have been changed.
addr newData addr newData addr new data addr new data
126 5750 133 5900 140 5950 276 980
127 6200 134 6200 141 5000 277 975
128 6650 135 5050 142 5350 278 970
129 5670 136 5500 143 5850 285 980
130 6100 137 6050 267 980 286 975
131 6400 138 5050 268 975 487 055
132 5650 139 5450 269 970
4. Register the modified parameters to the EPROM as follows:

verify that WRITE EEP OK is displayed in response to FROM:
TO:SSW ‘CR’
FROM:WRITE EEP OK
Press End to terminate the procedure then reset the operator console by rebooting or the reset
switch.
Turn the Rotate switch back on at the rear of gantry.
perform mA Calibration using (Maint-Support-Generator Test-Tube Calibration-Change Parameter.)
22

Entering/Exiting Parameter Display/Modify Mode
Maintenance $$
Support
Generator/Tube
Generator Test
SS0 (SSzero at the To: Prompt will put the generator at the Display/Modify mode)
TO:dNNN (to display Contents of addr NNN in the range of 0-586)
( Lower case d and addr 1 will be entered as 001)
TO:mNNN=XXXX ( to modify an addr contents leading zero’s must be entered)
SSW ( to write to the EEPROM)
SSC (Default values loaded from EPROM to EEPROM If you do this you need
to recalibrate the generator i.e mA cals.)
N ( enter N at the TO: prompt to exit the Display/Modify parameter).
Entering/Exiting Service Test Mode

Maintenance $$
Support
Generator/Tube
Generator Test
S (enter S at TO: prompt the generator responds with the P0 message
meaning that the Gen is now in Phase 0 at the FROM: prompt.
The Gen is now in the Service Test Mode.
S11 to S52. (All Service tests can be run here ).
N ( enter N at the TO:prompt to exit the service Test Mode)
Entry point of Gen Test

Diags (Phase 1)
Service Test Mode N

(Phase 0)
SXX(XX:11,12...)
Service test selection

and execution
SEO
Service Test End
23

Rotor Test
How to Get into Diagnostics.

S11 (Status of Autotest report)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TO: S <RTN>
FROM: P0
TO: S11 <RTN>
TO: <RTN>
FROM: P0 (...test results...)
...................................
TO: N <RTN> ( to exit service mode)
FROM: P1
TO:
This Test will return some status codes you need the book to decode it there are two
different types of firmware versions that represent different outputs.
if the system is working you should not experience any error codes when running this test.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S14 (Hi Speed Rotor Test Manual Mode)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TO: S <RTN>
FROM: P0
TO: S14 <RTN>
FROM: P1
TO: ( <RTN> (to close safety loop)
TO: P <RTN> (to start the rotor) Upper case P
TO: <RTN> (after the 550 or 750 VDC is turned off)
FROM: P2
FROM: P3
FROM: P7
FROM: P1 (....TEST RESULTS)
.................................................
TO: ) <RTN> ( to open the safety loop)
TO: SE0 <RTN> (to exit test S14, if this command is input before brake is applied to the
rotor, brake will not be applied to it. In this case wait until the rotor
stops before performing another test.)
TO: N <RTN> (to exit service mode)
FROM: P1
TO:
Compare the Test results in the book No errors should Occur.
This test will bring the rotor up to 10000 RPM No errors should be encountered the same
test is available for Lo speed rotor Test S13 but it is normal to report a failure sometimes
on the Lo speed test i.e. e716.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
More Rotor Tests.
24

More Rotor Tests.
S16 This is High Speed rotor test Automatic

[ S , S16, (, <RTN>, ), SE0, N ]
S17 This is a rotor controller board/invertor test. This is made without 550/750VDC
This is a good test of the logic and MOSFET drive signals. You can start this test
and look at the LED’s on the CTVRC controller board. These should be flickering
which indicates (qualitatively) that the rotor subsystem is operating.
[ S, S17, verify LEDS DS122, 177, 51, 88 are cycling on , SE0, N ]
S18 This test is a Rotor Cycle Test it takes the rotor thru the entire cycle of Run and
Braking.
[ S, S18, (, <RTN>, ) , SE0, N ]
*** Make sure rotor is stopped before you Open the Safety Loop with the ) bracket
command otherwise the rotor will not be Braked.
Consult The Diagnostic Manual for error decodes and more information.
25
Filament Test

What Firmware Version Do I have?
Version 3.05 Firmware Only.
S21 This Test Displays the results of the Autotest for filament board that is executed
upon entering the diagnostics, or the results of Test S23 or Xray generator power
reset
[ S, S21, <RTN>, N ]
S22 Same As S21 but it displays the latter part of the results.
[ S, S22, <RTN>, N ]
S23 Executes Autotest for the Filament Board and displays the former part of the results.
[ S, S23, <RTN>, N ]
S24 Displays the latter part of test S23

[ S, S24, <RTN>, N ]
S25 This Flows a current of 3 Amps in the small Filament.

[ S, S25, SE0, N ]
S26 This Flows a current of 3 Amps in theLarge Filament.

[ S, S26, SE0, N ]
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Version 1.10 or 2.00 or 2.01 Firmware Only.
S21 This Test Displays the results of the Autotest for filament board that is executed
upon entering the diagnostics, or the results of Test S23 or Xray generator power
reset
[ S, S21, <RTN>, N ]
S22 Executes Autotest for the Filament Board and displays the results.
[ S, S22, <RTN>, N ]
S23 This Flows a current of 3 Amps in the small Filament.

[ S, S23, SE0, N ]
S24 This Flows a current of 3 Amps in theLarge Filament.

[ S, S24, SE0, N ]
26
KV Tests

S31 This Displays the results of the Autotest for the KV board which was last executed
or upon a reset of the generator power.
[ S, S31, <RTN>, N ]
S32 This executes the Autotest and displays the results.

[ S, S32, <RTN>, N ]
S33 KV Control Test. It tests the KV Control Board, (Large Focus Fil is tested also)
No 550 VDC is used No HV generated. It nerifies the HV on/off sequencing,
this test is done with the ST1 Jumper on KV board in OBC in normal position (1-2)
[ S, S33, <, >, SE0, N ]
S34 Displays the latter part of test results by S33

[ S, S34, <RTN>, N ]
S35 This is KV Loop Test , No 550VDC, No HV generated, This test operates the Drive
Signal ( for KV inverter) generator circuit on the KV board. This Test rquires that
Jumper ST1 of KV board to be in TANTCA or (7-8) or HV+HV- position depending
on the way your KV board is labeled. Also this verifies the ability of the OBC CPU
board safety loop relay to stop exposures.
[ ST1 jumper in TANTCA, S, S35, <, >, SE0, N ]
Put Jumper back in NOR position when done.
S36 Anode Hi Pot Test. HV +40KV is generated but NO mA is output from the Tank
In this test KV control circuits are disabled, the feedback circuits from the HV tank
to the control circuits of the KV board are excluded fro test.
This test requires ST1 Jumper to be in TAN or (3-4) or HV+ position depending on
labeling of your board. CAUTION: IN THIS TEST THE ANODE IS ACTIVE AND
PRODUCING KV. Number of spits are reported in the form of sXXX.
[ ST1 to TAN, S, S36, (, <, ?, >, ), SE0, N ]
S37 Cathode Hi Pot Test. HV -40KV is generated but NO mA is output from the Tank
This test requires ST1 Jumper to be in TCA or (5-6) or HV- position depending on
labeling of your board. CAUTION: IN THIS TEST THE CATH IS ACTIVE AND
[ ST1 to TCA, S, S37, (, <, ?, >, ), SE0, N ]
27

KV Tests (CONT.)

S38 Anode and Cathode HV Test *)KV is generated NO mA .

to the control circuits of the KV board are excluded from test.
This test requires ST1 Jumper to be in TANTCA or (7-8) position depending on
labeling of your board. CAUTION: IN THIS TEST THE HV IS ACTIVE AND
[ ST1 to TANTCA, S, S38, (, <, ?, >, ), SE0, N ]
S39 Inverter Test. Operates the KV inverter with its outputs Shorted. Therfore HV is not
generated. Inverter output currents are measured. The use of ? in the test sequence
will cause the KV and the Current to be reported to the screen.
ST1 Jumper in TANTCA , also jumper the P1 and P2 leads of both Xfmrs.
on some systems you may have to do this for each side separately.
[ S, S39, (, <, ?, ?, >, ), SE0, N ]
Remove Jumpers from P1 P2.
28

KV Tests

S31 This Displays the results of the Autotest for the KV board which was last executed
or upon a reset of the generator power.
[ S, S31, <RTN>, N ]
S32 This executes the Autotest and displays the results.

[ S, S32, <RTN>, N ]
S33 KV Control Test. It tests the KV Control Board, (Large Focus Fil is tested also)
No 550 VDC is used No HV generated. It nerifies the HV on/off sequencing,
this test is done with the ST1 Jumper on KV board in OBC in normal position (1-2)
[ S, S33, <, >, SE0, N ]
S34 This is KV Loop Test , No 550VDC, No HV generated, This test operates the Drive
Signal ( for KV inverter) generator circuit on the KV board. This Test rquires that
Jumper ST1 of KV board to be in TANTCA or (7-8) or HV+HV- position depending
on the way your KV board is labeled. Also this verifies the ability of the OBC CPU
board safety loop relay to stop exposures.
[ ST1 jumper in TANTCA, S, S34, <, >, SE0, N ]
S35 Anode Hi Pot Test. HV +40KV is generated but NO mA is output from the Tank
This test requires ST1 Jumper to be in TAN or (3-4) or HV+ position depending on
labeling of your board. CAUTION: IN THIS TEST THE ANODE IS ACTIVE AND
[ ST1 to TAN, S, S35, (, <, ?, >, ), SE0, N ]
S36 Cathode Hi Pot Test. HV -40KV is generated but NO mA is output from the Tank
This test requires ST1 Jumper to be in TCA or (5-6) or HV- position depending on
labeling of your board. CAUTION: IN THIS TEST THE CATH IS ACTIVE AND
[ ST1 to TCA, S, S36, (, <, ?, >, ), SE0, N ]
29

KV Tests (CONT.)

S37 Anode and Cathode HV Test *)KV is generated NO mA .

to the control circuits of the KV board are excluded from test.
This test requires ST1 Jumper to be in TANTCA or (7-8) position depending on
labeling of your board. CAUTION: IN THIS TEST THE HV IS ACTIVE AND
[ ST1 to TANTCA, S, S37, (, <, ?, >, ), SE0, N ]
S38 Inverter Test. Operates the KV inverter with its outputs Shorted. Therfore HV is not
generated. Inverter output currents are measured. The use of ? in the test sequence
will cause the KV and the Current to be reported to the screen.
ST1 Jumper in TANTCA , also jumper the P1 and P2 leads of both Xfmrs.
on some systems you may have to do this for each side separately.
[ S, S38, (, <, ?, ?, >, ), SE0, N ]
Remove Jumpers from P1 P2.
30

PDU Test of the 550 VDC

S51 The PDU outputs 550 or 750 VDC the generator CPU checks the safety loop signals.
[ S, S51, (, you’ll have 550/750 at the DCRGS for 95 seconds, <RTN>, ), SE0, N ]
S52 The PDU outputs 550 or 750, This test is same as S51 except the test requires key
input of P.
[S, S52, (, P, have 550/750 at the DCRGS for 95 seconds, <RTN>, ), SE0, N ]

S51 The PDU outputs 550, This test is same as S52 except the test requires key input of P.
[S, S51, (, P, have 550 at the DCRGS for 95 seconds, <RTN>, ), SE0, N ]
S52 The PDU outputs 550 VDC the generator CPU checks the safety loop signals.
[ S, S52, (, you’ll have 550 at the DCRGS for 95 seconds, <RTN>, ), SE0, N ]
31
XG-Error #181 550V timeout error
Start
550v Y Fuses
Timeout CTVRC
N Replace fuse
ck 50/60 HZ jmpr
Blown Y
No in DCRGS
fuse
Replace CTVRC
if needed
N
Ck DCRGS Manually
Click here for procedure
N CK F4,F5,F6 inPDU
550VDC
CK F1,F2,F3 in DCRGS
OK?
Replace DCRGS if needed
Ck 550V Fault detect CKT

1. Change JP1 on Rotor Control B'd to 550V check skip
mode
550 V N
Replace Rotor Control B'd
Timeout?
Replace CPU B'd
32

DCRGS Manual Check
1. Connect a DVM to TB3-2 and TB3-3 on the PDU (use 1000VDC scale)
2. Connect a jumper between TP34 and Cathode side of CR38 on PDU control Board.
3. Monitor DVM, Should have 550 VDC
4. Disconnect a jumper cable
Note You may need to disconnect LOAD cables on TB3-2 and 3 incase something is
Loading it down.
33

XG-Error #49 Safety Loop
Start
#49 Y CK Signal
Safety Loop Brush Dust
N
N Replace Brush
No is it O.K?
or Clean as necessary
CK Generator Safety Loop

1. Tube Thermal/pressure sw
2. HV tank pressure sw
3. Invertor interlock.
N
Replace Tube, tank etc
OK?
if necessary
CK CPU DS6 LED

(Safety Loop Open)
Replace CPU B'd or Rotor B'd.
Ck Connectors
and Cables.
34

XG-Error #524 No Filament Supply
Start
Ck Fil Supply 35V

#524 Y 1. connect DVM to XJ15-1 and 5
No Fil Sup. on the E-Rack
2. monitor DVM should = 35VDC
N
No
N
>= 31V Ck for 115Vac input
Ck Fil B'd LED
Is DE1 LED N
Replace Fil B'd
Lit
Ck Connector & Cable
35

XG-Error #544 KV Unbalanced
Start
Ck Fil Supply 35V

#524 Y 1. connect DVM to XJ15-1 and 5
No Fil Sup. on the E-Rack
2. monitor DVM should = 35VDC
N
No
N
>= 31V Ck for 115Vac input
Ck Fil B'd LED
Is DE1 LED N
Replace Fil B'd
Lit
Ck Connector & Cable
36

XG-Error #532 KV Accuracy
Start
532 Y Ck Inverter Optical cable

KV accuracy Connection
No N
Fix
Is it OK?
Connection
Y
Ck INV Freq or Replace.
37

XG-Error #537 Anode Over KV
Start
CK Inv Optical Cables, HV Cables and FDBK

Cables for loose connections
Ck KV FDBK
1. Connect DVM to TP32(ca_kv) and GND on KV Loop B'd
2. monitor DVM with Stat. Xray on should = 1v/10kv
3. connect a DVM to TP9(an_kv) and GND
4. Monitor a DVM should read 1v/10kv
N
Unbalance? Go to beginning
Swap Cathode INV with Anode INV.
Y
Does Problem
Replace Anode INV
Move
Suspect Tube or Tank
38

XG-Error #538 Cathode Over KV
Start
CK Inv Optical Cables, HV Cables and FDBK

Cables for loose connections
Ck KV FDBK
1. Connect DVM to TP32(ca_kv) and GND on KV Loop B'd
2. monitor DVM with Stat. Xray on should = 1v/10kv
3. connect a DVM to TP9(an_kv) and GND
4. Monitor a DVM should read 1v/10kv
N
Unbalance? Go to beginning
Swap Cathode INV with Anode INV.
Y
Does Problem
Replace Cath. INV
Move
Suspect Tube or Tank
39

XG-Error #541 Anode Overcurrent
Start
Perform Heat Soak
N
Is It OK? Suspect Tube
Go to Start
40

XG-Error #542 Cathode Overcurrent
Start
Perform Heat Soak
N
Is It OK? Suspect Tube
Go to Start
41

XG-Error #22 No Filament Current
Start
Ck Fil B'd LED's

(DE6 Filament Open)
(DE7 Filament Over)
LED N
Replace Fil B'd
Problem?
CK Fil Cable XJ06 on E-rack

XJ 02 on Cathode HV tank
Are they N
Replace Fil Cable.
OK?
CK Cathode HV Cable Connector pin.
42

XG-Error #072 EXP Para Mod Error
Start
Ck Fil B'd LED's

(DE6 Filament Open)
(DE7 Filament Over)
LED N
Replace Fil B'd
Problem?

Are they N
Replace Fil Cable.
OK?
43

XG-Error #521 Fil OverCurrent
Start
Ck Fil B'd LED's

(DE6 Filament Open)
(DE7 Filament Over)
LED N
Replace Fil B'd
Problem?

Are they N
Replace Fil Cable.
OK?
44

XG-Error #531 mA Accuracy
Start

N
Are they
Replace Fil Cable.
OK?
45

XG-Error #201 550V error
XG-Error #211 Rotor Controller Error
XG-Error #21E
Start
Ck Tube Stator Resistance

1-10 23+/-2 Ohms
3-10 23+/-2 Ohms
N Suspect
OK?
Tube.
Ck Rotor Control B'd

1. P-on Test
2. Auto Test (S12)
N
OK? Replace Rotor Cont B'd
Replace CTVRC
46

Generator Command Definitions.
N - This command brings you back to the operating level after running Diags or Debugger
S - This command puts you in the service Level (this is where diags are run)
Kxxx - Sets the KV for tests S40 and S41. Note xxx must be 3 digits.
Mxxx - Sets the mA value for tests S40 and S41. Note xxx must be 3 digits.
Txxx - This command sets the value of the backup timer for S40 and S41.
sH or sL - Sets the rotor speed for tests S40 S41.
fL or fS - Sets the focal spot for S40 and S41
P - This command preps the generator (similar to the start scan)
p - This unpreps the generator, i.e brakes the rotor etc... Lower case p.
X - This command is the software exposure enable command S40 And S41
R - This turns Xray on.
r - Terminates exposure for test S40 S41
( - Closes the safety Loop. this lites the SET SCAN Button to indicate 550VDC
) - opens the safety loop. Scan SET LIGHT is extinguished.
< - asserts the Expcmd signal to the generator. It lites the SCAN button.
> - Deasserts the Expcmd signal.
SS0(ss Zero) - Once in the service level this commands puts you into the parameter debugger
Here you can display or modify the parameters.
Sxy - where xy is the test you wish to execute.
SE0(SE zero) - type this command at the end of a test to terminate the test and return to the
service level.
dxxx - diplays contents of address xxx d is lower case.
mxxx =yyyy - This command modifies the contents of address xxx with values of yyyy.
SSW - this copies the RAM contents into the EEPROM.
SSC - This resets the EEPROM with default values. Run tube cal after you initiated this.
47
TABLES PROCEDURES FLOWCHARTS
XG Errors 0XX HEAT SOAK XG #181
XG Errors 1XX ROTOR TEST XG #49
XG Errors 2XX FILAMENT TEST XG #524
XG Errors 3XX KV TEST XG #544
XG Errors 4XX PDU TEST XG #532
XG Errors 5XX DCRGS MANUAL XG #537
XG Errors 6XX XG #538
XG Errors 7XX XG #541
XG #542
XG #22
XG #72
XG #521
XG #201 211 21E
48

CT PACE AND SYTEC 2K 3K 4K
XG FAIL
HI POT TUBE During Scan
w/ LED Indication
XG FAIL
Check HV
Intermittent
INVERTER
No LED Indication
XG FAIL
Response Timeout Raw Data Analysis
XG Not Ready
49

HV Test with NO mA
1. Remove the HV Cables from the Xfmrs Anode and Cathode sides.
2. Add oil to the wells of the xfmrs.
Anode Side Test (Positive Side).
3. Set the jumpers J7, J8, J9 and switch SW10 on the POWER CONT b’d as follows:
o o o o o o o o o
FB MNL NML TEST NML TEST
J7 J8 J9
On SW 10 set Bit 1 to off only. 2-8 should be left on.
4. Turn Pots RV1 and RV2 to CCW limit.
5. Disconnect CN1, connect the test cable from CN1 to CN15 to enable the off-line exposures.
6. Set 120 KV and 0 mA on SW5~SW9 Click here to see the KV and mA Table.
7. Disconnect the Cable from CN7(negative side MOSFET drive signals).
8. Push SW1 (TEST SW). The LED’s PWR0~PWR11 will blink.
9. Switch on SW4(XG ON) and then SW3(HV ON). Confirm that the KV meter indicate zero.
10. Turn Pot RV1 slowly in the CW direction & confirm that KV will not rise beyond approx.
6 KV.
11. Turn RV1 slowly in the CCW direction until KV is about to fall from 6 KV.
12. Turn RV2 slowly in the CW direction until KV stops to increase. Turn RV1 a little in the
CW direction until the KV stops to increase.
13. Repeat step 12 until 60 KV is reached. Then turn RV1 in the CCW direction until KV is
about to fall from 60 KV.
14. Switch off HV ON and XG ON.
To Test the HV on the Negative side Do the Followings.
15. Disconnect the cable From CN4(positive side MOSFET drive signal) and connect the cable
which was disconnected before to CN7.
16. Repeat steps 4, 8-14.
17. Replace the jumpers and SW10 to normal.
18. Turn RV2 to the CW limit and RV1 to the CCW limit.
50

KV & MA Table
Switches LED’s SWITCHES LED’s

KV SW5 SW D17 D18 mA SW7 SW8 SW D19 D20 D21
0 0 60 0 0 0 0 0 9
0 0 0 0
80 0 1 0 1 40 0 0 1 0 0 1
120 1 0 1 0 60 0 1 0 0 1 0
140 1 1 1 1 80 0 1 1 0 1 1
1:UP 1:on 100 1 0 0 1 0 0
0:DN 0:of 130 1 0 1 1 0 1
f 160 1 1 0 1 1 0
51

HV Inverter Crossing
CN
CN4 4 HV +
Power Positive Tank
Control -------------
Board CN Negative HV -
CN7 7 Tank
(A) Normal Drive
CN4 CN7 HV +
Power Positive Tank
Control -------------
Board Negative HV -
CN4
CN7 Tank
(B) Cross Drive
1. Connect the Cross Drive connections.

2. Set J9 on POWER CONT b’d to the Test Position this disables the under KV voltage indication.
3. Set 120KV 40mA . Click here to see KV and mA Table.
4. Perform exposures and see if the problem moves.
5. Reconnect everything back up to normal and set J9 back to NML.
Info is in S/N 8011.
52

XG Fail Response Timeout XG not ready
Power Fail Over Heat No Rotor Prep Fil OverCurrent
1. Run, OC LED? Rotor Cont 1.VREF on Fil Cont??

1. Fuse F1 on Fil Cont B'd may be bad. 2.Output Voltage??
Board. 2. Stator Current Green Line (TP 4 on FIL Cont)
2. FET's on Fil Cont B'd 1. Thermal SW of Tube TP G2/U48 Pin 4 3.Output Current ??
w/o F1 Fuse 2. Pressure SW of Tube 3. Stator Current White Line (TP 3 on FIL Cont)
3. Fuse F3 of Rotor 3. OH Line (Rotor Cable) TP W2/U48 Pin 5 4.Check TP3 and TP4
Inverter. 4. Tube Stator Coil? w/o tube Filamnet.
4. FET's of Rotor Invert. 5. Rotor Cable?? 5.Check Tube Filament
53

XG Fail with LED Indication
DOWN VOLTAGE INDICATION.
1. “P” or “N” ??
2. Check fuses on INVERTER Ass’y.
3. Hi Pot The system Run One side at a time.
4. Most Likely failure. INVERTER, TANK , Tube.
OVER VOLTAGE INDICATION.

1. “P” or “N” ??
3. If accompanied with Over Load most likely it is a Tube.
4. Check INVERTER Ass’y.
OVER LOAD INDICATION.

1. “P” or “N” ??
3. Check INVERTER Ass’y.
XG Fail Without LED Indication.

1. Check Tube Pressure SW
2. Check Gantry Eergency Switches bang on gantry cover during scan.
3. Check Emergency switches connections at the Generator.
4. Check Rotor Cable OH Line.
54
RAW DATA ANALYSIS OF BAD SLICE

1. Get RAW DATA of bad slice.
2. Support Program.
3. Statistics. (w/ Offset Correction)
4. Store Original Data into support File.
5. Support Display (range 0~50000)
6. Set Window/Level Check image.
7. Find out last View (View (x) )
8. Set Cursor to ch 702, View X
9. Mangnify (x 5).
10. Set W/L
11. Set Cursor to CH #702 View X.
12. Profile (H) range 0 ~ 5000
13. Check Transition of Profile.
NO TUBE SPIT TUBE SPIT
Notice the sharp drop off of the

Waveform.
55
g
GE Medical Systems
CT Technical
Publication
Property of GE. For GE
Service Personnel Only
Direction 2145708 No Rights Licensed – Do Not Use Or Copy.
Disclosure to Third Parties Prohibited
Rev 0
High Voltage Best Practices
 1995 by GE Medical Systems

Copyright
Advanced Service Documentation -- Property of GE

“For GE Service Personnel Only”
No Rights Licensed — Do Not Use or Copy -- Disclosure to Third Parties Prohibited
GE Medical Systems

Restricted to General Electric Medical Systems (GEMS) personnel only.
Permission to use this Restricted Service Software and related documentation (hereinafter
called the ”Material”) by persons other than GE Medical Systems employees is prohibited.
This Material is the property of GEMS and contains information which is restricted to use by
GEMS Manufacturing, Engineering and Service personnel. Any reproduction in whole or in
part is strictly prohibited. Neither this material nor any information contained herein shall be
disclosed to anyone outside of GEMS Manufacturing, Engineering and Service personnel.
If you are not a GE Medical Systems employee, you must exit this material now.
Proceed
GE Medical Systems
WARNING
• If a customer's service provider requires a language other than
English, it is the customer's responsibility to provide translation
services.
• Do not attempt to service the equipment unless this service manual
has been consulted and is understood.
• Failure to heed this Warning may result in injury to the service
provider, operator or patient from electric shock, mechanical or
other hazards.
• Ce Manuel de maintenance n'est disponible qu'en anglais.
AVERTISSEMENT
• Si le technicien du client a besoin de ce manuel dans une autre
langue que l'anglais, c'est au client qu'il incombe de le faire
traduire.
• Ne pas tenter d'intervention sur les équipements tant que le
manuel Service n'a pas été consulté et compris.
• Le non_respect de cet avertissement peut entraîner chez le
technicien, l'opérateur ou le patient des blessures dues à des
dangers électriques, mécaniques ou autres.
• Dieses Kundendienst-Handbuch existiert nur in englischer
WARUNG
Sprache.
• Falls ein fremder Kundendienst eine andere Sprache benötigt, ist
es Aufgabe des Kunden für eine entsprechende Übersetzung zu
sorgen.
• Versuchen Sie nicht, das Gerät zu reparieren, bevor dieses
Kundendienst-Handbuch nicht zu Rate gezogen und verstanden
wurde.
• Wird diese Warnung nicht beachtet, so kann es zu Verletzungen
des Kundendiensttechnikers, des Bedieners oder des Patienten
durch elektrische Schläge, mechanische oder sonstige Gefahren
kommen.
• Este Manual de Servicio sólo existe en inglés.
AVISO
• Si algún proveedor de servicios ajeno a GEMS solicita un idioma
que no sea el inglés, es responsabilidad del cliente ofrecer un
servicio de traducción.
• No se deberá dar servicio técnico al equipo, sin haber consultado y
comprendido este manual de servicio.
• La no observancia del presente aviso puede dar lugar a que el
proveedor de servicios, el operador o el paciente sufran lesiones
provocadas por causas eléctricas, mecánicas o de otra naturaleza.
GE Medical Systems
• Este Manual de Assistência Técnica só se encontra disponível em

ATENÇÃO
Inglês.
• Se qualquer outro serviço de assistência técnica, quE não a
GEMS, solicitar estes manuais noutro idioma, é da
responsabilidade do cliente fornecer os serviços de tradução.
• Não tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e
compreendido este Manual de Assistência Técnica.
• O não cumprimento deste aviso pode por em perigo a segurança
do técnico, operador ou paciente devido a` choques elétricos,
mecânicos ou outros.
AVVERTENZA • Il presente manuale di manutenzione è disponibile soltanto in

inglese.
• Se un addetto alla manutenzione esterno alla GEMS richiede il
manuale in una lingua diversa, il cliente è tenuto a provvedere
direttamente alla traduzione.
• Si proceda alla manutenzione dell'apparecchiatura solo dopo aver
consultato il presente manuale ed averne compreso il contenuto.
• Non tenere conto della presente avvertenza potrebbe far compiere
operazioni da cui derivino lesioni all'addetto alla manutenzione,
all'utilizzatore ed al paziente per folgorazione elettrica, per urti
meccanici od altri rischi.
GE Medical Systems
X-RAY PROTECTION -- IMPORTANT!

X–ray equipment if not properly used may cause injury. Accordingly, the instructions
herein contained should be thoroughly read and understood by everyone who will use the
equipment before you attempt to place this equipment in operation. The General Electric
Company, Medical Systems Group, will be glad to assist and cooperate in placing this
equipment in use.
Although this apparatus incorporates a high degree of protection against x–radiation other than
the useful beam, no practical design of equipment can provide complete protection. Nor can any
practical design compel the operator to take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any
persons carelessly exposing themselves or others to radiation.
It is important that everyone having anything to do with x–radiation be properly trained and fully
acquainted with the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and
Measurements as published in NCRP Reports available from NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont
Avenue, Room 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814, and of the International Commission on Radiation
Protection, and take adequate steps to protect against injury.
The equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company, Medical
Systems Group, its agents, and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which
may result from improper use of the equipment.Various protective material and devices are available.
It is urged that such materials or devices be used.
CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT

All electrical installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared
for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. In addition, electrical feeds
into the Power Distribution Unit shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other
connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations, and testing shall be performed by
qualified GE Medical personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical
installations) are highly sophisticated, and special engineering competence is required. In performing
all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field engineers. All of
GE’s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable electrical
codes.
The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers,
personnel of third–party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to
perform electrical servicing on the equipment.
DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent, have notation
“damage in shipment ” written on all copies of the freight or express bill before delivery is accepted
or “signed for” by a General Electric representative or a hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or
concealed, damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event,
within 14 days after receipt, and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. A
transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this
14 day period.
Call Traffic and Transportation, Milwaukee, WI (414) 827-3449/ 8*285-3449 immediately after
damage is found. At this time be ready to supply name of carrier, delivery date, consignee name,
freight or express bill number, item damaged and extent of damage. Complete instructions regarding
claim procedure are found in Section “S” of the Policy & Procedure Bulletins. -- 6/17/94
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 CT Hi-Speed High Voltage Troubleshooting Guide
SECTION 2 CT 9800 / HLA High Voltage Best Practices
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
DIRECTION 2145708, Rev 0 GE Medical Systems
CT HI-SPEED
HIGH VOLTAGE
TROUBLESHOOTING
GUIDE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2,3. High Voltage Troubleshooting Flow Diagrams
4. Procedure 1, Examine Error Logs, Install New Tube
5. Service Note T-1281
6. Procedure 2, Hi-Pot Test (KV Loop)
7. Hi-Pot Test Results
8. Procedure 3, KV Functional Test
9. KV Functional Test Results
10. Procedure 4, Disconnecting P1 & P2 on the HV Tanks
Procedure 5, HV Fiber Optics
11,12. Procedure 6, Sweep Tank
APPENDIX A. MA Board / Filament
B. Rotor Tests
C. DCRGS Troubleshooting, SN T-1333
D. Waveforms, HV Tank TP1
E. KV Feedback Pot
G. Tube Chart
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
INTRODUCTION
This guide was assembled in order to assist the GE Field Service Engineer troubleshoot
high voltage problems in the Hi-Speed CT Scanner . It is not intended to be a “fix-all”
guide. Refer to the CD Rom documentation and service manuals for additional
troubleshooting information. The flow chart on pages 2-4 has references in corner blocks
to the numbered procedures in this guide.
Any comments or suggestions should be addressed to one of the CT Support Engineers

in the Central Atlantic Region.
Fadi Choujaa
Dawten Kuhn
Ken Ross
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 1
CT HSA HIGH VOLTAGE TROUBLESHOOTING.
NOTE: THIS PROCEDURE ASSUMES THAT NORMAL 550VDC EXISTS. IF THE RAIL VOLTAGE IS
SUSPECT, REFER TO THE DCRGS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE.
Start
Hard /
Shoot-Thrus, intermittent
overcurrents, View error log,
spits, out ot perform Install
tolerance New tube
1
errors?
Perform
scans
Run KV Loop
and KV
Functional Yes No
HV Turn
Tests. Record
errors still machine
Anode and
exist? back to
Cathode HV
customer
and duty cycle
values.
2,3
Hi-Pot (KV Loop)

NO
system. Monitor HV Suspect
TP1 on Tank errors still tube ,HV
measurment exist? cables
boards.
2
YES
Disconnect
PI&P2 off of
tanks.
Run KV loop
test.
4
A
CT HSA HIGH VOLTAGE TROUBLESHOOTING (cont.)
Suspect YES NO Suspect

HV HV tank.
inverter.
errors still Perform
Reconnect
exist? sweep
P1 & P2
tank
procedure.
6
Run KV Functional Does anode YES Suspect

test. Compare duty cycle anode
Anode and Cathode exceed inverter
duty cycle. cathode?
3
NO
Run KV board
test & light
pipe
verification.
5
NO
Do KV board Suspect
tests pass? KV board
YES
Swap
Do duty cycle YES
inverters. Replace
values swap
Run KV appropriate
anode to
functional inverter
cathode?
test.
3
NO
CALL
SUPPORT
GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE 1
1. Review the “MESSAGES” log at the Applications Level. Look for and note any of the following errors:
“MA or KV out of tolerance errors”

“Anode / Cathode overcurrents”
“Anode / Cathode shoot thrus”
“Tube Spits”
“Max. Spit Count Exceeded”
2. Review “Tube spits” . Utilities /CT Tools / Run Time Stats. Look for tube spits per 10 scans ratio. A ratio
higher than 10 spits per 10 scans indicates a spitting tube.
3. Verify that the Tube Rotor is spinning. Usually you can hear the Rotor, but you cannot verify the correct
speed. To do this you will have to obtain a Reed Tachometer from your test equipment pool (P/N 46-
194427P408). High speed RPM’s should be approximately 10,000.
4. Inspect the oil and candle sticks at the Tube and Tanks. Look for any discoloration in the oil and the
correct amount in the wells. Inspect the candlesticks for cracks.
5. If steps 3 and 4 are OK, run “Install New Tube” . Utilities / CT tools / Gen Cal / Install New Tube.
NOTE: If “Install New Tube” will not run you may have to run Manual MA Cal. See SN 1281 (next
page).
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 4
October 30, 1993 SERVICE NOTE

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HSA GENCAL SLOPE PROBLEMS SN T-1281
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROBLEM:
Cannot run Install New Tube or Auto MA after a tube change or when attempting to update the gencal slope.
SYMPTOM AND ERROR LOG EXAMPLE:

Fri. Aug. 27 13:42:48 1993
Suite:PROV Host: OC0 Proc:tls Error: 80027
File GenCalData.m 1.10 Method genCalSlope() line: 1292
Invalid Argument slope
Fri. Aug. 27 13:42:48 1993

Suite PROV Host: OC0 Proc:tls Error: 8004
File: GenCalData.m 1.10 Method: genCalSlope() Line: 1296
KV - 80 Ma - 105.0 FilamentCur 5.791
KV - 80 Ma - 104.8 FilamentCur 5.809 Slope - -0.045
Fri Aug. 27 14:03:02 1993

Suite:PROV Host:OBC Proc: Generator Error:183130
File: Method:no Method Line:411
Function:X-RAY GENERATION: Rotating Backup Timer Interlock
Scan: 0/0/6 Type:Static
Exception Level:Pri/Most Severe Time: 14:03:02:525 Log Series:46
I/O Fault Detected: Backup timer expired.
Scanning hardware reset successful.
scan failed with scanCompleteStat 0
SOLUTION:
Run Manual MA Cal to create cal seed values that do not run the slope into negative numbers.
1. Enter Manual MA.

2. Select 80KV / 30MA small filament.
3. Input a value between 3 and 7 and shoot the scan, adjusting the number on every scan until the MA is within 5 percent
tolerance.
4. Update the table when within 5 percent tolerance and repeat procedure for the 80KV / 100MA small filament and the 80KV /
300MA large filament.
5. Once these values are within 5 percent and updated you can return to Auto MA and cal seed and Auto MA should update all
stations successfully.
Alan J. Cuellar-Amrod, NSC
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 5
GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE 2
HV SUBSYSTEM HI POT
The KV LOOP test is a (zero) ma test which is used to “high pot” the high voltage secondary. All tests
should be at least 2 seconds in duration for proper sampling of data. High voltage waveforms may be
sampled on the measurement boards ( TP1) on both cathode and anode HV tanks.
Verify the following from the results screen:
* KVs are correct - all KVs 80, 120, 140
* Inverter currents are less than .500A
* Verify HV waveform at TP1 is not distorted. Both anode and cathode
* Rail voltage
* Check message log for errors
NOTE: See Attachment for “Normal” KV Loop results screen.
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 6
KVLOOP INFO
Click here for KVLOOP screen results
Click here for a blank KVLOOP screen

to document your results on.
This screen may be printed.
PAGE 7
GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE 3
KV FUNCTIONAL TEST
KV functional test can be used to prove the HV subsystem can provide enough energy for both low and
high technics. All exposures should be at least 2 seconds in duration to obtain good data for the firmware to
sample. TP1 may also me monitored on the measurement board during this test.
Use the following technics:
80/10
120/200
140/340
Verify the following:
* KVs are correct 80, 120, 140

Don’t troubleshoot total KV - verify both Cathode and Anode KV
* Cathode and Anode MA
* Cathode and Anode inverter current
* Cathode and Anode duty cycle (new style KV bd. only)

Anode duty cycle rarely exceeds 90% and should never reach 100%
Anode duty cycle should never exceed cathode duty cycle
* VCNT - Lower freq. = more current

Higher freq. = less current
* Rail voltage
* Message log for errors
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 8
KV FUNCTIONAL
Click here for KV functional test screen results
Click here for a blank KV functional

screen to document your results on.
This screen may be printed
PAGE 9
GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE 4
1. Disconnect the P1 and P2 leads from the Anode and Cathode HV tanks. Use electrical
tape and tape off the leads to avoid any short circuits.
2. Run KV Loop Test. Observe any errors.
* PROCEDURE 5
The following procedure will test the HV Fiber Optic circuit ( valid only on the new KV
boards, 46-321198G1).
1. From plasma select Utilities / Xray generation / KV loop / HV Fiber Optics.

Increase the test duration to 4 seconds and watch the LED’s toggling at the Cathode
and Anode inverters. (KV inverter covers will have to be removed to see the LED’s)
Be sure that 550VDC is removed before removing covers.
2. Follow the procedure on the CD ROM.
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 10
GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE 6
GE Medical Systems
This section provides some observations related to the MA board signals and filament problems.
Attached are sample signals and scenarios.
• With software all the way down to the > prompt the Ma board in OBC should have no LED’s turned on.
• With software up and at application level and OBC controller is up the following is observed.
• DS2 INVEN is ON
• DS14 INVON is ON
• if DS13 (SMSP) is off that means the system defaulted to Large spot Filament.
• No RED LED’s should be on otherwise it indicates a fault.
The following readings were obtained with the tube disconnected from the xfmr.
Tube Filament OHMS as follows.
L - C 0.7 to 0.3 ohms

S - C 0.7 to 0.3 ohms
L - S 0.7 to 0.3 ohms
Xfmr Pri OHMS as follows
XL1 - XLC 0.3 ohms

XLC - XL2 0.3 ohms
XS1 - XSC 0.3 ohms
XS2 - XSC 0.3 ohms
Xfmr SEC OHMS as follows
L - C 0.3 ohms
C - S 0.3 ohms
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
GE Medical Systems
MA Selection Relay K78 on OBC Backplane .
Be sure to check that the relay is working properly. To test it use this approach.Use
Utilities/XrayGeneration/Diags/Ma Loop/ to toggle between Large spot and small spot filament observe
that DS13 (SMSP) is turning on when small spot is selected and extinguishes when Large spot is selected
YOU DO NOT NEED THE TUBE HOOKED UP TO BE ABLE TO TOGGLE THE FILAMENT
SELECTION. ( Hi voltage Cables from the tube can be disconnected while doing this test).
Note: With the tube unhooked no red LED’s on the MA board should be on at the diags level.
Gotcha’s: If the inverter circuit on the MA board fails it may give an indication of an open filament
problem DS9 (open filament) and DS7 (inv fault) may be on, if you try to toggle between Large and
small spot it will fail because of an already pre-existing condition do not be fooled into thinking that it
is a filament selection or an open filament problem most likely it is the MA board that is bad.
Use page 33 of Direction 46-018318 for continuity checks on the Filament connections.
Attached are sample waveforms of the Filament drive signals.
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
APPENDIX A- PAGE 2 OF 4
TP22 MA BOARD (FILAMENT COMMAND)
TP27 MA BOARD (FILAMENT CENTER TAP)

TP 29 MA BOARD (FILAMENT 2)
TP32 MA BOARD (FILAMENT 1)

GE Medical Systems
* APPENDIX B
ROTOR TESTS
* TOOLS AVAILABLE FOR ROTOR TESTS
A. Rotor Manual Tests (Proprietary Diags)
B. Frequency Sweep Test (Proprietary Diags)
C. Manual Mode from the OBC CTVRC Control Board.
________________________________________________________________________
A. Rotor Manual Tests
This diagnostic is accessed from the plasma: Utilities / Diags / Download Diags /
Gantry / Rotor / Rotor Manual.
This test allows the user to operate the rotor in a similar manner as the applications
or in a special test configuration for troubleshooting. Test configurations include
open loop, closed loop , rail voltage off, 50VDC (diagnostic Mode), and 550VDC.
USER SELECTIONS.
Rotor Speed: This allows a chose of one of three rotor speeds. Some tubes are
limited to two rotor speeds even though the selection allows three. An invalid
choice is automatically changed to the next valid selection.
Rail Voltage: This selection allows the rotor to be operated normally ( 550VDC )
or decrease the voltage ( 50VDC) when severe faults are present such as capacitor
overvoltage, shorts, or shoot-thrus.
Test Duration: This selection controls the duration of the run cycle. Range is 10
to 1800 seconds.
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
GE Medical Systems
Rotor Loop:This selection opens or closes the rotor control loop. Closing the loop
enables the CTVRC to regulate the stator current to the expected value, however,
problems can be concealed in this mode. Open loop allows subtle problems in
performance to be detected. During 0 or 50V operation, the open loop mode
should be selected to prevent the CTVRC from saturating the output control
signals.
RESULTS SCREEN.
The following is an example of a good Rotor Manual Test results screen.
No. Device Expected Present

__________________________________________________________________________________________________
1. CTVRC operating mode: IDLE
2. Green stator current:
Present current ----- 2.595A
3. Black stator current:
4. White stator current:
5. Stator temperature rise (190C limit): 40C
6. Rail voltage: 550V 553V
7. High capacitor side voltage: 275V 279V
8. Low side capacitor voltage: 275V 273V
9. Current command voltage: 4.390V 4.371V
10. Pulse width command voltage: 1.745V 1.736V
11. CTVRC reference voltage: 10.000V 10.002V
12. CTVRC operating frequency: ---- 110HZ
13. Status register: ---- 00H
14. Fault register: 00H 00H
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
GE Medical Systems
B. Frequency Sweep Test
This diagnostic is accessed from plasma: Utilities / Diags / Download Diags l

Gantry / Rotor /Freq Sweep.
Testing consists of sweeping the rotor operating frequency while reading the
black and green stator currents. The rail voltage of 50VDC and a maximum
pulse width setting is used for collecting data. The stator currents measured versus
the operating frequency are displayed. Normal operating ranges are: Black and
Green stator currents should peak between 130HZ and 170HZ, Green stator
currents peak 10HZ higher than Black stator currents.
RESULTS SCREEN
The following is an example of a good results screen.
CTVRC Frequency Test Status
No. Frequency Black Stator Green Stator

__________________________________________________________________________
1. 80HZ 647MA 610MA

2. 90HZ 707MA 690MA
3. 100HZ 830MA 770MA
4. 110HZ 940MA 927MA
5. 120HZ 1037MA 1020MA
6. 130HZ 1177MA 1080MA
7. 140HZ 1210MA 1165MA
8. 150HZ 1257MA 1262MA
9. 160HZ 1270MA* 1262MA
10. 170HZ 1202MA 1287MA* *CURRENTS PEAK
11. 180HZ 1142MA 1215MA
12. 190HZ 1117MA 1160MA
13. 200HZ 1037HZ 1135HZ
14. 210HZ 952MA 1092MA
15. 220HZ 897MA 1032HZ
RAIL VOLTAGE: 51V
____________________________________________________________________________
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
GE Medical Systems
C. Manual Mode from the CTVRC Control Board
The rotor can be run manually using the CTVRC control board. On the CTVRC
control board, place S3 in the MAN position. Place S2 in the FOR position. Hold
S1 (BOOST) for about 13 sec. to accel the rotor. To brake, place S2 in the REV
position, and hold S1.
OTHER CHECKS:
Ohm the stator windings: Green to Black = 24 ohms

Green to White = 24 ohms
Black to White = 48 ohms
ALL to Gnd = infinity
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
CENTRAL ATLANTIS REGION
APPENDIX B- PAGE 4 OF 4
SERVICE NOTE
SN T-1333
1.0 SAFETY / TAG and LOCKOUT 2
2.0 SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE TOOLS 3

AVAILABLE FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
3.0 ERROR 183182 (I/O relays closed, pilot relays NOT closed 4
no 550vdc.) Use toolbook, system Power Control, 550VDC
control, T/S Flowchart .
4.0 ERROR 183158 (I/O relays closed, pilot relays closed, no 5

550vdc.) Check CTVRC fuses, check interlocks, check
x-ray/drives on. Use manual switch to verify 550vdc operation
SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 184186 (SRU
Mains Low) suspect 480vac feed fuses.
PROBLEM DETERMINATION
4.1.1 SCENARIO 1) DCRGS 480VAC Backup Contactor not 6
receiving the command to close, or being commanded
to open when 550vdc is needed .
4.1.2 SCENARIO 2) 550vdc not up at all, or not enough 7
4.1.3 SCENARIO 3) 550vdc monitoring circuit not working 7
5.0 ERROR 184186 (SRU indicates mains low.) 8

SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 1841158
(no 550vdc) suspect 480vac feed fuses
6.0 RESISTANCE CHART (as measured from the DCRGS "point of view" 9
TS1 - TS2 227 ohm / 180 ohm (load connected) 9
TS1 - GND 173K / 166K (load connected) 9
TS1 - TS2 199 ohm (load disconnected) 10
TS1 - GND 500K / 173K (load disconnected) 10
7.0 RESISTANCE CHART (as measured from the LOAD's "point of view" 11
Gantry cable disconnected from DCRGS TS-1 and TS-2
Red to Black 18K ohm 11
Red or Black to ground 255K ohm 11
8.0 CONTACTOR RESISTANCE 12

Coil resistance
9.0 RING RESISTANCE 13
9.1 Ring 1 to Ring 2 RESISTANCE 14
10.0 WAVEFORMS 15
10.1 TP-2 (output voltage) to TP-4 (reference) 15
10.2 TP-3 (output current) to TP-4 (reference) 15
10.3 TP-8 (delay angle) to TP-4 (reference) 16
11.0 TEST POINTS and LIGHTS 17

SERVICE NOTE
SN T-1333
1.0 SAFETY / TAG and LOCKOUT

The 550vdc that the DCRGS generates is actually +275vdc and (-)
275vdc. It is not referenced directly to ground. However the
building conduit that contains the 480vac feed will act as an AC
capacitor allowing the AC component of the 550vdc to seek an
asymmetrical ground. This is a return path for current in the
event you come into contact with the 50vdc and ground. 550vdc is
not forgiving when physical contact is made.
A large majority of electrical accidents could of been prevented

with the proper use of Tag and Lockout. Tag and Lockout
Procedures are company policy. It is also common sense. Use it.
SERVICE NOTE
SN T-1333
2.0 SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE TOOLS AVAILABLE FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
PROPRIETY DIAGNOSTICS
X-Ray Generation / X-Ray interlock / I-O status
X-Ray Generation / Back-up Contactor or X-ray Generation 550VDC
NOTE: Backup Contactor will always display "ENERGIZED" this is a bug.
TOOLBOOK
Troubleshooting / X-ray Generation / 550V Backup Contactor Itlk / Backup Contactor
Functional Test / T/S Flowchart
Troubleshooting / System Monitoring / Mains Undervoltage
CAUTION WHEN USING
Troubleshooting / System Monitoring / 550 VDC Control
CAUTION WHEN USING
Troubleshooting / System Power Control / 550 VDC Control
NOTE: Good flowchart
SCHEMATICS
Direction 46-018318 (skinny yellow spiral bound notebook)
550VDC Backup Contactor Interlocks - pages 16 & 17 for rev 4.
Pages 16 &17 are the 24vdc side of Backup Contactor Control.
550VDC Control, pages 61 and 62 (rev. 4) Pages 61 & 62 are the 120vac side of the
Backup Contactor control
Mains Undervoltage, page 56 (rev. 4)
550V Monitor, page 57 (rev 4)
Direction 46-018303 Revision 7

Zeus_PDU_Interconnect page 2-22 thru 2-25 and page 2-28 for
DCRGS_PDU_PANEL relay control bd. interconnects.
PDU_Transformer_Fuse_panel page 2-25 480VAC fuses that feed the DCRGS
550VDC Backup Contactor Interlocks pag es 4-13/4-14 Duplicate of what is in
Direction 46-018318
Rotor Control and 550V Monitor Functional Interconnect, pages 4-23 and 4-24
Mains Undervoltage and 550V Monitor, pages 4-59 and 4-61
High Voltage Test Mode page 4-65
550VDC Control, page 4-67
Gantry I/O schematics, page 5-129 Use for the 24vdc control side
of 550vdc command
CTVRC Bd. schematics page 5-146
Use for 550vdc monitoring
Relay Control Bd. schematics page 5-194
Use for the 24vdc pilot relay and 120vdc side of 550vdc command.
SERVICE NOTE
SN T-1333

Thu Feb. 24 06:54:24 1994
Suite: CCT2 Host: OBC Proc: Generator Error:183182
File: Method: No Method Line:615
Function: SYSTEM POWER CONTROL:550VDC Control
Scan: 65001/1/0 Type: Axial
Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 06:54:22:395 Log Series:212
I/O board fault detected
I/O board pilot relays are closed. PDU pilot not energized.
BCSTAT=0,550 VDC not active.
EXPLANATION OF ERROR 183182: Refer to the Gantry I/O schematics (sheet 7, BCSTAT is an indicator of
current flow ing through the input of U287(opto-isolator). Reference Direction 46-018318 550VDC Backup
Contactor Interlocks to determine current flow path. Reference Direction 46-018318 550vdc Backup Contactor
Interlocks and follow "550 man" and "550vdc overdrive enable" to trouble-shoot if Contactor will not come up
in manual mode.
A LITTLE MORE EXPLANATION: U287 opto-isolator checks the current in the pilot relay loop ONLY.
The current in the actual DCRGS Contactor is not monitored. +24vdc comes from the Relay Control
Board to the Gantry I/O , then back out to the Relay Control
Board to pull in the Back-up Contactor Pilot relays.
OBJECTIVE WHILE TROUBLE-SHOOTING: Find out why U287 opto-isolator IS NOT detecting current
in the pilot relay loop when the firmware has enabled K251 and K245 (Gantry I/O bd.)
TROUBLE-SHOOTING; Revision 6 of toolbook has a good flowchart for this error. Major function is
:SYSTEM POWER CONTROL", minor function is "550VDC control". (Per the error log message
function). the path to the flow chart is : Troubleshoot (book), System Power Control, 550VDC control, T/S
flowchart.
The theory section has a very good schematic and an explanation

to follow along with. The path for the schematic is: Theory Main
Menu, PDU, PDU Control Diag, 550V Service Controls. The 550V
Service Control Function is best for the 120vac side of the control functions.
********* DIAGNOSTIC NOTE: Functional Test Results Screen for Backup

Contactor will always indicate energized regardless of state, CQA has been written to correct this.
********* TROUBLESHOOTING HINT: Referencing the theory diagrams in

toolbook, use jumpers to jump out the suspected faulty sections.
This will bypass the fault and bring power directly to the
respective coil, this proving the fault.
********* TROUBLESHOOT THIS ERROR ANY TIME THE DIAGNOSTIC 550V DOESN'T WORK.
SERVICE NOTE
SN T-1333
764841050 Mon Mar 28 07:50::50 1994 183158 2
GECT OBC Generator
No Method 642
Function:SYSTEM MONITORING: 550V Monitor
Scan:4055/2/1 Type: Static
Exception Level: Pri/Most Severe Time: 07:50:48:810 Log Series;32
DC Rail not sensed in 2 seconds.
Pilot relays on I/O board closed, pilot relay in PDU energized.
Voltage sensed by CTVRC board=1V .0VDC SOMETIMES
EXPLANATION OF ERROR 183158: The 550vdc generated by the DCRGS was

not detected as being greate r than SPEC within 2 seconds.
SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 184186 (no 550vdc suspect 480vac feed fuses.
OBJECTIVE WHILE TROUBLESHOOTING: These are three scenarios why the

550VDC wasn't detected as being greater than SPEC within 2 seconds.
Scenario 1) DCRGS 480vac Backup Contactor not commanded to
close, or being commanded to open when 550vdc is needed.
Scenario 2) 550vdc not up at all, or not enough.
Scenario 3) 550vdc monitoring circuit not working.
TROUBLESHOOTING: Error 183158 indicates that U287 opto-isolator (on

the Gantry I/O Bd.) has detected current going to the DCRGS
Back-up Contactor pilot relays (on the Relay Control Bd. in the
PDU), but no 550vdc has resulted within 2 seconds.
Error 183158 can be divided into three areas, control problem,
DCRGS/Load problem, or a 550vdc monitor circuitry problem.
The Back Up Contactor command control circuitry can be broken

down into two circuit. The primary side which involves the Gentry I/O
and the Back-up Contactor pilot relays on the PDU Relay
Control Bd. The primary side is a 24vdc control signal. Because the
Gentry I/O has detected current in this part of the circuitry,
the problem most likely is not with this part of the control
circuitry. The so called secondary side would be the 120vac to the DCRGS
Backup Contactor coil. Refer to direction 46-018318, 550vdc control.
The monitor circuit for the 550vdc is on the CTVRC Power Amp, and OBC CTVRC Control bd.
SERVICE NOTE
SN T-1333
SECTION 4.1.0 PROBLEM DETERMINATION

For ERROR 183158
SECTION 4.1.1 Scenario 1) DCRGS 480vac Backup Contactor not

receiving the command to close, or being commanded to open
when 550vdc is needed.
CONTACTOR COMES IN AND DROPS OUT WITH AN APPLICATIONS PLASMA

COMMAND .
Bring up the 550vdc through the plasma screen. (Diagnostics, or tube warm-up, etc). If the 550vdc Contactor come in an
drops out right away, the problem is most likely with the DCRGS not delivering 550vdc or the monitoring circuit not
detecting 550vdc. THE 550vdc Contactor will be commanded to drop out after 2 seconds if the firmware doesn't detect
voltage. If the Contactor does drop out after a few seconds if the firmware doesn't detect voltage. If the Contactor does
drop out after a few seconds, the first thing to check are the fuses on the CTVRC Power Amp (550vdc input to the
monitoring circuitry). If these are blown, the monitoring circuit on the CTVRC will not detect voltage, therefore produci
this error message.
Try bringing up the 550vdc using diagnostics (Diags/X-Ray Generation/550vdc/Back-up Contactor) and command a lon
enough time to measure the 550vdc. (Diags will allow the 550vdc to stay up if not detected by the CTVRC).
If the Contactor doesn't come in, proceed to "CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMA
COMMAND".
If 550vdc can be produced proceed to "CONTACTOR COMES IN AND 550VDC IS PRESENT".
If 550vdc is not produced with the Contactor in, proceed to "CONTACTOR COMES IN AND NO 550VDC".
CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMA COMMAND . If the DCRGS

550vdc Contactor doesn't come in at all. Since U287 has detected current in the "primary" (24vdc control), the problem
most likely is with the "secondary" (120vac) side of the control circuitry. This scenario can be verified by using the test
switch on the PDU Relay Control Bd. If the "secondary" is the problem, then using the test switch will not bring in the
Contactor. Items to check are:
120vac to the Relay Control BD.
X-Ray/Drives are on
550vdc enable on Gantry
Safety Switch
Relay Control Bd.
CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMA COMMAND AND WILL

COME IN WITH THE RELAY CONTROL BD. TEST SWITCH .
This is an unlikely scenario because it indicates that the 24vdc primary command circuitry is not working. If this circuitr
is not working, U287 would detect no current and flag error 183182 "PDU pilot relay not energized". If this condition is
verified to be true refer to direction 46-018318 550VDC BACKUP CONTACTOR INTERLOCKS for the schematics, a
good luck.
SERVICE NOTE
SN T-1333
CONTACTOR DOESN'T COME IN AT ALL WITH A PLASMA COMMAND AND WILL NOT
COME IN WITH THE RELAY CONTROL BD TEST SWITCH.
Use the Manual 550vdc switch on the Relay Control Bd. to bring up 550vdc manually. If the DCRGS 480vac Backup
Contactor does not come in the problem is most likely the 120vac "secondary". Items to check are:
120vac to the Relay Control Bd.
X-Ray/drives are on
550vdc enable on Gantry safety SW
Relay Control Bd.
SECTION 4.1.2
SCENARIO 2) 550vdc not up at all, or not enough.
CONTACTOR COMES IN AND NO 550VDC (Must be done using diags or with the test switch on the Relay Control b
otherwise firmware will command to turn Contactor off if 550vdc is not detected.)
Use the 550vdc test switch on the Relay Control bd. if the 550vdc Contactor comes in and stays in but no 550vdc is
produced at the output of the DCRGS, then the problem is most likely no power into the DCRGS or a DCRGS failure, o
the load (gantry components) is loading down the DCRGS. Items to check are:
480vac power into the DCRGS.
Fuses that feed the DCRGS
Disconnect the load at TS1, TS2 and retry
SECTION 4.1.3
SCENARIO 3) 550vdc monitoring circuit not working.
CONTACTOR COMES IN AND 550VDC IS PRESENT (Using test switch on Relay Control Bd.) This scenario indicat
that the monitoring circuitry is not working. The first thing to check are the 550vdc fuses on the CTVRC power amp. Th
second thing is to check the test points on the OBC CTVRC control board. these are the test points that firmware monito
for 550vdc within two seconds.
SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 5.0
ERROR 184186 (SRU Indicates Mains Low)
764841201 Mon. Mar 28 07:53:21 1994 184186 2
GECT STC Scan Control
scMainsMonitor.c 1.8 No Method 210
Function: SYSTEM MONITORING: Mains Undervoltage
Scan: 4055/2/0 type: None/Unknown
Exception Level: Pri/soft Time: 07:53:19:370 Log Series: 24
SRU indicates mains low
HW ERROR:Power input problem
EN 34
EXPLANATION OF ERROR 184186: Refer to direction 46-018318 Mains

Undervoltage for the monitor part. Also refer to direction
46-018303 PDU_TRANSFORMER_FUSE_PANEL (page 2-25 in rev 7). The
Mains Undervoltage monitor the voltage at PDU fuses
A5F10,F11,F12. If this voltage is low, or if a phase is missing
(i.e. blown fuse), the system will report this error.
SPECIAL NOTE: If accompanied with error 183158 (no 550vdc) suspect 480vac feed fus
OBJECTIVE WHILE TROUBLESHOOTING: Find out why the STC Axial board
detected a "Mains Undervoltage" from the DCRGS.
TROUBLESHOOTING; Refer to schematics 46-018303 (page 2-28 for rev 7), this is the schematic for the
small 1/10 amp fuses that feed the monitoring circuit. Schematic 46-018303 (page 2-24 for rev 7
this is the schematic of the 80amp fuses that feed the DCRGS.
Mains Undervoltage in direction 46-018318 will give the schematic for the interconnects to the Axial bd.
SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 6.0 RESISTANCE CHART
(WITH SLIP RING LOAD CONNECTED)
1a) Forward bias (red meter lead on TS1) Reverse bias (black meter lead on TS1
Red wire connected TS1

Red meter lead
To the Slip Ring 227 180
ohms
TS2 _ +
Connected
Fig 1a LOAD CONNECTED

SERVICE NOTE
1b) Forward bias (red lead on TS2) Reverse bias (black lead on TS2)
Red wire connected

TS1
Red meter lead

166k
ohms
TS2 _
Connected
+
Fig 1b LOAD CONNECTED
Move red meter lead

to TS2 to check TS2 to gnd.
SERVICE NOTE

(WITH SLIP RING LOAD DISCONNECTED)
1c) Forward bias (red meter lead on TS1) Reverse bias (black meter lead on TS1)
Red wire disconnected

TS1
Red meter lead
To the Slip Ring

199 ohm
ohms
Ground connected
TS2 _
+
Black wire disconnected Lower Left DCRGS Panel
Fig 1c LOAD DISCONNECTED

SERVICE NOTE
1d) Forward bias (red meter lead on TS1/TS2) Reverse bias (black meter lead on TS1/TS2)
Red wire disconnected TS1

Red meter lead

170k
ohms
TS2 _ +
Black wire disconnected
Fig 1d LOAD DISCONNECTED

SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 7.0
LOAD RESISTANCE FROM THE PDU (LOAD DISCONNECTED)
(i.e. with the big black and red wire disconnected and measuring the resistance of the big red and black wire.)
Forward bias (with the smaller chassis ground connected) Reverse bias
red 550vdc to blk 550vdc = 18k (approx. 20 sec to stabilize) 18k (4.7k after
4 minutes)
Red meter lead

TS1
18k
4.7 -18k
_
+
TS2
Fig 2a (LOAD DISCONNECTED)

SERVICE NOTE
2b) Forward Bias (with the smaller chassis ground connected) Reverse bias
red 550vdc to ground = 255k 255k
blk 550vdc to ground = 255k 255k
Red meter lead

TS1
255k ohm
_ +
TS2
Fig 2b (LOAD DISCONNECTED)

Move meter lead to check
the black wire
NOTE: With the ground wire (shield) disconnected, GROUND TO GROUND = 0.5 OHM
SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 8.0 480VAC INPUT CONTACTOR RESISTANCE READINGS
Output of Contactor (DCRGS side)
3a Forward Bias (red lead on T1) Reverse bias (black lead on T1)
(2) T1 to (4) T2 = 2.4 meg 2.4 meg
(2) T1 to (6) T3 = 2.4 meg 2.4 meg
3b) Forward Bias (red lead on T2) Reverse Bias (black lead on T2)
(4) T2 to (6) T3 = 2.4 meg 2.4 meg
3c) Forward Bias (red lead on T1,2,3) Reverse Bias (blk lead on T1,2,3)
Input to Contactor (Wall power side)

3d) Forward Bias (red lead on L1) Reverse Bias (blk lead on L1)
3e) Forward Bias (red lead on L2) Reverse Bias (blk lead on L2)
3f) Forward Bias (red lead on L1,2,3) Reverse Bias (blk lead on L1,2,3)
SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 9.0 ON THE RING ITSELF
(LOAD DISCONNECTED FROM THE DCRGS AT THE DCRGS)

(Measure on the inside of the slip ring)
4a) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 7) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 7)
ring 7 to 9 = 27.8 meg ring 7 to 9 = 4.38 meg
ring 7 to gantry ground = 71 ohm ring 7 to gantry ground = 71 ohm
4b) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 7) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 7)
4c) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 7) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 7)
4d) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 8) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 8)
ring 8 to gantry ground = open ring 8 to gantry ground = open
ring 8 is open to all other rings (11,12,13,14) ring 8 is open to all other rings
4e) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 9) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 9)
ring 9 to gantry ground = 4.38 meg ohm ring 9 to gantry ground = 27 meg
4f) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 10) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 10)
4g) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 11) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 11)
ring 11 to 10 = 0.5 ohm ring 11 to 10 = 0.5 ohm
4h) Forward Bias (red lead on ring 9) Reverse Bias (blk lead on ring 9)
ring 9 to 11,12,13,14 = 4 meg ohm ring 9 to 11,12,13,14 = 28 meg ohm
SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 9.1
A SPECIAL NOTE ON RING 1 AND 2
THIS MESSAGE IS IN REGARDS TO DASIOP PARITY ERRORS ON THE HSA SCANNER. QUITE
OFTEN THESE ERRORS ARE THE RESULT OF RESISTIVE BUILD UP ON THE SLIP RINGS
(RINGS 1-6). TO DETERMINE IF THE RINGS/BRUSHES ARE AT FAULT, A RESISTANCE
READING MUST BE TAKEN ACROSS THE RING, THIS CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED BY
1. REMOVE POWER VIA A1 DISCONNECT
2. GAIN ACCESS TO THE SLIP RINGS
3. WITH AN OHM METER. ATTACH ONE LEAD TO THE STATIONARY

BUFFER BOARD, RING 1. USE THE ALLEN SCREW HEAD,
ATTACH THE OTHER LEAD TO THE ROTATING BOARD ON THE INSIDE OF
THE GANTRY.
4. ROTATE THE GANTRY BOARD 30-90 DEGREES WHILE OBSERVING

THE METER. YOU SHOULD OBSERVE LESS THAN 1 OHM
WHILE ROTATING SLOWLY.
5. REPEAT WITH RINGS 2 - 6.
WHEN THE RINGS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR GENERATING THESE ERRORS, YOU WILL
NORMALLY SEE READING OF 3 OHMS OR GREATER. DO NOT RELY ON THE APPEARANCE OF
THE RINGS , QUITE OFTEN THEY LOOK TO BE DIRTY BUT THEY ARE WELL WITHIN SPEC.
RELY ON YOUR OHM METER.
IF THE RINGS REQUIRE CLEANING USE SOMETHING SLIGHTLY ABRASIVE WITH A GRIIT
GREATER THAN 400. A LARGE PEN ERASER WILL WORK WELL, REMEMBER, THE SILVER
COATING ON THE RINGS IS THIS AND CONTINUOS SCRUBBING ON THE RINGS CAN WEAR
THROUGH TO THE COPPER UNDERNEATH.
SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 10.0 WAVEFORMS
TP2 (Output Voltage) to TP4 (reference)
Scope time base at 0.1 sec/d
TP3 (Output Current) to TP4 (reference)

SERVICE NOTE
TP 8 (Delay Angle) to TP4 (reference)

The Delay Angle determines the desired output voltage (550vdc) for a given current load

SERVICE NOTE
SECTION 11 CONTROL BD LEDs
LED STATUS
DCRGS Status Power On Intl Open Cap Unbal O/C Under volt Phase Loss
Power first applied to ON off ON off ON ON
DCRGS after having
been off
480vac applied and ON off off off off off

550vdc on
550vdc turned off (120vac ON off off off off ON

power still applied to
control board)
*** CAUTION LIGHTS MAY NOT BE THE SAME EACH TIME POWER IS TURNED ON ***
Ernie Waldron
OLC

APPENDIX D-PAGE 1 OF 3

APPENDIX D- PAGE 2 OF 3
ANODE HV TANK MEAS. BRD TP1, 140 KV, 2 SEC

KV FEEDBACK POT Rev "A" 4/18/95 Cent. Atl support team
Purpose of this information: To reinforce that the kv feedback test points DO NOT
reflect actual kv across the tube. The purpose of the kv gain pot is to ensure that
there is a gain of 1 (one) between the tube kv measurement (meas bd) and tube
kv reporting (kv test points.) The reason that kv test points (on a normally operating
system) will never be different than commanded, is that this is the mode the closed
closed loop uses to regulate the kv. If this test point is wrong the system will change
inverter current to compensate. It takes milliseconds to do this, therefore it looks
like these points never change.
Another reason for this documentation is to emphasize how far off the kv gain pots
can be adjusted and the system still think that the kv across the tube is what the
cooling algorithm thinks it is.
DEFINITIONS: "Turns cw" The kv gain pot was turned fully ccw, then turned cw oneturn at a time
"bleeder" KV bleeder installed in system. This is actual kv across the tube.
"kvan" "kvca" anode and cathode test points on the kv control board.
NOTE that one turn cw (from fully ccw) will bring the gain closer to one, resulting
in the bleeder voltage come up closer to the test point. This is true up until 15 turns
when the gain is less than one. Now the actual kv across the tube is GREATER
THAN the test points (measurement gain less than one).
SUMMARY: A properly adjusted kv gain pot should be in the neighborhood of about 15 turns.
ANODE CATHODE
FULLY CCW (starting pt) FULLY CCW (starting pt)
TURNS BLEEDER (KV +) TURNS BLEEDER (KV -)
CW CW
2 44.854 5.9823 2 45.036 6.0004
3 45.751 5.9095 3 45.438 6.0192
4 47.008 5.9711 4 46.473 6.0306
5 48.266 5.9639 5 47.47 6.0232
6 49.543 5.9631 6 48.576 6.0274
7 50.614 5.9601 7 49.731 6.0244
8 51.613 5.9493 8 50.84 6.0235
9 52.615 5.9554 9 51.835 6.0238
10 53.705 5.9445 10 52.749 6.0327
11 54.883 5.9449 11 54.065 6.0235
12 56.103 5.9442 12 55.337 6.0241
13 57.32 5.9361 13 56.49 6.0225
14 58.315 5.9324 14 57.861 6.0207
15 59.532 5.931 15 58.917 6.0309
16 60.527 5.9238 16 60.06 6.0192
17 61.763 5.9081 17 61.354 6.0263
18 62.041 5.9359 18 62.695 6.0324
19 63.041 5.9328 19 63.68 6.0213
20 64.108 5.9361 20 65.114 6.0253
21 65.136 5.9479 21 66.429 6.0213
22 66.118 5.955 22 67.334 6.0327
23 67.122 5.9636 23 68.731 6.0293
24 69.134 5.9706 24 69.827 6.0303
25 69.164 5.986 25 70.917 6.0238
26 70.081 5.9981 26 71.974 6.0275
27 71.157 5.9385 27 73.147 6.0297
28 72.092 5.9854 28 74.256 6.0235
29 73.171 5.9838 29 74.961 6.0241
30 74.155 5.9801 30 75.041 6.0244
SYSTEM TUBE SOFTWARE AP SARC TUBE/RESISTOR HHS FORM
TYPE ST- CT GATE VERIFICATION
BD Collimator ctrl bd. #/date
HSA/VX D3102T "ZC" LFC for HSA only NA NA NA #F4879X
RP RP 2.0 2/28/94
HLA D3202T "XD" LFC TP17 = analog gnd #F4567
NA 46-288466G1 TP1 = -5.5v 11/17/93
TP2 = -2.8
9800 FPS w/Xenon D3212T LFC + use "QJDP" #2105962
Load file "6" from "QJDP" NA NA TP17 = analog gnd #F4567
INIT MT0;MT0:6 TP1 = -2.8v 11/17/93
UPSYS;REGEN - select D3212T TP2 = -5.5v
9800Q w/Xenon D3212T LFC + use "WHDP" #2105964
Load file "6" from "WHDP" NA TP17 = analog gnd #F4567
INIT MT0;MT0:6 NA TP1 = -2.8v 11/17/93
UPSYS;REGEN - select D3212T TP2 = -5.5v
9800Q w/HiLight D3202T (HLA) tube LFC + use "WHDP" #2105964 FMI 25169 Pub. Mem Kit FMI 25170 2Meg Mem Kit
or HTD (Note) 1st time order FMI 25168 Load file "6" from "WHDP" Pub Mem = 256 or 512K Main Mem = 2Meg TP17 = analog gnd
HTD requires that FMI 25168 comes with "WG" INIT MT0;MT0:6 Master IOC 46-288466G1 TP1 = -5.5v #F4567
the workaround be software UPSYS;REGEN - select D3202T 10050244 ..... B 10050230 ..... C TP2 = -2.8 11/17/93
performed as per 10003944 ..... 15 10050055 ..... 23
"WG" load D3212T To run a "KR" with "WG" Software 10004180 ..... B 10004260 ..... 2 Part Numbers
procedure. UPSYS;REGEN - select D3212T Slave QJDP 2105962
"WHDP" not required 10050246 ..... E Backplane jumper WHDP1 2105963
** 1st time order "WG" until "WH" software FMI 10050039 ..... F Slot 5 - P1 - Row A - Pin 7 WHDP2 2105964
is released 10004476 ..... B to
"WG" #2105672 10004300 ..... B Slot 6 - P1 - Row C - Pin 8
"WH" .... FMI 25153 HiLight Detector systems
"WH" .... FMI 25166 Xenon Detector systems Configure "HCHIOP" boards as "CHIOP" bds
SW # 1,5,8 on SW # 2,3,4,6,7 off
YMS HHS FORM NEW TUBES AND KERNALS

SYSTEMS TUBE DATE TUBE KERNAL FILE
PROSPEED 8K/6K D3112T #F4567 11/17/1993 D3222T ...................................

KERNALS.NC
D3212T ...................................
KERNALS.CP
SYTEC 4K/3K/2K D3302T #F4567 11/17/1993 D3202T ...................................
KERNALS.HA
D3213T ...................................
KERNALS.ST
CT PACE/PLUS D3302T #F4567 11/17/1993 KERNELS.DA is file the that is actually used
and will appear as a link to one of the files above
CT 9000 D3412T #F4567 11/17/1993 Proper file selection is selected in "REGEN"
DKJ 10-24-95
CT MAX D3502T #F4567 11/17/1993
SRI/SYNERGY D3122T #F4567 11/17/1993

GE Medical Systems
HSA/RP/VX
BIBLIOGRAPHY
• HSA FUNCTIONAL INTERCONNECT 46-018318
• SN T-1333 HSA / RP 550VDC DCRGS TROUBLESHOOTING
• SN T-1282 HSA - ISOLATING THE XRAY TUBE AS A FRU
• SN T-1281 HSA GENCAL SLOPE PROBLEMS
• FIELD HV CLASS - ERNIE WALDRON - OLC
• HSA CD-ROM
REV A
5/12/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
BIBLIOGRAPHY
DIRECTION 2145708, Rev 0 GE Medical Systems
CT 9800 / HLA
HIGH VOLTAGE
BEST
PRACTICES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2-4. HV Troubleshooting Flow Diagrams
5. Procedure #1 - 9800 / HLA Tube Spit Verification
6. Procedure #2 - Visual Checks
7. Procedure #3 - Perform GenCal, Heat Soak
8. Procedure #4 - Anode, Cathode Spits
9. Procedure #5 - Hi-Pot Procedure
10,10A. Procedure #6 - Disabling The Overload Circuit
APPENDIX A. Rotor Checks
B. MA Verification
C. TGGC / Filament Setup
D. Filament Current Drift Test #1
E. Filament Current Drift test #2
F. CT Tube / Software Configuration Chart
G. 9800 / HLA High Voltage Fetch Faults
H. MA+ and MA- Waveforms
BIBLIOGRAPHY
REV A
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
______________________________________________________GE Medical Systems
Introduction
This guide was assembled in order to assist the GE Field Service Engineer troubleshoot high voltage
problems on 9800 and Hilight Advantage CT systems. It is not intended to be a “fix-all” procedure, but a
simplified guide to identify the subsystem or subcomponent that is causing the problem. This document
includes existing and new procedures.
The flow chart on the pages 2-4 has references in corner blocks to the numbered procedures in this
document. Use these procedures along with existing CT service manuals to troubleshoot your particular
system problem.
Any comments or suggestions should be addressed to one of the CT Support Engineers in the Central
Atlantic Region.
Fadi Choujaa
Dawten Kuhn
Ken Ross
REV A
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 1
CT9800 / HLA HIGH VOLTAGE TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW.

NOTE: VERIFY
NOTE: CORRECT
VERIFY ROTOR
CORRECT STANDBY,
ROTOR ACCEL,
STANDBY, AND RUN
ACCEL, AND VOLTAGES!
RUN VOLTAGES!
(Reference APPENDIX A)
Start
hard
Generator Proceed to
overloads? page 4
3
intermittent
1 Scope
TP7, TGGC
A2 Board
Visually inspect
NO the tube and
transformer
Tube Suspect
Tube wells and
Spits ? candlesticks.
Transformer
Perform heat
HV Cables
soak and
Generator
GENCAL
TGGC
YES O/L Board 2,3
Suspect
Tube,
Transformer,
NO
HV Cables
A System OK?
Visually inspect tube and YES

xfmer wells and
candlesticks. Perform
high technic exp. Look for
arcing in xfmer.
2,3
Return
system
to customer
YES NO
Correct any Install Bleeder. Check
Problems
problems Anode and Cathode
found. found?
separately for spits
B C
CT 9800 / HLA HIGH VOLTAGE TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW (cont.)
B C
YES Are spits NO

more
prevalent on
A or C?
NO Swap HV cables Perform heat

Are the
Repeat test soak and
spits
GENCAL
gone?
3
YES A
NO YES
Did the Are the Return
problem spits system to
Return move? gone? customer
system
to
customer
YES NO
Suspect Suspect
HV Cable tube
NOTE: AFTER REPAIRS ARE COMPLETE, PERFORM KV AND MA GAIN AND OFFSET
ADJUSTMENTS AT THE TGGC, KV SLOPE ADJUSTMENT, ROTOR ACCEL AND RUN
VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENTS, AND FILAMENT STANDBY AND BOOST ADJUSTMENTS.
CT 9800 / HLA HIGH VOLTAGE TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW. (cont.)
NO
Hard See intermittent
From
Generator Generator Overload
page 2
Overloads? Flow Chart
YES
Hi-Pot the
tube and
HV cables.
5
NO Suspect tube or HV
Generator cables. Hi-Pot
Overloads? individually.
5
YES
NO
Visually inspect
Suspect
transformer wells
transformer,
and internal oil.
overload
Inspect internal
board,
components with
TGGC
flashlight
2
NO YES
Reconnect Defects Suspect
tube. Defeat found? Transformer
O/L board.
(CAUTION)
Make
Exposure
6
NO
System
operates
normally?
YES Suspect
O/L
board
__________________________________________ GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE #1
CT9800/HLA TUBE SPIT VERIFICATION
TUBE SPITS MAY BE DETECTED AT THE FOLLOWING TP WITHOUT THE USE OF A

BLEEDER. IF YOU SUSPECT HV PROBLEMS, USE A BLEEDER .
TP 7 ON GENERATOR I/O BOARD IS THE SUM OF BOTH (MA + AND MA -)THE

SYSTEM CONSTANTLY MONITORS MA - THUS A GOOD TEST POINT FOR
MONITORING TUBE SPITS.
• OBTAIN ACCESS TO TGGC CARD RACK
• SCOPE A2 GENERATOR I/O BOARD - TP7 & AGND

EACH MA WILL PRODUCE -20MV 100MA = -2V
• PERFORM SAME TYPE SCANS AS CUSTOMER WOULD PRESCRIBE &

TILT GANTRY DURING TESTS
REV A
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 5
PAGE 5
______________________________________________ GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE #2
VISUAL CHECKS
THIS SECTION WILL PERFORM CHECKS ON THE TRANSFORMER, TUBE WELLS, AND THE
HIGH VOLTAGE CABLES.
1. TRANSFORMER CHECKS
A. Inspect the oil in the wells for discoloration, contamination, and proper level.
Inspect the wells for cracks.
B. Remove the top cover on the 125KW transformer, inspect the oil for
discoloration and with a flashlight, checks for signs of arching and loose
connections inside the transformer. View the inside of the 80KW transformer
through the lexan cover.
C. If the oil seems acceptable, look for transforme r internal arcing while making test
exposures at a high technic (ex. 140KV, 170MA). You may have to turn
off the lights to observe any arcing.
(CAUTION!!: You should use safety precautions, including goggles, if
you are going to get close to the transformer opening.
IF ARCING IS OBSERVED, THE TRANSFORMER NEEDS REPAIR.
2. TUBE WELLS
A. Inspect the tube wells for arching and/or discolo ration. Also look for cracks in the
wells. Clean the wells and replace the oil with clean oil to the proper level.
Replace the “O” rings to insure that no oil leakage occurs.
3. HV CABLE CHECKS
A. Inspect the HV cable candlesticks for cracks, bent or missing pins, arcing, or
other physical damage. Do this at both the tube and transformer ends.
REV A
5/1/94
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 6
________________________________________________ GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE #3
PERFORM GENCAL
THIS PROCEDURE CALIBRATES THE GENERATOR TO INSURE CORRECT KV/MA VALUES. IT
IS NECESSARY TO RULE OUT GENERATOR CALIBRATION AS A CAUSE OF THE PROBLEM.
1. 9800 Systems.
-Use GC in CTDS to calibrate the generator. this is on the proprietary diag tape.
If unavailable, use Cal Assist under MG test.
2. Hilight Advantage Systems.

-From the plasma, navigate through Utilities/CT Tools/GenCal/auto. (You must
have your service key installed).
PERFORM HEAT SOAK

THIS PROCEDURE IS TWO FOLD: A HEAT SOAK AND SEASONING ARE DONE TO CLEAR ANY
MICRON SIZED PARTICLES THAT MAY BE IN THE TUBE INSERT. FOR MORE INFORMATION,
SEE DIR 18006, SECTION 9, PAGE 6-9-1 FOR CT9800 OR DIR 18209 PAGE 6-9-1 FOR HLA.
1. 9800 Systems.
-In CTDS type NT. (option 1 is recommended)
2. Hilight Advantage Systems.

-From the plasma, navigate through Utilities/CT Tools/New Tube/HeatSoakSeasoning.
REV A
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 7
___________________________________________________ GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE #4
ANODE, CATHODE SPITS
This section will check for spits on the Anode and Cathode separately. A bleeder and scope are needed for
this check.
1. Install the bleeder at the transformer and connect your scope to the bleeder. Perform
test exposures (preferably in genial) and check for spits on both the Anode and
Cathode separately. If one side is significantly higher than the other, turn off the
x-ray and drives and swap the HV cables at the Tube and Transformer. Perform
test exposures and note if the problem moved. If the problem moved, suspect a HV
cable.
2. Scope the MA+ and MA- at the transformer for spits if the procedure in #1 did not
show any spits. The MA +/- is sometimes a better indicator of spits.
NOTE: See Appendix H for examples of good MA +/- waveforms.
REV A
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 8
_____________________________________________________ GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE #5
HI-POT PROCEDURE
WARNING: The H.V. cables must always be inserted in the tube or bleeder.
Never leave cable pins exposed.
If the system fails with HARD generator overloads, even at low ma’s, you can perform this test.
1. Place a jumper across the current sense relay (XG1-A4-K1) contacts 2 to 5.
2. Remove the tube HV cables from the HV transformer and set aside.
3. Place the external bleeder and cables in the same wells (on the HV transformer) that the
tube cables were in.
4. Verify 2 inches of oil in the unused bleeder wells.
5. Perform genial exposures (0.7 sec). If the system fails with 20F2/20F8, suspect the
transformer. If it fails with 2101, suspect the tube or HV cables.
6. If there are any doubts, jumper the ma sense signal on the A2 board, U20 pins 9 to 10.
Perform GenCal exposures (0.7sec). If the system fails with 20F2/20F8, suspect the
transformer. If no errors occur, suspect the tube or HV cables.
7. If the tube or HV cables appear to be the problem, reinstall the tube HV cables in the
transformer and install the bleeder in place of the tube at the Gantry. Perform exposures
in genial. CAUTION: Ensure that the Gantry drive is disabled.
REV A
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 9
____________________________________________________ GE Medical Systems
* PROCEDURE #6
DISABLING THE OVERLOAD CKT
CAUTION!!!!: YOU SHOULD CONTACT YOUR RSE FOR HELP ON

THIS PART. IF THIS CIRCUIT IS OVER-
RIDDEN IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM AND POSSIBLY
PERSONAL INJURIES. PLEASE BE CAREFUL!
1. To disable the MA- overload protection, place a piece of tape on the edge of the
overload board: XG1A4A1 pin 4.
2. To disable the MA+ overload protection, place a piece of tape on the edge of the
overload board: XG1A4A1 pin 3. .
3. Use the schematics in the X-Ray Service Manual Direction 48-018006 page 7-14-5 and
7-33-1 for reference.
NOTE: See Flowchart on page 10A.
Please follow flowchart

Click here for flowchart
REV A
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
PAGE 10
CAUTION: YOU SHOULD CONTACT YOUR RSE BEFORE PERFORMING THIS

PROCEDURE. SPECIAL CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN PERFORMING
THIS PROCEDURE.
Disconnect the
MA+ circuit
(step 1)
NO Visually inspect the

Transformer. Scope
Overloads?
the KV waveform,
Anode and Cathode.
YES
Reconnect Suspect
MA+, NO
overload
Disconnect Spits?
board
MA- (step 2)
YES
NO Hi-Pot
Overloads? system.
Remove tube
from system.
YES
Suspect
Transformer Suspect Tube (Should
call RSE NO
have been done
Spits?
earlier)
YES
Suspect
Transformer
PAGE 10A
______________________________________________________ GE Medical Systems
* APPENDIX A
CT9800/HLA ROTOR CHECKS
EXCERPTS FROM DIRECTION 18006 AND 18209
OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS - HV PRESENT
* TP = TB1-6 & TB1-7 FLUKE METER OR EQUIVALENT
* STANDBY = 105 +/- 5VAC IF NOT ADJUST R78 ON A3 CARD

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACCELERATE ROTOR TO HIGH SPEED RUN AND VERIFY
* HI SPEED ACCEL = 385 +/- 5VAC IF NOT ADJUST R79 ON A3 CARD
* HI SPEED RUN = 100 +/- 5VAC (CT9800 ) IF NOT ADJUST R80 ON A3 CARD
130 +/- 5VAC ( HLA, 9800 WITH HLA TUBE)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACCELERATE ROTOR TO LOW SPEED RUN AND VERIFY
* LO SPEED TP = K3-4 & XG1A2A1 PIN 7

RUN VOLTAGE = 85 +/- 3VAC IF NOT ADJUST R15
REV A
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
APPENDIX A
* APPENDIX B
CT 9800 / HLA MA VERIFICATION

This section will verify proper “MA”
1. Turn XG1 power off
2. Disconnect the two orange leads at the high voltage transformer terminal “MA(-)”.
Connect the leads together and connect them to one side of a “true RMS” AC Ammeter.
Connect the other side of the Ammeter to the transformer terminal “MA (-)”. Set the
Ammeter for 0-2000 MA (AC mode).
VERIFY METER MODE, CONNECTIONS AND METER RANGE
3. Turn on XG1.
4. Bring the system to applications level with < M/S > or use < GENCAL > to make
XRAY exposures for MA accuracy. Verify the MA reading on the meter with the
value displayed on the gantry display.
5. Turn off XG1. Restore system to original configuration.
6. Turn on XG1.
7. If you use < M/S > service mode for your tests don’t forget to CANCEL back to
“R” level and bring system up normally. If you used < GENCAL > for your tests run
< UPAP > prior to returning to application level.
REV A
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
APPENDIX B
_____________________________________________________ GE Medical Systems
* APPENDIX C
TGGC SETUP
W = WRITE R = READ
I/O A/D ADJUSTMENT
OFFSET
DIAG BD. = TEST/SIMULATE/MON RD
1. 46-214102 JUMPER JP4 TO JP5

46-225852 SW62 DOWN TO 0 VOLTS
2. WFF66/0F RFF65/07, RFF66/80 IF INCORRECT ADJUST
R119 46-214102
R82 46-225852 REPEAT UNTIL CORRECT
GAIN
1. 46-214102 JUMPER JP4 TO JP6
46-225852 SW62 UP TO NEG 5
2. WFF66/00 RFF65/65, RFF66 / 82 46-214102
8A 46-225852
3. IF INCORRECT ADJUST R97 46-214102
R106 46-225852
4. RETURN JUMPERS JP4 TO JP5 OR SW62 DOWN TO 0 VOLTS
MA/KV OFFSET & GAIN

1. TGGC A3 - JP2 D>C (DISABLES CONTROL LOSS)
2. DVM - XG1A4J3 31 & 32 SHOULD READ 0.0 V
3. DIAG BD. - TEST/SIMULATE/MON RD - WFF85/C4 GIVES FIL BOOST
MA OFFSET
1. WFF8D/01 - WFF8E/00
2. RFF89/?00 - RFF88/?01 - ADJ. R165 A/D OFFSET
(GIVES 0 V @ 31 & 32 ON FILAMENT PANEL)
MA GAIN
1. WFF8D/FE - WFF8E/03
2. RFF89/?03 - RFF88/?FE - ADJ. R164 A/D GAIN
3. WFF85/00 - STANDBY MODE - PAUSE
(GIVES 7.5 V @ 31 & 32 ON FILAMENT PANEL)
REV A
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
APPENDIX C-PAGE 1 OF 3
* APPENDIX C, TGGC Setup (cont.)
KV OFFSET
1. DVM - XG1A4J3 29 & 30
2. WFF8F/01 - ADJ. R184 (TGGC A3) FOR 2.34 V
THIS VALUE IS SAME AS KV OFF ON TP2 (TGGC A3)
KV GAIN
1. WFF8F/FE - ADJ. R185 KV GAIN (TGGC A3) FOR 10 V
2. TGGC A3 - JP2 C>D
MA/KV METER CALIBRATION

1. TGGC A2 - JP1? B>A, JP2 C>E, JP3 F>H, JP4 I>J, JP5 K>L
2. DVM (TGGC A2) TP6 - SW191 - KV LED LIGHTS
KV OFFSET
1. ADJ. R228 FOR 75 MV
2. DIAGNOSTIC BD - SIMULATE/MONITOR RD/TEST - RFF8C/?00
3. RFF8B/18 OR 19 IF NOT ADJ R273 (KV OFF) UNTIL FF8C/00 AND
FF8B/18 OR 19
KV GAIN
1. ADJ. R228 FOR 6.40V - RFF8C/07 TO 08 - ADJ. R378
RFF8B/FF TO 00 - ADJ. R378 TO GET 00 MOST OF THE TIME
MA OFFSET
1. DVM - TP5 - TGGC A2 - SW191 - MA LED LIGHTS
2. ADJ. R229 - MA CAL POT (TGGC A2) FOR 15 MV
3. RFF8C/00 - RFF8B/18 OR 19 - ADJ. R274 MA OFFSET UNTIL
FF8C/00 AND FF8B/18 OR 19
MA GAIN
1. ADJ. R229 - MA CAL (TGGC A2) FOR 1.28 V
2. RFF8C/07 TO 08 - ADJ. R358
3. RFF8B/FF TO 00 - ADJ. R358 FOR 00 MOST OF THE TIME
4. RETURN S191 TO OFF AND RETURN JUMPERS TO ORIG. POS.
KV SLOPE AND KV OFFSET

1. XG1A5A1 - JPI - SHOULD ALWAYS BE IN THE "B" POSITION
2. DVM - 1000V SCALE - A8TB1(A3) AND A8TB1(B3)
3. CTDS - GC - OPTION 7 - SEND KV LOW CMD - ADJ. R94 (A5A1)
FOR 200 VAC
4. SEND KV HIGH CMD - ADJ. R114 FOR 450 VAC
5. GO BACK AND CHECK BOTH HIGH AND LOW COMMANDS
REV A
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
* APPENDIX C, TGGC Setup (cont.)
FILAMENT SHUNT RESISTOR

------ Remove power from generator ------
2. REMOVE SINGLE WIRE FROM END OF XG1A4R1 FROM J1 PIN 21
3. ADJ. CLAMP ON XG1A4R1 FOR 180 OHMS - RECONNECT WIRE
-------- Restore power to generator -------
STANDBY CURRENT
------ Remove power from generator --- insert meter -------- Restore power to generator
1. ADJUST CLAMP ON XG1A4R2 FOR 375 MA WITH METER INSERTED INTO
"XL" LEAD. (" AC" MA RANGE)
FILAMENT TAP SETTING

1. REMOVE PWR - INSERT AC AMP METER (2000MA) IN "XL" LEAD
ON HV XFORMER - ENTER GEN CAL - OPT #7
2. GEN CAL - OPT #5 - SEND HIGH MA CMD - SHOULD READ 640 MA
PLUS OR MINUS 10 MA. TO ADJUST LOCATE GRAY WIRE XG1A4A5
CONNECTED TO TUBE 1 XL PIN 7. MOVE TO THE CORRECT TAP -
SHOULD NOT BE BELOW "D" OR ABOVE "G". IF CANNOT
OBTAIN USE SECONDARY WIRE AT PIN 14 BY SELECTING TAPS O,P,Q.
THIS IS THE FINE ADJ. THIS ADJ. SHOULD NOT EXCEED 650 MA .
X-RAY ON INDICATOR
TGGC (A2) R278 CW TILL GANTRY DISPLAY INDICATES X-RAY ON.
R278 CCW UNTIL X-RAY ON INDICATOR GOES OUT, THEN 8 MORE TURNS
CCW.R 375 MA WITH METER INSERTED INTO "XL" LEAD.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SARC SETUP: TP = TB1-6 & TTB1-7
STANDBY = 105 +/- 5VAC ADJ. R78
HI SPEED RUN = 100 +/- 5VAC (9800 Xenon) ADJ. R80 / 130 VAC (HLA, 9800 /w/HLA tube)
HI SPEED ACCEL = 385 +/- 5VAC ADJ. R79
TP = K3-4 & XG1A2A1 PIN 7 = 85 +/- 3VAC ADJ. R15
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[A2] BOARD [A3] BOARD
R229 - MA CAL POT R164 - A/D GAIN
R228 - REF V. ADJ R165 - A/D OFFSET
R278 - XRAY ON INDICATOR R184 - KV OFFSET
R274 - MA OFFSET R185 - KV GAIN
R273 - KV OFFSET
R358 - MA ADJ. ROTOR SEQUENCER
R378 - KV GAIN SW 180 ADV-UP B POS
9800-DN A POS
JP1-ADV-UP 9800-DN
JP2-ADV-UP 9800-DN
REV A
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
* APPENDIX D
FILAMENT DRIFT TEST 1

If the MA is drifting, it could be caused by a drifting Filament Boost current. Start with this procedure to
find the root cause. this procedure will verify that XG!-A1-K2, “Filament Standby Relay”, energizes
properly during filament boost.
1. At the Generator , verify the non-energized (standby) position of A4K2 relay.
2. Place the test board switch SW82 in the TEST position, and the filament boost switch
SW65 in the boost position. NOTE: some test boards have the SW65 labeled in reverse
(i.e. boost=standby).
3. Verify that A4K2 has changed states. NOTE: If the relay does not change states with
the test board, end the test and verify power to the relay. If the relay energizes properly
with the test board, continue to the next step.
4. Return SW82 to the “normal or system” position.
5. In GenCal, MA option, perform the high boost option.
6. While the filament is in boost mode, return to the Generator and verify A4K2 has
changed states. NOTE: If the relay energizes properly, end this test. The standby relay
is not causing the MA drift problem (Proceed to Filament Drift Test #2). If the relay
does not change states, continue to the next step.
7. Verify that the filament standby signal is being sent from the TGGC A3 board. Place a
voltmeter on the A# board edge connector P2-67, “TGGC FIL STDBY (not)” on
the anode side of CR236.
8. Boost the filament using GenCal and observe your meter. P2-67 should go from 0 volts
to about 24 volts. If it does not go to about 24 volts during boost, suspect the A3 board.
If it goes to about 24 volts, trace the signal to the generator and look for loose
connections.
REVA
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
APPENDIX D
* APPENDIX E
FILAMENT DRIFT TEST 2

Test #2 will verify that the Cathode HV Cable is not causing the filament to drift. Filament current drifts
when the Cathode Cable gets old and cracks develop in wires that cause added resistance to the filament
circuit. The resistance cannot be measured with an ohmmeter.
1. Remove power to the Generator.
2. Place an AC current meter in series with XL terminals at the HV transformer (Refer to

Appendix B).
3. Restore power to the generator. Use GenCal (MA checks) and record the
filament standby and boost currents.
4. Remove power from the Generator to disable filament current.
5. Remove the HV cables from the Transformer and Tube. Swap the cables at the
Transformer and Tube (now the Cathode Cable is the Anode Cable and vice-versa)
6. Repeat step 3.
7. If the filament standby and boost currents from step 3 and step 6 vary by more than 1
MA, suspect a bad cable.
8. If the measurements in step 3 and 6 are the same, rotate the Gantry a few times and
retest. You can also rotate the Gantry manually while performing filament boost
and look for variations.
REV A
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
APPENDIX E
* APPENDIX G - HV FETCH FAULTS
9800,HLA FF 20F1, GF 241

20F1H (241) - X-Ray tube over temperature/pressure sensor fault NAME-FKVTUB TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault
This fault is issued when a tube fault is detected in the generator hardware. Do not confuse this fault with faults 40BEH thru
40C3H. These faults go thru the collimator board. This fault deals with the temp and pressure switches which are screwed into
the tube. Over temp/pressure switches are in series. They use 24V LIM from the Gen I/O A2P2-59,60. Refer to X-Ray Service
Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 2, Page 7-2-5. The other side of the switches go to A2P2-
21. The absence of 24V will give fault at FF82 bit 2. The firmware will report as long as hardware is faulted. For firmware, this
is a recoverable fault but it is latched in hardware, therefore a hardware non-recoverable fault.
POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS--
1) TGGC Gen I/O A2 Board
(check adjustments before changing)
3) X-Ray Tube
(isolate Tube before changing)
4) Stator Filter Board
(remove and inspect for burnt components
and evidence of arcing)
5) Stator Filter Cable
(ohm out cable to check integrity)
6) Check for presence of 24v at Tube Switches
7) Check for loose connections on Tube Terminal Strip
9800, HLA FF 20F2, GF 242

20F2H (242) - X-Ray generator overload NAME-FGENOL TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is issued when a
generator overload condition is detected in the generator hardware. ***NOTE*** A Gen Overload is "or"ed with PRI LED in
the A6 Pri Contactor panel, in the Gate Control board.
Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A6A3 Gate Control Board 46-188562S,
Sheet 3, Page 7-24-3. This will keep the main SCR on giving a "PRI SW FLT" indication. The latching relay for the O/L is on
the filament panel. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A4 Filament panel 46-184910S, Sheet 2,
Page 7-14-5. On the filament panel the latching relay is A1K5. The corresponding buffer is FF82 bit 5. This is sensed on the
Gen. I/O A2P2-11. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC Gen. I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9.
When 24V is sensed at A2P2-11, this is a fault. The firmware will report as long as it is latched. For firmware, this is a
recoverable
fault but it is latched in hardware, therefore a hardware non-recoverable fault.
1) Damaged Lags in the Primary 60 Amp Fuses A7F16-F18
2) Faulty Gantry Display Board. ( Disconnect the
to/from boards to isolate 24 Volt Limited problem)
3) Tubespits (Scope MA and KV to verify spits,
if reproducible)
4) Faulty A5 Filament Tap Board
(check for cracks in runs)
5) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A3 Gate Control board
(check SCR timing, make sure JP1=A)
APPENDIX G- PAGE 1 OF 12
6) VoltPac Brushes (check for visible arcing/wear)

7) Safety Contactor A12K1 (check for bad/pitted
contacts, or cracked relay frame)
8) X-Ray Tube
(isolate tube to verify before changing)
9) HV Transformer (inspect for arcing thru Plexiglas
window, or remove cover to check condition of oil,
isolate tube and cables to pinpoint Transformer)
10) MA Sense Board A14A1 (check for loose connections
and intermittent relays)
11) Check to ensure all connections on top of Transformer are secure
12) HV Cables (swap anode to cathode and cathode to
anode, at Tube and Transformer, to see if problem
moves or clears up)
9800, HLA FF 20F3, GF 243

20F3H (243) - X-ray generator filament failure NAME-FFILMA TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault
This fault is issued when a filament failure is detected in the generator hardware (filament sensing
relay detects an open filament). Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A4
Filament Panel 46-184910S, Sheet 1, Page 7-14-3 A4K1 on the Filament Panel is the filament sense relay. The corresponding
buffer is FF82 bit 4. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-
2-9. A fault is when 24V is not at the Gen I/O A2P2-37. The hardware will not latch this fault. The firmware will report as long
as hardware is faulted. For firmware this is a recoverable fault, but as long as hardware is faulted it is a non-recoverable fault
for hardware.
1) Faulty Gantry Display Board (disconnect signal
cables to/from the boards to isolate 24 Volt limited problem)
2) Filament Panel A1 MA Overload Suppression Board
(check for a blown A4A1-F45 fuse)
3) Precontacting Resistor A6R3 (check for cracks or loose connections)
4) Filament PDU Circuit Breaker (check A7DS1 to verify circuit is energized)
5) X-Ray Tube (isolate tube to verify before changing)
6) Ohm out Filament in the tube (look for .5 to 1.5 ohms)
7) Ohm out HV Cables (look for .5 to 1.5 ohms)
8) Ohm out Primary Filament Transformer XL to XC
(look for 5.8 to 6.5 ohms)
APPENDIX G -PAGE 2 OF 12
9800, HLA FF 20F4, GF 244

20F4H (244) - X-Ray generator in service mode NAME-FGNTST TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault
This fault is issued by the generator's service switch is in the test position and a PREP command is
received. A PREP command is when the computer starts bringing the generator up. The test switch is located on the Filament
Panel Test board. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A4 A4 Test board 46-205962S, Sheet 1,
Page 7-18-3. The corresponding buffer is FF82 bit 0. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O
board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. A2P2-28 indicates "TEST MODE" when 24V is present. The switch is the latching
device. Therefore, as long as the switch is on, the firmware has the ability to detect this. This feature makes this a firmware
recoverable, but a hardware non-recoverable fault.
2) Filament Panel A4 Test board
(check fuse on board before changing)
9800, HLA FF20F5, GF 245

20F5H (245) - X-Ray generator SARC fault NAME-FSARC TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault
This fault is issued when a SARC fault is detected in the generator hardware. The corresponding buffer is
FF82 bit 3. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9.
On the A2 board schematic it is called "ROTOR SEQ FAULT-NOT". The fault is the lack of 24V at A2P2-17. You must also
have the return at A2P2-19. This signal must be true at the time the firmware is looking for it. The fault is generated at the
generator, on the filament panel. Refer to X-Ray
Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A4 A3 Rotor Sequencer board 46-205892S, Page 7-17-3. NOTE that pin
35 "RESET"-NOT and pin 13 "DISABLE 24-NOT" are not connected. The firmware will report as long as hardware is faulted.
This fact makes the firmware a recoverable fault. But because of faulty hardware, can be a non-recoverable fault.
2) Tubespits (scope MA and KV to verify, if reproducible)
3) Faulty SARC A1 Power Supply and Rotation Protection board
4) Faulty SARC A2 Inverter Gate Driver Supply
5) Faulty SARC A3 Phase Gate Board (check fuses
before changing)
6) Filament Panel A4 Test board (check fuse on
board, ensure board is NOT in test mode)
7) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A1 Power Supply/Line
Sync Board (visually inspect, swap relays on
board to see if problem moves)
8) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A2 Charger ASM board
APPENDIX G-PAGE 3 OF 12
9) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A3 Gate control board

(check SCR gate timing, make sure JP1=A)
10) X-Ray Tube ( isolate Tube before changing)
11) Faulty Stator Filter board (remove and inspect
for burnt components)
12) Faulty Stator Filter MOVs (clip them out of the
circuit to see if the problem clears)
13) Faulty HV cables (swap anode to cathode and cathode
to anode, at Tube and Transformer, to see if
problem moves or clears)
9800, HLA FF 20F6, GF 246

20F6H (246) - X-Ray generator 24 volts power supply failure NAME-F24LOS TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This
fault is issued when the TGGC A2 GEN I/O boards 24V LIM is lost. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC
A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. The corresponding buffer is Ff83 bit 0. The 24V LIM is generated from
the 24V from the TGGC 24V
supply. This is at P2-75 and 76. DS121 "24LIM" should be off with this fault. S126 is a reset switch.
The firmware will report as long as hardware is faulted. This fact makes the firmware a recoverable fault. But because of faulty
hardware, can be a non-recoverable fault.
2) X-Ray Tube
(isolate Tube before changing)
3) Stator Filter Board
(remove and inspect for burnt components and evidence of arcing)
9800,HLA FF 20F7, GF 247

20F7H (247) - X-Ray generator A3 board clock failure NAME-FCLOCK TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is
issued with a clockloss in the GEN I/O board (loss of the 160hz clock on the A3 board). Refer to X-Ray Service Manual
9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A3 Gen I/O 46-225650S Sheet 3, Page 7-3-7. Corresponding buffer is FF81 bit 7. The firmware will
report as long as hardware is faulted. This fact makes the firmware a recoverable fault. But because of faulty hardware, can be a
non-recoverable fault.
1) TGGC Gen I/O A3 board
(check adjustments before replacing)
2) TGGC CPU A10 board
9800, HLA FF 20F8, GF 248

20F8H (248) - Primary Contactor either conducting, or does not have
NAME-FPRISW TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault Primary Contactor either conducting, or does not have a positive
voltage potential across anode to cathode, (A6 CR10). May also be true of A6 CR7. This fault originates in the generator. Refer
to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, chapter 7, Generator XG1 A6 Primary Contactor Panel 46-178700S, Sheet 2, Page 7-21-3.
The "PRIMARY SWITCH FAULT-NOT" signal detects positive voltage across CR10, as CR7 is in parallel, so it too may
affect CR10. A lack of voltage indicates a fault. During an exposure, (X-rays on), of course, there is no voltage across the
conducting SCR. This condition is reported to the TGGC A2 GEN I/O board at A2P2-5. Presence of 5V is a fault. Refer to X-
ray Service Manual 9803B, chapter 7, TGGC A2 GEN I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. Corresponding buffer is
FF82 bit 6. The firmware will report as long as hardware is faulted. This fact makes the firmware a recoverable fault. But
because of faulty hardware, can be a non-recoverable fault.
3) Faulty SARC A1 Power Supply and Rotation Protection Board
4) Faulty SARC A2 Inverter Gate Driver Supply Board
(visually inspect for burnt/blown components)
6) Faulty Primary Contactor A6CR7 (if CR7 is blown,
A6F1 will blow, also check CR12-15 and A7F9)
8) Faulty Precontacting Resistor A6R3 (check for
cracks and loose connections)
9) Multiple Primary Fuses blown A7F16-18 (60 amp)
9800, HLA FF 20F9, GF 249

20F9H (249) - X-ray generator hardware watchdog timeout NAME-FCONTR TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This
fault is issued when the TGGC has not reset the control loss timer in the generator, (normally 64-100ms). The fault is detected
on the TGGC A3 GEN I/O board. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, chapter 7, TGGC A3 GEN I/O board 46-225650S,
Sheet 3, Page 7-3-7. Corresponding buffer FF81 bit 4. The firmware will report as long as hardware is faulted. This fact makes
the firmware a recoverable fault. But because of faulty hardware, can be a non-recoverable fault.
2) TGGC Backplane (check for loose connections and
broken runs in backplane)
APPENDIX G -PAGE 5 OF 12
9800, HLA FF 20FA, GF 250

20FAH (250) - X-ray generator hardware backup timer shutoff x-rays NAME-FEXPBU TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault
This fault is issued when there is an expired back up timer when x-rays are on. This fault is detected on the TGGC A3 Gen I/O
board Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, chapter 7, TGGC A3 GEN I/O board 46-225650S, Sheet 3, Page 7-3-7.
Corresponding buffer FF81 bit 6. EXP BKUP-NOT at the buffer is really an "or" gate of the following faults; PWR-NOT, CLK
LOSS-NOT, CNTL LOSS-NOT. The firmware will report as long as hardware is faulted. This fact makes the firmware a
recoverable fault. But because of faulty hardware, can be a non-recoverable fault.
1) Possible Cradle Speed Problem or Cradle is
binding on side rails
9800, HLA FF 20FB

20FBH (251) - Invalid command for X-ray (software error) NAME-FSHOOT TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This
fault is issued when there is a X-ray command without a scan in progress (invalid command sequence). This is NOT a hardware
fault!!!
1) Tubespits (scope the MA and KV to verify)
(check SCR gate timing, make sure JP1=A)
4) Faulty Primary Contactor A6CR17, A6CR18
9800, HLA FF 20FC, GF 252

20FCH (252) - X-ray tube rotor acceleration timeout NAME-FSTART TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is
issued when the rotor exposure enable flag fails to set five seconds after a rotor speed
command (low speed or high speed), during a PREP. A PREP is when the computer commands the generator to come up. The
corresponding buffer is FF83 bit 4. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S,
Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. On the A2 board schematic it is called "ROTOR EXP EN". The fault is the lack of 24V at A2P2-27. You
must also have the return at A2P2-19. This signal must be true at the time the firmware is looking for it. The signal is
generated at the generator, on the filament panel. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A4A3
Rotor Sequencer board 46-205892S, Page 7-17-3. NOTE that pin 35 "RESET'-NOT and pin 13"DISABLE"-NOT are not
connected. The firmware will report as long as hardware is faulted. This fact makes the firmware a recoverable fault. But
because of faulty hardware, can be a non-recoverable fault.
1) Faulty SARC A3 Phase Gate board
(check fuses before changing)
2) Faulty Filament Panel A3 Rotor Sequencer board
3) Faulty Stator Filter board
(remove and inspect for burnt components
and evidence of arcing)
5) Faulty SARC A1 Power Supply and Rotation
Protection board
9800, HLA FF 20FE, GF 254

20FEH (254) - X-ray MA command loop out of tolerance NAME-FMAERR TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault
is issued when the MA command feedback is not within a specified window. Refer to X-ray manual Chapter 6, MA
COMMAND OFFSET ADJUST. Also, to see how
far the specified window is off refer to Table/Gantry Manual SM9802-B, Chapter 8, Section 2, Troubleshooting Aids. Set the
correct Diagnostic board switch settings, in order to observe the MA servo Command feedback-command.
1) Faulty or corrupted GenCal Process or File
2) KV Metering needs adjusting
3) MA Metering needs adjusting
6) Faulty TGGC Backplane (check for loose
connections before replacing)
7) Check for loose/broken connectors on the barrel
connectors located behind A12K1 Safety Contactor
9) Check/scope table power supplies and grounds
9800/HLAFF20F0, GF 240
20F0H (240) - X-Ray generator KV servo hardware fault NAME-FKVSER TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is
issued when a KV servo fault is detected in the generator hardware when the KV servo hits mechanical end limits and de-
energizes K1 or K2. Refer to X-Ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A5, Servo Control Panel 46-178976S,
Sheet 4, Page 7-19-5. Corresponding buffer is FF82 bit 1. The absence of 24v at Gen I/O A2P2-9 is a fault. Refer to X-Ray
Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. The hardware will latch this fault as
long as hardware is faulted. For firmware, this is a recoverable fault but it is latched in hardware, therefore a hardware non-
recoverable fault.
1) MPX A3A1 Low Voltage Power Supply Board
(MOVs often fail , visually inspect the caps)
2) VoltPac Limit Switches (Usually a Hard Failure)
3) VoltPac POT (Usually hunting/oscillating
is a common problem)
4) Servo Control Panel A5A1 KV Preamp board
5) Servo Control Transistors (check Q1-Q4 for short,
if one is shorted, check A5F1 and F2)
9800, HLA FF 2100, GF 256

2100H (256) - X-ray tube current present without firmware request NAME-FXRON TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault
This fault is issued when tube current is being sensed without a firmware x-ray request. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B,
Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 3, Page 7-2-7. The two signals that the firmware looks at for this are
"MAON"-not and "XRAY ON"-not. Refer to "101H, 100H ERROR TROUBLESHOOTING".
1) Filament Standby/boost current needs adjustment
2) X-Ray ON Lite needs adjustment
5) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A1 Power Supply
6) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A2 Charger ASM Board
7) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A3 Gate Control
board (check SCR timing, ensure JP1=A)
8) Faulty Primary Contactor A6CR17 or CR18
10) Faulty A6 Commutating Caps
11) Faulty Power Panel A7A1 Contactor Delay Board
(check for pitted relays)
12) HV Transformer (isolate tube and pinpoint
Transformer is faulty)
13) Transformer MOVs (disconnect and see if problem clears)
9800, HLA FF 2101, GF 257

2101H (257) - X-ray tube current not present after firmware request NAME-FXROFF TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault
This fault is issued when tube current is not being sensed when there is a firmware x-ray request. Refer to X-ray Service
Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 3, Page 7-2-7. The two signals that the firmware looks
at for this are "MAON"-not and "XRAY ON"-not. Refer to "101H, 100H ERROR TROUBLESHOOTING".
3) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A4 Bleeder board
(check for loose connections)
8) Faulty Safety Contactor A12K1
(check for pitted relays or cracked frame)
9) Faulty MA Sense board A14A1
10) Faulty or loose patient or scanner door interlock
9800, HLA FF 2102, GF 258

2102H (258) - TGGC A2 board AID overrange on MA metering NAME-FMOVR TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This
fault is caused by the A2 board's A/D being overrange during calibration when metering MA. Refer to X-ray Service Manual
9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 3, Page 7-2-7. Overrange bit is the MSB of the digital MA
meter FF8C bit 4. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B Chapter 6, Section 2, MA/KV METER CALIBRATION
ADJUSTMENT. This fault will
only exist when there is an overrange voltage on the meter input.
9800, HLA FF 2103, GF 259

2103H (259) - TGGC A2 board AID overrange on KV metering NAME-FKOVR TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This
fault is caused by the A2 board's A/D being overrange during calibration when metering KV. Refer to X-ray Service Manual
9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 3, Page 7-2-7. Overrange bit is the MSB of the digital KV
meter FF8C bit 4. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B Chapter 6, Section 2, KV METER OFFSET AND GAIN
ADJUSTMENT. This
fault will only exist when there is an overrange voltage on the meter input.
9800, HLA FF 2104, GF 260

2104H ( 260) - TGGC A2 board A/D conversion failure on MA metering NAME-FCCTMD TYPE-Recoverable Generator
Fault This fault is detected when there is no conversion complete signal from the A2 board's A/D when metering MA while
making a measurement exposure. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S,
Sheet 3, Page 7-2-7.
1) Tubespits (scope KV and MA to verify)
3) Filament Panel A2 MA Control board
4) X-Ray Tube (isolate tube to verify before changing)
5) HV Transformer (isolate tube and cables to
pinpoint Transformer)
6) Faulty MA Sense board A14A1
9800, HLA FF 2105, GF 261

2105H (261) - X-ray generator rotor prep failure NAME-FCOMCP TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is
detected when the commutation capacitor is not charged during a rotor PREP command. This fault is only checked when the
generator is in an active state. This fault may be true during standby but the firmware will not report it as a fault until the
firmware accesses the generator. the fault originates in the generator on the A6 Primary Contactor Panel. Refer to schematic
46-178700S, Page 2. 160VDC is detected between TB1-30 and TB1-29, this is a minimum voltage, a higher VDC may be
present. Also CHARGING SCR must be off. Refer to schematic 46-225648S, Page 4. 5v is detected at P2-1. lack of 5v is a
fault. Corresponding buffer is FF83 bit 6.
1) Blown fuse A6F1 on the Rectifier Board
2) Faulty Primary Contactor A6A4 Bleeder board
3) Faulty A6 Commutating caps
9800, HLA FF 2106, GF 262

2106H (262) - X-ray generator rotor prep failure 2106H (262) - NOTE - SEE SN T-1220 (SNUBBER CIRCUIT) NAME-
FSCROF TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is detected when the commutation capacitor charger (CHARGING
SCR) is on during a rotor PREP command. A PREP command is when the firmware accesses the gen modules, because of
some type of x-ray request. The fault originates in the generator. refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, XG1 A6
Primary Contactor Panel 46-178700S, Sheet 2, Page 7-21-3. A positive voltage between TB1-16 and TB1-28 is an OK
condition. No voltage is a fault. The lights on the generator Test board should reflect this condition. Corresponding hardware
buffer is FF83 bit 5. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page
7-2-9. The presence of 5vdc at P2-22 is a fault.
3) Faulty or missing A6 Snubber circuit
(remove from circuit to see if problem clears,
(SEE Service Note T-1220 for details)
9800, HLA FF 2107, GF 263

2107H (263) - X-ray generator hardware backup timer shutoff x-rays NAME-FEXPTM TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault
This fault is issued when there is an expired backup
timer when X-rays are on. All of this action takes place on the Gen A3 board. Refer to X-ray Service
Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225650S, Sheet 3, Page 7-3-7. Corresponding hardware buffer is
FF81 bit 6. The signal is called EXP. BKUP-NOT, on the board. EXP. BKUP-NOT is actually the "or"d result of BKP TIME-
NOT, PWR-NOT(initial rst), CNTL LOSS-NOT, and CLK LOSS-NOT. A low on all of these signals indicates a fault.
1) Cradle speed needs adjustment or cradle
is binding on side panels
9800, HLA FF 2108, GF 264

2108H (264) - X-ray request for zero MA (software fault) NAME-FMAZRO TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault
is detected when the requested MA is equal to zero when there is an X-ray command. This is not a hardware fault.
1) System software is corrupted
2) Corrupted Gencal process
3) Corrupted Gencal CORXTAB.TB file
9800, HLA FF 2109, GF 265

2109H (265) - X-ray KV command loop out of tolerance NAME-FKVERR TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault
is issued when the KV servo command feedback is not within a window. (This feedback from the D/A - A/D loop). Verify how
far the window is off by reading the difference between KV command and KV feedback. Set the Diagnostic board to Gantry
display mode and select 02H on the diag. board data switches. (See illustration 8-2-3 in SM9802B Table/Gantry Manual). This
will give you a hint to how far you are off. A little off is just an adjustment. If there is a large error, obviously there is more of
a problem than just an adjustment.
3) Faulty Filament Panel A4 Test board (check fuse
on board before changing, make sure board is NOT
in test mode)
4) Faulty VoltPac POT (if voltpac is hunting or
oscillating, suspect bad pot or Input AC power)
5) Faulty VoltPac Brushes (inspect brushes for arcing)
6) Faulty Servo Panel A5A1 KV Preamp board
7) Faulty Servo Control Transistors (check Q1-Q4
for short, if short A5F1 or F2 will be blown)
8) Faulty MPX A3A1 Low Voltage Power Supply board
9) Faulty TGGC Backplane
10) Check for loose or broken connector in barrel
connectors behind Safety Contactor in MPX A12K1
11) Check for loose or worn A5 panel fuse holders
9800, HLA FF 2110, GF 272

2110H (272) - X-ray safety contactor open at scan time NAME-FGSFTY TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is
produced when the generator safety contactor is not closed when x-rays are requested. This is a feedback signal coming from
the generator. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A7 A1 Contactor Delay board 46-178686S
**SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE**. The feedback is A1J1-8 "SAFETY CONT ON"-NOT. This goes to the
TGGC
A2 Gen I/O. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. A
low going signal, which indicates the Safety Contactor is shut, comes in at P2-7. This signal must be true when the firmware
needs it. Corresponding buffer is FF83 bit 7.
9800, HLA FF 210E, GF 270

210EH (270) - X-ray tube rotor lost at scan time (hardware fault)
NAME-FRUPLS TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is issued when the generator's rotor
exposure enable flag is lost when the rotor is ready for shooting X-ray. This fault will happen when the
rotor is already up and running, and X-rays are commanded. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, Generator
XG1 A4A3 Rotor Sequencer board 46-205892S, Page 7-17-3. The "ROTOR EXPOSURE EN" originates on this board. Notice
it is"ANDED" with several other signals.
Also note that pins 35 and 13 are not connected on the CT9800. The corresponding buffer is FF83 bit 4. Refer to X-ray
Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. The "ROTOR EXP EN" comes
into the A2 board at P2-27. 24V at P2-27 is a rotor up to speed signal. A lack of 24V, when firmware is expecting it, is a fault.
The rotor may be checked by energizing
the hardware manually using the Diagnostic board.
3) Faulty Stator Filter Board
(remove and inspect for burnt components)
4) Faulty Stator Filter Cable
(Ohm out cable to check for integrity)
9800, HLA FF 210F, GF 271

210FH (271) - X-ray tube rotor lost on standby (hardware fault)
NAME-FRSBYL TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault This fault is issued when the generator's rotor
exposure enable signal is lost when the rotor is on standby. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B,
Chapter 7, Generator XG1 A4A3 Rotor Sequencer board 46-205892S, Page 7-17-3. The "ROTOR EXPOSURE EN"
originates on this board. Notice it is "ANDED" with several other signals. Also note that pins 35 and 13 are not connected on
the CT9800. The corresponding buffer is FF83 bit 4. Refer to X-ray Service Manual 9803B, Chapter 7, TGGC A2 Gen I/O
board 46-225648S, Sheet 4, Page 7-2-9. The "ROTOR EXP EN" comes into the A2 board at P2-27. 24V at P2-27 is a rotor up
to speed signal. A lack of 24V, when firmware is expecting it, is a fault. The rotor may be checked by energizing the hardware
manually using the Diagnostic board.
1) Faulty Stator Filter Board
(remove and inspect for burnt components)
2) Faulty Stator Filter Cable
(Ohm out cable to check for integrity)
9800, HLA FF 21A4, GF 420

21A4H (420) - X-ray generator not ready at start of Xray scan NAME-FGENRY TYPE-Recoverable Generator Fault
Generator not ready when X-Rays requested. One of the following is not satisfied
servo ready, rotor ready, or safety contactor closed.
1) TGGC I/O A4 board
2) Faulty Filament Panel A3 Rotor Sequencer Board
(check SCR gate timing, ensure JP1=A)
(check for pitted relays)
MA+ SIGNAL 120KV/100MA

MA- SIGNAL 120KV/100MA
REV A ,5/1/95,CAR SUPPORT TEAM APPENDIX H

g ______________________________________________GE Medical Systems
BIBLIOGRAPHY
• TABLE / GANTRY VOL. #1 18208
• TABLE / GANTRY VOL. # 2 18208
• GENERAL SERVICE MANUAL 46-018204
• XRAY SERVICE MANUAL - CT 9800 18006
• XRAY SERVICE MANUAL - HLA 18209
• CT 9800 CHAPTERS 4 - 8 18000
• SN T-1300 CT9800 / HLA HIGH VOLTAGE FETCH FAULT AID
• CT HIGH VOLTAGE BY FRED JENSEN
REV A
5/1/95
CT SUPPORT TEAM
BIBLIOGRAPHY
HSA/VX/RP HI POT Rev "A" 4/18/95 Cent. Atl. support team
The KV loop test should be performed at 80, 120 and 140 KV and should always be greater
than 1 sec. Don't use the "VCNT" or "DUTY CYCLE" fields during KV loop tests because
regulation is controlled by an internal source. This will be a "0" MA test.
The "VCNT" and "DUTY CYCLE" fields are used during KV FUNCTIONAL tests.
80KV - 2 SEC Average Selected Last

1. Total KV: 82.58 KV 80.0 KV 82.9 KV
2. Cathode KV: 41.3 KV 40.0 KV 41.6 KV
3. Anode KV: 41.4 KV 40.0 KV 41.4 KV
4. Cathode MA: .2 MA 0 .2 MA
5. Anode MA: .1 MA 0 .1 MA
6. Cathode inverter current: 1.225 A 1.150 A
7. Anode inverter current: .800 A .800 A
8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT):
9. Cathode inverter duty cycle:
10. Anode inverter duty cycle:
11. Rail voltage: 549 V 550 V 549 V
12. Exposure duration: 2000 MS 2061 MS
13.Exposure number: 1 1
14. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H): 88H
AVERAGE VALUE: is the average value taken over the duration of the scan (see EXPOSURE DURATION).
SELECTED VALUE: is the value prescribed by the user, or the vlaue required to perform the requested scan.

1. Total KV: 120.1 KV 120.0 KV 119.1 KV
3. Anode KV: 61.5 KV 60.0 KV 61.0 KV
7. Anode inverter current: 1.575 A 1.400 A

1. Total KV: 141.4 KV 140.0 KV 140.5 KV
3. Anode KV: 71.3 KV 70.0 KV 70.8 KV
7. Anode inverter current: 2.250 A 1.900 A

HSA/VX/RP HI POT Rev "A" 4/18/95 Cent. Atl. CT support team
The KV loop test should be performed at 80, 120 and 140 KV and should always be greater
than 1 sec. Don't use the "VCNT" or "DUTY CYCLE" fields during KV loop tests because
regulation is controlled by an internal source. This will be a "0" MA test.
The "VCNT" and "DUTY CYCLE" fields are used during KV FUNCTIONAL tests.

1. Total KV:
2. Cathode KV:
3. Anode KV:
4. Cathode MA:
5. Anode MA:
6. Cathode inverter current:
7. Anode inverter current:
11. Rail voltage:
12. Exposure duration:
13.Exposure number:
14. Status register (Address = FFCFF9H):

1. Total KV:
2. Cathode KV:
3. Anode KV:
4. Cathode MA:
5. Anode MA:
11. Rail voltage:
13.Exposure number:
1. Total KV:
2. Cathode KV:
3. Anode KV:
4. Cathode MA:
5. Anode MA:
11. Rail voltage:
13.Exposure number:

HSA/VX/RP FUNCTIONAL TEST Rev "A" 4/18/95 Cent. Atl. support team
KV functional test performed at 36KW and 48 KW to verify operation of all IGBT's . Perform tests
with both OPEN LOOP MA and CLOSED LOOP MA and document.
NOTE: The anode duty cycle should never reach 100% and should never exceed the cathode
duty cycle. If this happens the system is out of energy.
High voltage status Open Open

80/10/2 SEC Average Loop MA Selected Loop MA Last
1. Total KV: 80.1 KV 80.4 KV 80.0 KV 80.2 KV 80.2 KV
2. Cathode KV: 40.0 KV 39.9 KV 40.0 KV 39.8 KV 40.0 KV
3. Anode KV: 40.0 KV 40.5 KV 40.0 KV 40.4 KV 40.0 KV
4. Cathode MA: 9.90 MA 7.70 MA 10.0 MA 7.80 MA 9.90 MA
5. Anode MA: 9.60 MA 7.20 MA 10.0 MA 6.90 MA 9.60 MA
6. Cathode inverter current: 3.000 A 2.625 A 2.625 MA 3.000 A
7. Anode inverter current: 2.500 A 2.125 A 2.075 A 2.500 A
8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): 28.6 KHZ 4.07 V 4.15 V 28.4 KHZ
9. Cathode inverter duty cycle: 23% 20% 20% 23%
10. Anode inverter duty cycle: 22% 19% 19% 22%
11. Filament current: 4.415 A 4.335 A 4.294 A 4.335 A 4.422 A
12. Rail voltage: 549 550 549
1. Total KV: 120.1 KV 120.0 KV 119.8 KV
3. Anode KV: 59.9 KV 60.0 KV 59.8 KV
4. Cathode MA: 199.5 MA 174.1 MA 200.0 MA 171.8 MA 199.4 MA
5. Anode MA: 198.3 MA 173.1 MA 200.0 MA 170.8 MA 198.4 MA
6. Cathode inverter current: 31.925 A 28.150 A 27.775 A 31.925 A
8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): 24.1 KHZ 1.47 V 2.10 V 22.7 KHZ
12. Rail voltage: 546 V 550V 546 V

1. Total KV: 140.0 KV 140.0 KV 140.5 KV
3. Anode KV: 69.9 KV 70.0 KV 70.0 KV
4. Cathode MA: 338.2 MA 277.00 A 340.0 MA 273.8 MA 338.0 MA
5. Anode MA: 336.4 MA 275.14 A 340.0 MA 271.3 MA 336.1 MA
6. Cathode inverter current: 53.00 A 44.025 A 43.350 A 52.875 A
8. Approx. KV inverter frequency (VCNT): 21.1 KHZ .35 V .76 V 20.2 KHZ

HSA/VX/RP FUNCTIONAL TEST Rev "A" 4/18/95 Cent. Atl. support team
KV functional test performed at 36KW and 48 KW to verify operation of all IGBT's . Perform tests
with both OPEN LOOP MA and CLOSED LOOP MA and document.
NOTE: The anode duty cycle should never reach 100% and should never exceed the cathode
duty cycle. If this happens the system is out of energy.

1. Total KV:
2. Cathode KV:
3. Anode KV:
4. Cathode MA:
5. Anode MA:
11. Filament current:
12. Rail voltage:
14.Exposure number:

1. Total KV:
2. Cathode KV:
3. Anode KV:
4. Cathode MA:
5. Anode MA:
12. Rail voltage:
14.Exposure number:

1. Total KV:
2. Cathode KV:
3. Anode KV:
4. Cathode MA:
5. Anode MA:
12. Rail voltage:
14.Exposure number:

3M Lasercam 952/959/831 Film Feed
and Transport system
Troubleshooting Document.
Proceed
Fadi Choujaa Rev 1, July, 15 1998

Film Jams Troubleshooting directions on 3M Lasercameras
952/959/831
Perform the following procedures for any of the Film Feed / Film Jam related
errors, and for any of the following error codes. Also follow the troubleshooting
flow charts available in the 3M service manuals when any of the mentioned error
codes occur.
Error codes- 20,20F,21,21F,22,23,24,30,30F,31,40,41,42,81,82,83,84.
Performing ALL Steps is necessary in order to remedy or

improve Film Feed related problems. ShortCuts taken will be
counter productive.
Perform Film Feed Improvement procedure.
Perform mechanical integrity checks ( tighten all Gears and Cams, do

not overlook any gears, loose gears and cams are big contributors to
film jams.
Inspect Supply magazine window open/close operation.
Check if they are using Kodak Films and perform the Kodak
modification
Accountability.
If the customer just changed film types and or film vendors, Then they should be
responsible for the purchase of the film feed reliability kit along with all the labor
associated with the film feed problems. Check for film curling as well.
Dupont/Sterling Films.
Dupont/sterling films are known to cause film feed problems. You have to use
unexposed/unprocessed films to test it reliably, because processed films may
work fine. The common problem with Dupont films, is the suction cups do not
adhere well to the surface composition of the film and the outside cups will end
up dropping the film and causing it to misfeed. Check for film curling as well.
Dupont will pay for the reliability kit if the customer asks them to do so.

Fadi Choujaa rev 1 July, 15 1998
M1 Film Start Motor SSR1 Solid State Relay
M2 Film Drive Motor RY3 Power Relay
M3 Film Push Motor C1 Capacitor (for Ml)
M4 Supply Motor C2 Capacitor (for M2)
M5 Receive Motor PS1 Push Lever Stop Sensor
M6 Drum Motor PS2 Receive Magazine Closed Sensor
M7-9 Cooling Fan Motor PS3 Double Film Feed Sensor
SL1 Supply Drawer Release Solenoid

SL2 Receive Drawer Release Solenoid TR1 Main Transformer
SL3 Top Cover Release Solenoid TR2 Control Transformer
SL4 Film Alignment Solenoid TR3 Optics Module Transformer
CL1 Film Start Clutch

CL2 Air Pot Clutch
CL3 Rocker Cam Clutch
CL4 Film Push Clutch GE Exclusive Use Only
NextPage
NextPage
NextPage
NextPage
NextPage
NextPage
NextPage

NextPage

NextPage
GE Lasercam Film Start Stage Summary 952/959/831
This is a step-by-step explanation of the film start stage.
1. The cycle begins when the Supply Stage window open switch closes. (S7)
2. The Film Start Motor (M1) and Film Start Clutch (CL1)energize and the airpots begin
moving down.
3. As the airpot suction cups enter the supply magazine. the Film Start Cam Low Switch
(S10) closes. This causes the Airpot Clutch (CL2) to energize, providing suction to the
airpots.
4. The shape of the airpot cams cause the airpots to begin moving up, lifting a sheet of film
out the supply magazine.
5. As the film reaches a point parallel to the film drive rollers, the Film Start Cam Middle
Switch (S9) actuates causing the Film Start Clutch (CL1) to disengage, momentarily
stopping the airpots.
6. The Middle Switch (S9) actuation also triggers the Film Drive Motor (M2) and Clutch
(CL3) , pivoting the Film Drive Assembly rollers until they "pinch" the end of the film
(Film Detector "A" (S16) is actuated, but is irrelevant at this period of time).
7. The rocker cam stop switch (S12) is closed by the action of the Film Drive Assembly
reaching its stop position, disengaging the Rocker Cam Clutch (CL3) and turning off
the Film Drive Motor (M2) .
8. The closing of the Rocker Cam Stop Switch (S12) also de-energizes the Airpot
Clutch(CL2) so the airpots release the film and re-engages the Film Start Clutch (CL1)
to drive the airpots to their home position.
9. The home position of the airpots is sensed by the closing of the Film Start Cam High
Switch (S8). The high switch turns off the Film Start Motor (M1) and Clutch (CL1) to
complete the motion of the airpots.
10. The Film Start High Switch (S8) also causes the Film Drive Motor (M2) to turn on without
the Rocker Cam Clutch (CL3). The Film Drive Assembly remains in the "stop" position
but, the drive rollers rotate. which pulls the film into the Film Staging Area.
11. As the film leaves the drive rollers, Film Detector "A" (S16) is released causing the
Rocker Cam Clutch (CL3) to re-engage, pivoting the Film Drive Assembly back to its
"start" position as sensed by the Rocker Cam Start Switch (S11).
12. The Rocker Cam Start Switch (S11) turns off the Film Drive Motor (M2) disengages the
Rocker Cam Clutch (CL3), and turns on the Push Lever Motor (M3) and Clutch (CL4).
CONTINUE ON NEXT PAGE. GE Exclusive Use Only

GE Lasercam Film Start Stage Summary (Cont.)
13. The Push Levers rotate and taps the back of the film. forcing it against the Stopper
Levers to position the film properly before entering the Exposure Area.
14. The amount of "tap" applied to the film is determined by the Push Lever Stop Sensor.
The Stop Sensor (PS1) momentarily disengages the Push Levers as the Stopper Levers
pop out of the way. The Push Lever Clutch (CL4) re-engages. allowing the push levers
to push the film into the Exposure Area.
Summary:
S7 Makes
M1 & CL1 Kick on
Airpot start moving down
S10 Closes
CL2 energizes creating suction
S9 Makes
CL1 Disengage M2 and CL3 Kick on
S12 Closes S16 makes
CL3, CL2, M2 Stops/disengage and CL1 , M1 start / engage
S8 makes
M1 and CL1 Turn off and M2 turns On.
S16 opens
CL3 engages
S11 makes
M2 off CL3 disengage M3 on CL4 engage
PS1 on momentarily
CL4 disengage Momentarily
CL4 re-engages
Then the film should be in the film plane.
Transport related problem and causes 952/959/831.
Please Utilize the Troubleshooting flow diagrams available with the 952/959 3M manuals.
Errors Causes
20-20F S5,S7,S12, S16, M1, SSR1, CL1, CL2.
21-21F S16, Pick Roller Tension Adjustment.
22-22F S8, S17, Supply magazine, Pick Roller Tension Adjustment.
23 S17
24 PS3, PWA-I (film edge detector amp board), Sticky films, Environmentals.
30F Film is jammed in supply magazine, S6
31 S7, M4
40 PS1, S11, CL4, M3, SSR1
41 PWA-J (film edge detector Sensor Board)
81 S10, M1, CL1
82 S11, CL3
83 S12, S9, CL3, M2
84 S13, M3, SSR1.

Common Parts 952/959/831
46-266975p57 Cleaning Kit

46-266975p10 Suction Cup
46-266975p44 S5-S15
46-266975p43 S16
46-266975p41 S17
46-266975p42 PS1-PS3
46-266975p40 S3
46-266975p39 S2, S4, S30-S33, S35
MMM870ME016 Tension Gauge
MMM78-8079-0003-6 This is the 3M Film Reliability Kit that should be used
on all cameras.

GE CT Troubleshoot Manual 56686042 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

GE CT Troubleshoot Manual 56686042 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GE Exclusive Use Only

Hi Voltage YMS Error

Slip Rings T/S 3M LaserCam O thers

Home Previous Next

CT Scanners H iVoltage Assistants

Home Previous Next

YMS Errors Assistant

Technical Publications Copyright 1999 By General Electric Company

Home Previous Next

Home Previous Next

CTI TUBE HSA IMAGE QXI SCAN

Technical Publications Copyright 1999 By General Electric Company

Hello and Welcome to the New and improved HiVoltage Assistant.

183282 214277 Click here Click here Click here

183143 214195 Click here Click here Click here

MA Tolerance or Imbalance Errors

Wed Apr 1 18:02:54 1998

Wed Apr 1 18:02:54 1998

High voltage status

1. Total KV: 140.8KV 140.0KV 129.3KV

Wed Apr 1 20:55:09 1998

Wed Apr 1 20:55:09 1998

High voltage status

This is an application level error of the same problem.

Wed Apr 1 22:08:26 1998

Wed Apr 1 22:08:26 1998

High voltage status

This is an application level error of the same problem.

Wed Apr 1 22:00:56 1998

Wed Apr 1 21:32:50 1998

High voltage status

GE Exclusive Use Only

Wed Apr 1 21:37:20 1998

This is an application level error of the same problem.

Wed Apr 1 21:32:50 1998

This is an application level error of the same problem.

Thu Apr 2 12:02:56 1998

Thu Apr 2 14:47:59 1998

Thu Apr 2 13:07:13 1998

This is an application level error of the same problem.

Thu Apr 2 14:59:44 1998

High voltage status

Thu Apr 2 13:58:05 1998

Thu Apr 2 14:37:34 1998

High voltage status

Notice above that Anode KV is Low.

High voltage status

High voltage status

Thu Apr 2 14:22:56 1998

Thu Apr 2 16:52:30 1998

This is an application level error of the same problem.

Thu Apr 2 19:47:07 1998

This is an application level error of the same problem.

Thu Apr 2 19:49:41 1998

Thu Apr 2 19:49:41 1998

This is an application level error of the same problem.

Thu Apr 2 19:54:01 1998

Thu Apr 2 19:54:00 1998

This is an application level error of the same problem.

Thu Apr 2 20:18:22 1998

This is an application level error of the same problem.

Wed Apr 1 22:00:56 1998

Frequency Settings Tank (mV) Tank (mV) Tank (mV)